-Jsm LETTERS TO EDWARD GIBBON, Esq, AUTHOR OP THE HISTORY I> E C L IN E ANB FALL. ROMAN EMPIRE. By GEORGE TRAVIS, A.M» AIICHDEACON OF CHES,TCRa THE THIRD EDITION', eoRllECTEDi .AND. CONSIDiRABLV EKtARQIB. 1 O N D O N : PB-IMTEB FOR THE AUTHOK„ And fold by MelT. Rivingtons, J. Stockpale, and Q. Sael.. PREFACE. I'U.' I' ,^'J»irWi— MIIIMti— ^^ffM firft I'jf ^^? folh^ing %ettm is ifftrnduBofj to th^ general fubJeB : ivMch is-frA vino'ication of th? AVTHENTICITY of the verse, I JOHN V. 7. (£l) The feppnsJ -emfs^s §H the positive efidence, mhich fk^ author has adduced diredly i^ 'p.rQofetf (he^t (mtheMttcitjf^ Mmy other pr^gfi are firge^ thereto incjiredly, as -it t/aer^f «r coltatepAily, in the ikre^ fik/eq^mf Lepers, (b) fhe third Jfatu, and replies to the gbj emails, which Dr^ Benson has brmght aggi^fi fk? arigimUty^ of this i^tefi^ papge. (c) - The foufdi Is mploy?4 in cqnjde.rl^g p^ ^hj$^iatis of Sir Uaa& J^ewton, M, QRigfigA9.Ii? mi M^- i69wy|;R, (ii Tht ]p R E F A C f, The fifth attends to the three principal ohje^ions ivhich are, or may be, alledged againjl this dlfputed text : and fums up the whole argument, applying it particularly to Mr. Gibbon. , In the ihree Letters lajl mentioned, many allegations ¦againjl this verfe are occafionally anfwered, which have been -.brought hy -M. Simon, Emlyn, Michaelis, Wetstein^ La Crozej andL-z Long. This edition is built, generally, on the hajis of that which immediately preceded it. But many parts of the fuperjlruc. iure are enlarged, by the ufe of nezv, and (as it feemsj va luable maier'ia'ls. ' A mijlake in the fir ft edition of thefe Letters^ as to the time •of the publication vf Valla'j Commentary by Erafmus, was mentioned) in the Preface to the fecond edition, to have been then reSiifed and corretled ih the body of the work. For this cofreSlion the author of thefe pages was indebted to the ohliging communications, and the critical abilities of the pre- fe-iit- very learned Bijhop of Durham, So'me errors of the fecond, are reBified in the prefent, edi tion. As the pajfages occur in the pages of the Letters, the necejfary correBions are in general marked by a marginal note. But the fubjlitution ofthe feventh, in the place ofthe eighth, verfe in the argument as to Valla'* MSS, and the ajfumption that the Latiri MSS'\ead in unumiunt in the concluding a , clauftik PREFACE. tlaufule of the eighth verfe — were errors in that editioXf which call for, and they now receive, an open and dijlincl ac- knowledgement. My opinion, however, Jlill remains firm, '(and it will hot be eafily Jhewn to be an unreafonable opinion) that the final claufule of the eighth verfe was originally writ ten '{iig 10 fy) IN ununi J a'nd that the prefent reading of the Latin MSS owes its commencement to the carelejnefs of fame hafiy copyifi, or tranjlator. There are few fubje8s in the walks of philology, or criti- cifm, in which one fimple quefiion, as it appears on a, difiant view, expands it f elf, on a nearer approach, into fo many co-mpUcated branches, and covers fo large a field ofhiftorical and theological difquifition, as the objed of the prefent in quiry. In the perplexities offuch afituation, where vigilance tannot prevent mifinformation, or integrity exempt itfelf from mifconception, it is impojjible that error can be en tirely exclude'd or avoided. It is mofi fortunate, however, that thefe mifinformations, and mifunderfiandings, do not ma- rially ajfeSl the great quefiion difcujfed in thefe Letters, It is not to be underfiood, that a difiinB a-nfwer is meant io be given, in the following pages, to every firiBure which has been made on the former editions of thej^ Letters. Fezv ¦of them, which I have fe en, can claim the credit of originality. Are-ply to Simon, Emiyn, or Wetftein, pves to this clafs of writers their ozvn confutation. Still fewer are entitled to the praife of candor and liberality. Cum talibus nequc amjcitias habere volo, neque inimicitias. The argument, in t^ It E F A C ?. in every' fuch ht/lanee, may he attmc^dfo; but (hf man ?f»// certainly be overlooked. The author ofthe following pages once hopti to have been .able to offer them to the public in the year 1 79 1 • JSut ^qther ¦employment, difi'mnt in its kind, yet important in its nature and confequences, ha^ made the mofi importunate demand^ upon his , time and attention, Jince his return fr^m Paris i^ that year. Ihey who know him will not need, and th^ to whom he is unknown will not r^qmre^ any further informa tion on this fubJeSl. The charges, originally preferred againjl Mr. Gibbon an4 Dr. Benfon, are retained in this edition, not merely becaufp they have fallen into error, but hecaufe it too evidently ap pears, that they have attenipt.ed to miflead others, by faerie ficing the faithfulnefs offaBs io their own predileSiions. For' thefe charges no apology will be required, when the nature of the ejfencefiiall bi cgnjdered which has excited them. TO THE RIGHT REVEREND E I L B ^, LORD BISHOP OF LONDON, THE FOLLOWING LETTERS ARE MOST HUMBLY INSCRIBED AND DEDICATED: AS SOME TESTIMONV, HOWEVER SMALL, OF REVERENCE FOR HIS VIRTUES, AND AS SOME TOKEN, HOWEVER INSIGNIFICANT, OF GRATITUDE FOR HIS FAVORS BY THE AUTHOR. 4 LETTER I. " crotchet ; and the deliberate falfehood, or ftrange " rtiifapprehenfion of Theodore Beza." [a) The verfe of St. John, here alluded to, fiands thus in our common Teftaments— *' For there are Three that bear record in Heaven ; " the Father, the Word, and the Holy Ghoji : and " thefe Three are one." As the charges, wrhich you have thus brought againft the Complutenfian Editors, againft Robert Stephens, and Theodore Beza {^Erafmus being rather praifed, than cenfured by you, for a reafon which may hereafter appear) feem to be expreffed. in terms purpofely obfcure, — it appears neceffary, in the firft place, briefly to enquire wrhether any part of their conduCt will juftify thefe feveral accufa- tions ; making, however, fome previous mention of Erafmus. I. Erafmus (a) There is a deficiency in this fentence which ought to be fup- plied. St. John fpeaks, in two fuccelTive verfes of the chapter in quef- tion, of ^.» Witneffes : thrk in heaven, and three on earth. Mr. Gibbon has no quarrel with the three Witneffes on earth. His Note is level led againft the three heavenly Witneffes only. Jt feemed neceffary to ilate this diftinftion here, and to keep it eonftantly in view in the following Diffcrtation. LETTER I. 5 I. Erafmus publifhed \\isfrf edition of the Greek Teftament at Bafl, A. D. 1 5 1 6, in lefs than a cen tury after the invention of the art of printing. It was the firft Greek Teftament which the world re ceived from the prefs. He publifhed a fecond edi tion of the fame work, at the fame place, in A. D. 1 5 1 9. In thefe two editions this verfe [ i John V : 7] was not inferted ; which omiffion frfi (3) caft the imputation of impofturc upon it. Being publicly reprehended for this omifllon by our countryman Edward Lee (ox Ley) and by Lopez Stunica (or Aftuniga, as it is fometimes written) a learned Spaniard, Erafmus afterwards, in A. D. 1522, publifhed his third edition, in which he re- ftored this text of the three [heavenly] Witneffes : declaring, as his apology for having left it out of his two former editions, that he had not found it in five Greek MSS which he had then confult.ed ; but that he had now replaced \repofuimus\ the verfe, becaufe he found that it did exift in an an cient Greek MS in England, [c] B 3 IL The (/5) " Prsefatio Hieronymi Intepretes quofdam ob omijjionem ejus** [this Verfe] " culpat; infertio vero ejus non, ante Efafmi statem, " utfraudfs plena damnata efi." {Wolf. ur. Philol, Edit. Hamb. Vol. V. pa. 306.) (f) Appendix No.^ I. Missing Page Missing Page 8 L E T T E R I. obelus in his edition of A. D. 1550, and ^fernl- parenthefts at the end of them : thereby denoting to the reader, that thofe three words were wanting in the particular MSS referred to in the margin. And this, Sir, you call " the typographical fraud or error of Robert Stephens." IV. Theodore Beza (whofe erudition and piety did honor to the age in which he lived) was born atVezflai, in or about A. D. 15 19, and died in A, D. 1605. He publifhed an edition of the New Teftament, with annotations, at Geneva in A. D. 1556. He was urged to this work by Ro~ bert Stephens, who, on Bezds compliance with his folicitations, permitted to him the free ufe of all his Greek MSS. In his notes on this paflage of St. John he fays (/) " This verfe does not occur " in the Syriac verfion," &c. " but it is found in " the Englifh MS, in the Complutenfian edition, " and in fome ancient MSS of Stephens. In the " Englifh MS the words Father, Word, and Spirit, " are written without their articles ; but they are '* read with their articles in our [g) MSS. The Englifh {/) Appendix No. III. {g) Bexa, throughout his annotations, calls thc MSS of Stephens " Hojtri codices" — our MSS. The notes juft referred to fupply, in a very fmall compafs, two in- ftances of this appellation. Many others will be added hereafter. LETTER I. 9 *' Englifh MS has, fimply, the word Spirit, with- " out adding to it the epithet Holy ; in ours they " are joined, and we read Holy Spirit. As to the " words, in Heaven, they are wanting in feven an- *' cient MSS." And he further ufes thefe remark able expreffions^^'* I am entirely fatisjied that we *' ought to retain this verfe," This is the plain truth, briefly ftated, of the pro ceedings of Erafmus., Robert Stephens, Theodoj-e Beza, and the editors of Complutiim, relative to the verfe in queftion. To this fhort ftatement permit me to add the following obfervations, I, You feem. Sir, not to be more happy in your indiretSil: commendation oi Erafmus in this matter, than we fhall hereafter find you to have been in your dire£t cenfures of the other editors. In whatever light we view the condu£t of Erafmus, it betrays great weaknefs. If he were really poffeffed oifve ancient MSS in which this verfe had no place, and had thought it his duty to expel it accordingly from his two former editions, he ought not to have re- ftored it in his third edition upon the bare autho rity of a fingle MS. It feems impoffible to ac count IO L E T T E R I. count for the behaviour of Erafmus, in this mat ter, taking the whole of it into contemplation at once, but upon one of thefe fuppofitions. Either he could not produce the five MSS, in which he had alledged the verfe to be omitted ; or he had other authorities, much fuperior to the teftimony of a fingle MS, for re-placing the verfe, which he was not however ingenuous enough to acknow ledge. And this Gonclufion will not perhaps feem altogether unwarrantable, when the teftimonie:S, which I mean to produce in my next letter in fa vor of the originality of this verfe, fhall have been fully weighed ; and when it fhall be further confidered that Erafmus was fecretly inclined iff) tb Arianifm : a circumftance, which rendered him by no means an indifferent editor of this fifth chapter of St. John. Upon the face of his own apology, then, the condu£t of Erafmus in this in- ftance was mean. Upon the fuppofition of his having kept back from the world his true motives of action, it was grofy difingenuous and unworthy. And yet for a proceeding which muft fall under one of thefe inevitable alternatives ; you, Sir, it feems, cannot find a more fevere ftridure than " the [h) lv,X..,z\.—Chamb. Cyclopaed. {'Reei) Tit. " Jrianifm :" Ct Beza; Jcones, Appendix IV. LETTER I. II " the prudence of Erafmus .'" If Erafmus had not poffeffed the merit of cafting xhcfrjl public impu tation of impofture on this verfe, which others have fince been irtduftrious to prove ; — his fubfe- quent recantation, his " repofuimus" would hardly have met with fo mild a rebuke from Mr. Gibbon. II. The admiffion of the text in queftion into the feveral editions of Robert Stephens'?, Greek Teftament, was not owing to a typographical error of that editor. You, Sir, I prefume, would fay that Robert Stephens meant to have placed his obe lus and femi-pdrenthefis fo as to have denoted the whole of the verfe l John v : 7 (inftead of the three words «" tw z^avw) to have been wanting in feven of his MSS ; and that his not doing fo was a miftake. Without requiring your authority for fo arbitrary an affumption, \ve may fatisfy our- felves from the beft authority poffible, the internal evidence of the volume itfelf, that the whole of fuch a fuppofition muft be groundlefs. To this edition of A. D. 1550 Robert Stephens has an nexed a lift of Errata, or " typographical errors," wherein he has been fo affiduoufly corredi, as anxi- oufly to point out to the reader one comma forgot ten, and another mifplaced, in that laborious vo lume : but there is no reference in the Errata to this 12 LETTER I. this verfe of St. John. If an argument like this could want fupport, it might be further remarked that John Crifpin an advocate of the parliament of Paris, who had retired to Geneva for the fake of the free exercife ofthe reformed religion, publifhed a new edition of the Greek Teftament at Geneva, in A. D. 1553 ; wherein the obelus dcaAfemi-paren- thefis, or crotchet, retain the fame place in regard to this verfe, that they poffeffed in the edition of Robert Stephens : which is a proof that Stephens, who was then a. fellow-citizen with Crifpin, having been compelled to ^ feek the fame refuge for the fame reafon (i) fuperadded to a ferious care for his perfonal fafety, never found out (what you. Sir, it feems, have now found out for him) any " typographical error in the placing his crotchet" Nor, III. Was this text inferted in Bezds Greek Tef tament through the " f range rtiifapprehenfion" or through any mifapprehenfion at all, of Theodore Beza. The contentions of Erafmus with Ley and Stunica had awakened the attention of Ghiiftians in general to this fubje£t, upwards of twenty years before Theodore Beza began his commentary. As a principal member of the reformed church, as a man (/) Thefe circumftances will be ftated more at large hereafter. LE TT ER I. 13 man famed for, erudition and integrity, the eyes of all Europe were fixed on Bezds expeded publica tion. Indeed he feems to have felt himfelf called to the tafk : and accordingly his own words, be fore quoted in this letter, fhew that he gave the matter a full confideration ; that he contrafted the Syriac verfion &c. with his own authorities, and compared them together fo attentively as even to note in which of them a fingle article, or epithet was wanting ; that he had, in fhort, fully weighed the reafons on both fides, and found thofe for the authenticity of the text fo greatly to preponderate, as to enable him to fpeak his ferious convidion in the moft decided language : — " / am entirely fatis- Jied that we ought to retain this verfe." Such mo tives for caution, and fuch marks of diligence, in fuch a man, leave no room for the idea of mifap prehenfion. Thus acquitted of " error and mifapprehenfion," it remains for you, Sir, to fubftantiatc the other parts of your charge againft Robert Stephens, and Theodore Beza ; namely of " fraud" and " de liberate falfehood." It will become one who wifhes to live to pofterity as a hiftorian, to confider well how he can juftify himfelf either in literary can dor, or Chriftian charity, for accufing men fo evi dently 14 LETTER!. dently confcientious, — men whofe charafters havc hitherto been not unfullied only, but iiluftrious, — of the complicated crime of a deliberate falfifica- tion of Scripture ! IV. Nor are the Complutenfian editors, as It feems, juftly chargeable with bigotry (either honeft or difhoneji) for the part which they took in this tranfadion. They were affembled to collate the MSS of the original language of the Scriptures, and to perpetuate their contents to pofterity by means unknown to former ages. And what was the conduit which they purfued, as far as we, at this diftance of time, are enabled to trace it out ? It appears in general, from their Preface, {f) that thefe Editors had been favored with feveral Greek MSS from the Vatican at Rome^ for the ufe of their Edition. It appears in particular, from the tefti mony of Stunica himfelf (/) that they had pro cured another moft valuable Greek MS from the Ifle of Rhodes (which, from that circumftance, is ufually ftiled the Codex Rhodienfts) for their affift- ftance in this undertaking. Poffeffed of fuch trea- fures it cannot be fuppofed, with reafon, that thefe Editors would negledt them. Led by fuch guides it [li] Appendix No. V. (/) Contra Era/mum, paffim. LETTER!. 1^ it is not to be prefumed, without thc moft clear and unequivocal proof, that they would wilfully refufe to follow them. They did no more then in this tranfa£tion, as it, feems from this general view ,of the fubje£t, than infert in their Polygott a verfe which, we have reafon to conclude, [m) was found in all thefe MSS thus confulted by them. And are you then. Sir, ferioufly offended that thefe Edi- 'tors, as far as their conduit can thus be traced out, did not abufe the confidence repofed in them ? Are they bigots, becaufe they would not falfify the text which they were convened to afcertain ? Bigotry may be defined to be a perverfe adherence to any opinion of any kind, without giving to the evidence on the contrary part an open hearing, and a candid judgment. Surely, then, it is bigotry in IN-Ir. Gib bon (leaving him at liberty to chufe his own epithet for it) to exprefs what might, by any mode of in ference, be conftrued into a wifti that thefe Editors had, in favor of the opinion to which he adheres, mutilated thofe records which they were urged, by every principle that ought to govern the human mind, to deliver down to future ages unabridged and unperverted. I would not. Sir, willingly re mind you of the reproaches of your learned op ponents (m) The objeilions to this conclufion will be corifidered hereafter. l6 LETTER!. ponents («) refpeiting the quotations and authdrl* ties by which you attempted to fupport the pofi- tions, affumed in the two well-known chapters of of the firft volume of your hiftory. I fhould ftill more unwillingly permit myfelf to draw any fpecial inference from your prefent indignation againft the Editors of Complutum. But, I truft, I may be al lowed to fay, that if thofe Editors had a£ted as you feem to wifh that they had done, they would, for aught that appears to the contrary, have merited the appellation of difhoneji bigots — would have proved themfelves unworthy betrayers of their truft, and unfaithful ftewards of the oracles of GOD! I now beg leave, Sir, to fubmit the queftion to yourfelf, how far thefe three Editors have deferved the charges of error and mifapprehenfion, on the one hand, or of bigotry, fraud and deliberate falfe hood on the other, which you have thus urged againft them. And I requeft your permiffion to endeavour to eftablifh, in a future letter, the au thenticity of 'the text in difpute by proofs, all of them, antecedent to the days of Robert Stephens.^ "Theodore Beza, or the Editors of Complutum. I am, Sir, &c. LETTER (n) Dr. Watfon, Dr. Chelfum, Mr. liavm, and others. [ K ] LETTER n. SIR, TN my formef letter, 1 truft It is at leaft rendered -¦" highly probable, if not fully proved, that the charge which. you have brought ^u^d^xA Theodore Beza,' Rober-t Stephens and the Complutenfan Edi tors, relative to the Verfe i. Johnv. j, is not warranted by f9.£t, and cannot be fuppoi'ted in ar gument. I mean now to proceed, as was at firft propofed, to eftablifh the authenticity of the verfe itfelf by teftimohies of different kinds, all ante cedent in point of time to the days of any of the Editors here mentioned : by proofs commenc ing with the age next preceding that of Erafmus^ and afcending from thence to that of the Apoftles. Andf/ii^r— FROM THE WRITINGS OE INDIVIDUALS. I. Laurentius Valla,, an Italian nobleman of great erudition, was the firft perfon (as M. 5'/- C mon iS LETTER ir. mon (a) obferves) who fet himfelf to colleiffc the Greek MSS of the New Teftament, He flourifhed nearly a century before Erafmus. (b) By aflidu- ous enquiries he poffeffed himfelf of feven Greek MSS ; a number which will appear very confider- able when we refle<9:, that, through the general ignorance of thofe ages, the Greek language was then become almoft a dead letter, and its MSS were in danger of perifhing with it. This paf- iage of St. John, containing the fix witnefles, three in Heaven and three in earth, feems to have been found (c) in all thefe MSS ; and a part of it is commented upon by Valla, in his Notes on this Epiftle. He died in A. D. 1465. 2. In the end of the foiwteenth and the begin ning (a) Hift. Crit. du Texte, C. xxix, des Verjans, C. xii. Du Fin. Body, De Bibliorum Textibus originalibus. Edit. Oxon. A. D. 170c, p.' 441. The learned Dr. Mi/l feems to have fallen into feveral mif- takes, in his Prolegomena, refpeding the MSS of Falla. See Bengtlius (Introd. in Crifin) p. 437. (b) 'Erafmus has paid a deferved tribnte of praife to Valla's Anno tations. In his Epiftle to Fifcher he fays, " Si quibus non vacat to- 'tam Grascorum linguam perdifcere, ii tamen ValU ftudio non medio- critcr adjuvabuntur,' qui [collatis aliquot vetuftis atque emendatis Grxcorum exemplaribus] mira fagacitate Novum omne Teftamentura excuffit." (c) Opera i. ValU, Edit. Bafil. A. D. 1543, p. 892. The ob- jeftions to this conclufion will be confidered ' .,-eafter. LETTER • n. 19 timg of the fifteenth centufy lived Jofephus Bry ennius, a Monk of the Greek Church, who cites both thefe verfes of St. John in the following manner. " And it is the Spirit which beareth " witnefs, bedaufe Ghrift is the truth. For there are three that bear tvitncfs in Heatien ; the Fa- " ther, the Wofd [0 Aoyoi] and the Holy Ghof ; ' and *' thefe three are one. And there are three that bear witnefs in earth ; the fpirit, the water, and *' the blood, [d) Eugenius, Archbifhop of Cherfon, firft publifhed this work of Bryennius from an original MS, or MSS. And when C. F. Matthai, Profeffor of the Univerfity of Mofcow, applied to the Archbifhop for information whether he had inferted thefe verfes from ' Greek MSS, or from the modern printed editions of the New Teftament, his reply Was — Tou may affure yourfelf beyond all doubt, th'at I found this paffage in the MS of Bryennius as it appears in my printed edition. I had not dared otherwife to have inferted it in my book. I confider^, and always have confidered, it as a facred obligation iipon me, in every thing to prefer the truth, [e) C 2 3, Emanuel (d) Griejhach. Nov, Teft. Ed. Eala, A. D. 1777, p- 2:8. (e) C. F, Matthiei prefat. in fept. Epif. Cathol. p. lvi. 20 L E T T E R II. 3. Emanuel (fometimes written Manuel) Calecas lived in the middle of the fourteenth century. He was alfo a Monk of the Greek Church. He thus quotes I. John, v : 7. " And the Evangelift St. *' John, There are three that bear witnefs, the Fa- " ther, the Word \_o Aoyo<;~\ and the Holy Ghof" He purfues the quotation no further, but almoft. immediately turns afide to cite the Gofpel of St. John, XV : 26. (y) 4, In the fame century Nicholas de Lyra wrote a Commentary upon the Scriptures, which is ufu ally ftiled his Pofilla. In his text both the verfes of this paffage of St. John are inferted ; and his commentary upon them is as follows. After hav ing ftated the teftimony of the three heavenly wit neffes, he adds, " one in effence, and therefore over all one glorious God." And after the teftimony of the three witneffes in earth, he fubjoins, " be caufe they agree in the ajfertion of one truth." He held the profefforfhip of Divinity at Paris, with great reputation. 5. About a century before this laft-mentioned time appeared the Commentary of St. Thomas (as he (f) Comlef p. 219. Bihl. Max Pair. Tom. xxvi. p. 383. LETTER II. 21 he Is commonly called) on this Epiftle ; in which this paffage of St. John is not only admitted, but commented upon, without any infinuations of any fuppofed interpolation. He has alfo frequently quoted it in his Sermones fefivi, in his Treatife con tra errores Gracorum, and in his famous work enti tled Summa totius Theologice. He died in A. D. 1274. {Jo) 6. The great antagonlft of Aquinas, Johannes Duns Scotus, did not long furvive him, dying in A. D. 1308. He agrees, however, with Aquinas in admitting the teftimony of the heavenly wit neffes. In his quotation he firft refers to the bap- tifmal ordinance given in the laft chapter of St. Matthew, and then proceeds thus. " In like man- " ner St. John fpeaks in the fifth chapter of his *' firft canonical Epiftle, There are three that bear " witnefs in Heaven, the Father, the Word and the " Holy Ghof." (i) C 3 7. The (h) Summ. tot, Theol, pars i. qu. 30, art. 2 Scc.—Serm. Feft, SanSl. frin. — Contra Err. Grac. C. xii. qu. 9. art. 9. «' S. Thomas Aquinas — Scholafticorum, ut vocant, Theologorum princeps, et Dodlor cognomento Angelicus, a Gregorio x. ad con cilium Lugdunenfe evocatusj in itjnere in morbum incidit, atque — • piiffime moritur quinquagenarius." \_Auberti M'lrcei Chron. Edit. .§) «c And again- — " To what purpofe Is it that ye read in John the Evangelift, Thefe Three are " One, if ye ftill perfift that there are different " natures in their perfons ? I afk in what man- "** ner are the "Three One, if the nature of their divinity is different in each ?" {li) f' In the tenth Book he repeats the argument herein before cited from the firft Book, with iitT- tie variation. And laftly, in his conteft with Varimadus the Arian, he quotes the teftimony of the fx witneffes in the following manner. " And John the Evan- " gelift fays, In the. beginning was the Word, and f ' the Word was with God, and the Word was Godk " Alfo in his Epiftle to the Parthians — There are " Three that bear witnefs in Earth, the Water, the ?' Blood, and the Flefh ; et hi tres in nobis funt : " and there are Three that bear witnefs in Heaven, " the Father, the Word [Verbum] and the Spirit, V and thefe three are one," [k) 22. A {k\ Appendix, No. xxi. 42 L E T T E R II. 2 2, A fittle before the days of Vigilius flourifhed in the Weft the good Eucherius. He was confe- crated Bifhop of Lyons about A. D. 434. There was not a Bifhop, in the weftern world, more re vered for learning and piety. (/) Among other works he was the author of two Treatifes, the Formula and the i^ucefiones. His defign in the former of thefe was to give to fcriptural names, and nmnhers a fcriptural application. His eleventh chapter opens in the following manner. ¦ ¦ Thefe names being at length finifhcd, let us *; alfo briefly treat on liumbers. " I. This number Is referred to the unity of *' the Godhead : In thc Pentateuch, Hear, 0 ifraell " The Lord thy God is ONE. And the Apoftle^ '^ One God, one faith, one baptifm. And the Ark of *^ Noah, by which the holy Church is defigned, *' is finifbed in one cubit : for in the contemplation " of one God is eternal happinefs. *' II. This number is referred to the two Tefta-^ ments of the divine Law : In Kings, And be made in Dabir two Cherubim of ten cubits in " height,, {1} Appendix, No. xxii. «* LETTER II. 43 ^'' .height. Two precepts of love, of God and of *' our neighbour. Two in the field, 'two in the mill, and two in one bed, we read in the Holy Gofpel. " •• , ' ¦ ¦ *' III. [This number is referred] to the Trinity : I'd Sx.. ¦ John % Epiftle, There are three that bear witnefs in Heaven, the Father, the Word. [Verbum] and the Holy Ghof ; and there are three that bear witnefs in earth, the fpirit, the water, aiid the blood. And in Genefis, The three of whom the ¦whole earth was overfpread. %x It. , *' IV. [This number to] the four Evangelifts" ^cci {m) ¦' ' ' '• 23. When the pious and very learned Jerome (who died in A. D'. 421) had compleated that ' great work of correding the Latin verfion of the Old, and fettling' the text of the New Teftament, which he undertook at the requeft of Pope Da- inafus, he clofed' the arduous tafk with a folemn proteftation («) that, in reyifing the New Tefta- iheint, he had adhered entirely to the Greek MSS : *' Novum Tef amentum fidei Grceccs reddidi" And in ^m). Appendix, No. xxii. (a) Catal. Ecelef. Scriptor. ad linem. 44 LETTER II. in Jerome's, Teftament this verfe of St. John has been always read (o) as appears by the general tenor of the Latin authorities already adduced in defence of this paffage, and from the MSS of his verfion which are ftill in exiftence. Nor Is the infertion of this verfe in his Tefta-^ ment) in obedience to his Greek MSS, the only teftimony which Jerome hath given to its authen ticity. He has alfo quoted (or rather referred to) it in the folemn Confeffion of his Faith, infcribed tp Pope Damafus before mentioned. <» ** And as, in oppofitlon to Arius, we affirm that the Trinity is of one and the fame effence, and confefs in three perfons one God : fo, fhunning the herefy of Sabellius, we difHnguifh thofe three perfons by their feveral properties. The Fathee is always the Father ; the Son Is always the Son; and the Holy Ghoft is always the Holy Ghoft, In effence, therefore, thefe [three] are one [unum funt.] They are diftind in perfon [only] and " in names." It (o) This obfervation is not incant to include all the Latin authori ties, or all the Latin MSS. Some of thofe authorities are taken from the old Italic verjion ; and fome few Latin MSS omit the verfe, ¦ Sec objeftions xlv. and m. of Dr. Benfon hereafter ftated. LETTER II. 4^ It has been doubted whether this Confeffion of Faith was the work of Jerome, or of fome other Writer of that (or nearly that) age. But the tef timony of the Venerable Bede, which will be hereafter adduced to this point, ought to prevail againft every doubt of this kind. (^) Jerome has alfo given his fandion to this paf^ fage of St. John in the moft decided terms, if the Prologue to the Seven Canonical Epiftles be (and It feems to be) of his compofition. This arduous queftion will be ^ifcuffed at large hereafter, (y) 24. Augufine was contemporary with Jerome, and correfponded with him on many Biblical fub- jeds. In his Commentary upon the firft Epiftle of St. John, and upon this very Chapter of that Epiftle, Augufine ufes thefe expreffions. " And *' why is Chrift the end of the commandment ? " Becaufe Chrift is God ; and the end of the " commandment Is love ; and God is Love. For " the Father, and the Son [Fiiius] and the Holy " Ghof [unum sunt] are one" Again, in his Treatife againft Maximinus the Arian {p) Objeflion xxiv. of Dr. Benfon, (y) Objection xiii. to xxiv. inclufive of Dr. Btnfen. 46 t E T t E R It. Arian he expreffes himfelf in thefe remarkibf^ terms. " For there are three perfons [in the . *' Godhead] tbe Father, the Son [Fiiius] and the " Holy Ghof: AND THESE THREE (becaufe they " are ofthe fame' gflence) are one. \^Hi tres unurn *' funt.~\ And they are completely one \_unum funt] ¦ " there being no diverfity either in their natures, " or in their wflls. These three, therefore, ti^i^o " ARE ONE \hi tr&s qui unumfunt\ through the iri- " effable unity of the Godhead in which they " are incomprehenfibly joined together, are om " God." (r) The ftriking reiteration, In thefe paffages, of the fame expreffions, Unum funt — -Hi tres unum funt • — Unum funt, and Hi tres qui unum funt,- feems to befpeak their derivation from the Verfe, now in debate, too clearly to require any comment. 25. In the expofitlon of the Faith written to Cyrillus, by Marcus Celedenfs an African, the writer thus expreffes himfelf: " To us there Is " one Father, and one Son, who is truly God, *' and one Holy Spirit, who is alfo truly God ; and [r) Appendix, No. xxiv. L E T T E R 11. 47 *'^ and thefe Three are One :" (j) — the precife vTords of the verfe in queftion. 26, Phahadiui Was Bifhop of Agen In France, in the fourth century. He thus cites this verfe in his Book againft the Arians: " That rule, therefore, is to be kept which declares '\_conf- tetur] the Soii to be in the Father, and the Fa ther in the Son, which prSferving one effence in tw^o perfdns acknowledges this difpofition of the Deity, Theii-efore the Father is God and the Son is God, becaufe the Son is God in God his Father. If this fhall give offence to any one, let him be informed by us that the Spirit is alfo of the Deity ; becaufe to him to whom the Son is the fecond perfon, the Holy Ghoft is the third. And in fine the Lord fays, I will afk of my Father, and he foall give you another com forter. Thus is the Spirit different from the SoU; as the Son Is from the Father. Thus thc Spirit Is the Third perfon, as the Son is the Se cond, yet they all conftitute but one Got), be caufe {thefe^ Three are One. This we believe, this we hold, becaufe we have received it from the prophets : this the Gofpels have fpoken to " us, (j1 Bengelius, p. 753. This expofuion was, in the fecond edition of thefe Letters, attributed by miftake to Jerome. 4^ LETTER il " US, this the Apoftles have delivered to us, afl^ *' to this Martyrs have borne wirnefs in their fuf- " ferlngs." — Quia tres unum funt [f) are the words of Phcebadius, which are alfo a literal quotation from St. John. Jerome gives the moft honourable teftimony tcf this author, in his Catalogue of Ecelef afical Writers i " Phcebadius (fays he) Bifhop of Agen in France, publifhed a Book againft the Arians. It is fald that he has been the author of other works alfo, but thofe I have not yet read. He is alive at this day in a very advanced age." 27. In the fame century with Phcebadius lived Gregory Nazianzen. He was Bifhop of Nazianzum in Cappadocia, and died in or about A. D. 389, at the advanced age of 90 years and upwards. His learning and piety will confecrate his name to the lateft times. One paffage of his Oration on the Holy Lights may be thus tranflated. " Let it not be a matter *' of furprize to any one, if this difcourfe fhall *' contain any repetition of arguments which I " have (/) Appendix, No. xxv. L E T T E R li. 49 " have heretofore urged. For I not only ufe the fame expreffions, but apply them to the fame things ; being indeed impreffed with a fearful awe, which affeds my voice, my conceptions and underftanding, whenever I fpeak [ipeeyyujita.J " of God : and I pray that the fame laudable and bleffed fenfations may alfo be produced In you.. And when I pronounce the name of God, may *' ye be illuminated around [^Trs^ioif^oc^hnJ by the one light and the three : three indeed, as to proprieties, or hypoftafes, if that word be more " fatisfadory to any one, or perfons (for we will not contend [^^vyoij.oix'^a-oiji.si/'} about words, fo long as any fyllables fhall carry us to the fame mean- " ing) and one as to their effence, or their di- " vinity. For the Godhead Is diftinguifhed [into " perfons] without being divided, as I may fo " fpeak : and its perfons fo diftinguifhed are united " together in one effence. For in the three is the '' one deity, and the three are one, thofe " [three, t^;*] in whom the Deity is, or, to fpeak " with greater propriety, which is [as -i 8fOT-/is] the " Deity. We avoid redundancies and defeds, not " producing confufion from union, or feparation " from diftlndion. Let us place at an equal dif- " tance from us the contradion of Sabellius and " the divlfion of Arius : errors diametrically op- E " pofite <( 5<5 letter il. " pofite to each other [in kind] but equal In im^a *' piety. For why ought we either to unite [the " perfons of] the Deity confufedly, or to divide " its effence unequally ? For to us there is one Goa " the Father from whom are all things, and one " Lord Jefus Chrif by "whom are all things, and one Holy Ghof in whom are all things : Which [expreffions] from whom, by whom, and in whom, are not expreffions of thofe who divide; the nature — but of thofe who diftinguifli the perfons of one and the fame unconfufed effence; And this is manlfeft, becaufe they are again [waAiv] colleded into one [«? «] if we read not negligently the same Apostle : Of him, and through him, and in hhn^ are all things ; to him be glory everlafing, " The Father is the Father, and without a be ginning ; for he is of none, ' The Son is the Son, but not without beginning ; for he is of the Father. But if ye compute his beginning as to time, he alfo was without beginning. For he who made time cannot be fubjed to it. The, Holy Ghoft is truly the Holy Ghoft, coming indeed from the Father, but not by filiation, or • generation, but by proceffion. For it may be ' aUowed [in fubjeds like thefe] to frame new " exoreffions LETTER ll. 51 *' ejtpreffions for the fake of perfpicuity. Nor *' does the Father ceafe to be unbegotten, becaufe " he begat ; nor does the Son ceafe to be begotten, " becaufe he is from an unbegotten Father (for " how could that be ?) nor is the [Holy] Spirit " abforbed in the Father, Or In the Son, becaufe " he proceeds, and Is God, although not acknow- " ledged by ungodly men. — There is therefore " one God In three [perfons] and thefe three are " one, as we have faid." {u) 28. Contemporary with Gregory Nazianzen, but dying a few years,, more early, lived Athanafius. Among his works Is a Synopfis of this epiftle of St. John : a part of which may be thus traiiflated. " He [St. John"] finally points out what Spirit is " of God, and what Spirit is of deceitfulnefs ; *' and when we are known to be children of God, " and when of the Devil. Alfo for what fin we " ought to pray. And that he who loves not his bro- '' ther is not worthy of his vocation, and belongs *' not to Chrift. Alfo he Jhews the unity of the " Son with the Father : and that he who denies the " Son, neither has he the Father. He points out E 2 alfo (u) El? Tfl! y.yta, tpurcc Aoyog—Oratio 39. Appendix No. -^xvj. This fubjeft will be tefumcd in Objeftion xx. of Dr. Benfon. 52 LETTER 11. t ** atfo in this epiftle the perfon of Antichrift,'* (*/ 29. Cyprian [w) was made Bifhop oi Carthage in A. D, 248. In his treatife De Unitate Ecckfue, written againft Novatus, he ufes thefe words.- *' Our Lord declares / and my Father are One \ *' and again it is written of the Father, the Son, " and the Holy Spirit, And thefe Three: are Oner Et hi tres unum funt are the exad words of this holy Martyr. Here Cyprian manifeftly makes two quotations from the Scriptures ; the former from the Gofpel of St. John x : 30 ; the latter from i*- , John v: 7, the Verfe in queftion. It is writ ten, fays he ; but in what part of Scripture is it fo^ written, in thofe particular terms, fave in i. John V : 7 ? In that Verfe alone, throughout the whole of thofe facred pages, is the 'precife phrafe Et hi tres unum funt, applied to the Trinity of perfons in the Godhead. This quotation, then, was made,' and was meant tp be made, [x\ from this Verfe of the Epiftle of St. John. In (y) Appendix, No. xxvi. and Objedion xx. of Dr. Benfon here after ftated. {iu) Jerome's chitaSier o^ Cyprian is given in his ufual, nervous manner. " Cyprianus Afer — Hujus ingenii fuperfluum eft indicem texere, cum Sole clariora fint ejus opera." {x) The words of Fulgentius, herein before ftated,. feem to render kU argument on this head fuperfluous. Eut as exceptions have been taken L E T T E R II, 53 In his Epiftle to Jubaiamu Cyprian again urges this teftimony of the three (heavenly) Witneffes, by a reference to the fame Verfe ; "" Ciim bi tres *' unum funt." (j) 30. Tertullian was bom about the time of St. Jobn% death, if fome Chronologifts may be (js) credited. But other computations, which indeed feem to be much more accurate, place his birth about A. D. 1 40. In either cafe it will be no incredible thing to fuppofe that TertuIUan had converfed with Chriftians of his own times, who had adually fat under St. John^ minlftration of the Gofpel. In thofe days arofe In Afa the heretic Praxeas, who maintained that there was no plurality of perfons in the Godhead, and that the Father fuffered on the crofs. Againft the opinions of this man Ter tullian wrote a treatife, in the twenty-fifth chapter of which he thus alledges this paffage of St. John. E 3 " But taken to this teftimony, the queftion will be refumed in ObjedlloBS iii — xii. of Dr. Benfon. [y] Appendix, No. xxviij. (z) Eufebius, in his Chronica, p. 165, fays that St. John was alive in A. D. lOi. And Tertullian died (in A. D. 196, according to Dr. Blair% Chronology, but according to Dr. PlayfairJ about A. D. 234, in a very advanced age. " Fertur 'vixijfe ufqne ad decrepilam atatem are the words o^ Jerome, who was born in A. D. 331, or fomcwhat lefs than a century after the death of Tertullian, 54 LETTER II, " But he fhall take of mine [fays the Son] as I of " the Father." Thus the cpnnedion of the Father " in the Son, and pf the Son in the Floly Spirit, " makes an unity of thefe three [perfons] ojie " with another, which Three are One." The Latin is, Qm tres unum funt [a) a literal quotation of the Verfe in queftion. And the teftimony of Tertullian feems to carry the, ftrongeft convidion witl^ it to every unprejudiced mind, not only from its proximity tp the age pf the Apoftles, but be caufe he teftifies that, in his times, their authentic Epif les vt>ere adually read to the Churches, not through the medium of the Latin, or of any other tranflation, but in the original Greek ; to which originals Tertullian himfelf diredly appeals in the eleventh chapter of his Monogamia. " Sciaijius. " plane" (fays he, fpeakiAg of fomp erroneous opinions which were then attempted to be proved by Scripture) " nonfc effe in autbenticg Grai;o." To the evidence thus furnifhed by Individual/, all of v^hpm lived antecedently to the days of Eraf mus, I now beg leave to fubjoin — the testi mony of COUNCIL?, AND other COLLECTIVE BODIES OF [a] Appendix No. xxix.— And fee Obiedtion ii. of Dr. Benfon here after ftated. L E T T E R ll» ^^ pF MEN — in fupport of the originality of the Verfe in queftion. 31. The Lateran Council was held at Rome under Innocent III. A.D. 12 15. Of all the af- femblies of this kind, which the Cliriftian world ever faw, this was the moft numerous. It was compofed of more than 400 if) bifhops, of about 800 abbots and priors, and of an ^ual number of deputies fpom prelates, colleges and chapters, who could not attend in perfon. Among others the Greek patriarchs of Confantinople and Jerufalem were prefent ; and the feveral patriarchs of An tioch an(J Ah^andria fent each a bifhop and a dea con as their reprefentatives. This council was chiefly convened for the examination of certain opinions of the famous Italiai%, Father Joachim, founder of the congregation of Flori?.. Thefe opi nions were accufed of Arianifm_, and were unanl- moufly condemned by the council : in v/hofe ad pr decretal, containing the reafons of fuch con demnation, we find the verfe now in queftion, iamong other paffages of Scripture, thus particu larly fet forth, (c) " It is read in the Canonical E 4 " Epiftle {f) Du PJn, Bibl. Ecelef. vol. x. p. 103. (c) CoUeftion of Councils by Labbe and Cojfart, Edit. Paris, A. D. 1671, vol. xi. p. 144. ^6 L E T T E R II. " Epiftle of John, There are Three that bear wit- " nefs in Heaven, the Father, the Word, and the *' Holy Spirit, and thefe Three are One." It may be permitted to me perhaps juft to re-^ mark, that the univerfal deference yielded to the known learning and integrity of the members of this council, caufed its decrees, in matters even of a fecular nature, to be received as law, not only in {if) England, but through the reft of the Chrif ian, world. 32. About the clofe of the eighth century the Emperor Charlemagne called together the learned of that age, and placed Alcuinus, an EngUfhman of great erudition, at their head ; [e) inftruding them to revlfe the MSS of the Bible then in ufe, to fettle the text, and to redlfy the errors which had crept into it through the hafte or the ignorance of tran- fcrlbers. To effed this great purpofe, he furnifhed thefe commiffioners with every MS that could be procured throughout his very extenfive dominions. In their Cqrre£iorium, the refiilt of their united la-- bors, [d] Bacon^s Abridgment, vol. v. title Tithes. (e) Le Long, Eibl. Sacra, vol. i. c. iv. feft. 2. Edit Paris, A. D, 1723, p. Z35. M. Simon, Hift. Crit. des Vers. c. ix. Hody, p. 409, Du Pin, vol. vi. p. 122. L E T T E R II. 57 bors, which was prefented In public to the Em peror by Alcuinus, the tefimony of the three (hea venly) Witneffes is read, without the fmalleft im peachment of its authenticity. This very volume Cardinal Baronius affirms to have been extant at Rome, in his life-time, in the library of the Abbey pf Vaux-Celles ; ar^d he ftiles it " a treqfure qf inefimable value" It cannot be fuppofed that thefe Divines, thus affembled under the aufplces of a learned prince, would attempt to fettle the text of the New Tefta ment without referring to the Greek Original, by which alone that text could be afcertained ; or that they would in that arduous inveftlgatlon coUate MSS only of a modern date, juft wet, as it were, from the pen of the copyift. Candor requires us to admit that their refearches muft have extended many centuries upwards — in all probability even to the age of the Apoftles. (/") ^T^. In A. D. 484. an affembly of ./^ir«« Bi fhops was convened at Carthage by King Huneric, the Vandal and the Arian. The ftyle of the edid, iffued by Huneric on this pccafion, feems worthy of (/) This jEra coincides with that of Walafrid Strabo. The fame argument (p. 30) applies to both. See alfo objedlion ii, of Dr. .Benfon hereafter ftated. ^$ L E T T E R Ii. ©f notice. He therein requires the orthodox Bt-? fliops of his dominions to attend the council thu§ convened, there " to defend by the Scriptures thp ppnfubftan tiality of the Son with the Father," ag£|.inft certain Arian opponents. At the time ap-^ pointed nearly four hundred bifhpps attended this council, from the various provinces of Africa, and from the ifles of the Mediterranean Sea ; at thq head of whom flood the venerable Eugenius, bi fhop of Carthage. The public profeffions of Hu-^ neric promifed a fair and candid difcuffion of the divinity of Jefus Chrif ; but it foon appeared that his private intentions were to compel, by force, the vindicators of that belief to fubmit to the tenets of Aricinifm. For when Eugenius, with his Anti-Arian prelates, entered the room of confulta-^l tion, (^) they found Cyrila, their chief antagonlft, feated on a kind of throne, attended by his Arian co-adjutprs, and furrounded by armed men ; who quickly, inftead of waiting to hear the reafonlngs of their opponents, offered violence to their per fons. Convinced by this application of force that no deference would be paid to argument, EugeniuA- and his prelates withdrew from the council-room ; but; [g] ViBor Vitenfs, who was then an African bifliop, and prefent at this council, has Itft us a circumftantial account of the whole tranfaCf tioH. Appendix, No. xxx. LETTER 11. 59 but not without leaving behind them a proteft, in which (among • other paffages of Scripture) this Verfe of St. John is thus efpecially infifted upon, in vindication of the belief to which they adhered. " That it may appear more clear than the light *' that the divinity of the Father, the Son, and the *' Holy Spirit is one, fee it proved by the Evan- *' gelift St. John, who writes thus : There are three " which bear record in Heaven, the Father, the "¦ Word, and the Holy Spirit.^ and thefe Three ar^ '* One." This remarkable fad appears to be, alone, amply decifive as to the originality of the Verfe in quef tion, The manner in which it happened feems to c^rry irrefiftible convidion with it. It was not a thing done in a corner, a tranfadion of folltude or obfcurity. It paffed in the metropoHs of the king dom, in the court of the reigning prince, in the face of opponents exafperated by controverfy and proud of royal fupport, and In the prefence of the whole congregated African church. Nor is the time, when this tranfadion happened, lefs power fully convincing than its manner. Not much more than three centuries had elapfed from the death of St. John, v^hen this folemn appeal was thus made to ,the authority of this Verfe. Had the Verfe been Go- L E T T E R II. been forged by Eugenius and his bifhops, all Chriflr tian Africa would have exclaimed at once againfl \ them. Had it even been confidered as of doubtful original, their adyerfaries the Arians, thus publicly attacked by this proteft, would have loudly chal lenged the authenticity of the Verfe, and would- have refufed to be in any refped concluded by its evidence. But nothing of this kind intervened. -Cyrila and his aflbciates received its teftimony in fullen filence ; and by that filence admitted it tQ liave proceeded firom the pen of St. John, To the aaithority of thefe councils, and of the ' revifion of Charlemagne, let me now fubjoin the inoft facred fandion which any colledivc body of Chriftians can give to the truth of a paffage of Scripture ;. namely, the admiffion of it into the pub-^ lie rituals, or fervice-books of their churches. Fof 34. This Verfe of St. John was inferted in the ancient fervice-books of the Latin Church. It was read in them as part of the office for Trinity Sun day, and (as it now is in the church of England) for the oSiave of Eafter. It appears from the Ra tionale of Durandus, already mentioned in this letter, {h) that this paffage alfo formed a part of the {J}) Page 22. IetTer ii. €i the office for the minlftration of baptifm in thofe ancient liturgies^ purfuant to the regulations of ihe Ordo Romanus, or The Roman Order of Offices to be ufed throughout the year. The precife time of the eftablifliment of this ritual in the Latin churches is not clearly known : its antiquity has, in fome degree, thrown a veil over it,- But that it was in thofe churches the eftablifhed diredory of public worftiip, and confequently that this verfe was re ceived by them as part of the infpired vmtings, long before the revifal of the Scriptures in the reign of Charlemagne (already ftated in this letter) we are certified from very refpedable authority. (/) 35. This Verfe of St. John Is found in the Con- fejjion of faith of the Greek Church. The words of this confeffion, where it refers to the paffage m queftion, are thefe : " The Father, the Son, and " the Holy Spirit are all of the fame effence ; as " St. John teftifies — There are Three that bear re- *' cord in Heaven, the Father, the Word, and the " Holy Spirit, and thefe Three are One." (/§) The time (;') For the antiquity of the Ordo Romanus fee Vjhei^s works — Ca-ve., Appendix ad Hift. Lit. — and Selden de Synedriis, vol, ii. p. 1250. (i) " AXka, iA,ey &c. — Deus autem eft natura verus, et .stemuj, " et omnium conditor, vifibilium et invifibijium : talis exia.m eft Fi- " Jius, et Spiritus Sanftus, Sunt etiam ejufdem inter fe cflentize, " juxta Si LETTER n. time when this public confeffion' of faith v/as firfj compiled by the Greek church, does n6t now ap-i pear. But the arguments which were urged on another occafion, and for another purpofe, by one! of the moft zealous antagonifts (/) of this Verfe^ might be here applied to prove, that this confeffion was drawn up in an age very remote from our own times. Its exad date, however, Hke that of the proof laft alledged from the Latin church, is loft in Its great antiquity. ^6. This Verfe is alfo found In the liturgy, or public fervice-books, of the Greek church. Among thefe one in particular, entitled AiroroA©^ {m) bears a diftlngulflhied place, being a colledion of the Epif tles of the New Teftament, taken feparately from the Gofpels : feled parts of which are appointed,' Hke thofe which ftand in the Communion-fervice of the Church of England, to be read in fuc- cefliion, in the proper offices for particular. days. Among other portions of Scripture this Verfe of St. " juxta doftrinam Joannis Evangeliftse qui dicit,— T'?-^ fwit qui tefti. " monium perhibent in ccelo, Pater, Set mo et Spiritus fanSus: et hi tres " unum funt" "Dr. Thomas Smith's Mifcellanea, p. 155, Edit. Zu»/, A. D. 1686. (/) M. Simon, Hift. Crit. c. ix. {m) Smith''s Mifcellanea, p. 155. " In ilia collectione Eptstq- I ARUM NoviTeftamenti Sec. Alfo Martins La Verife, p. 2. c. v. lEtTer It. i5j St. John is direded, by the Greek rituals, to be read in its courfe, in the thirty-fifth week of the year. As to the antiquity of this Attoj-oa©^, we have the moft pofitive proofs («) that it was ufed in the Greek church in the fifth century. How long it might have been eftablifhed there before that sera, is known only to Him " in whofe fight d ihoufand years are but as yeferday" If there can be, at this time, an unerring method of demonftrating that any particular paffage of Scripture was confidered, by the primitive Chriftian ehurchj as authentic, as bearing upon it the feal of divine infpiration, it muft be by fhewing fuch paffage placed in its public creeds or confeffions of faith, and appointed to be read in the folemn!-^ ties of its religious worfhip. By the former the Church fpeaks to men ; by the latter it intercedes with God : and in both with fincerity, becaufe all human principles of adion concur to forbid even an attempt to deceive, in either. Of both thefe pre-eminent fandlons the Verfe in queftion can fortunately t«) Caw, Vol. ii. Diff. 2. Edit. Oxon. A. D. 1743 p. 23. 5'/?/- den is Synedriis, Vol. ii. p. 1250 &c. Mill. Prol. 1054. Fabricius Biblioth. Gr^c. Vol. v. DilT. i. p. 34 Edit. Hamb. A. D. 1712, Cotelerius,Ecch Grac. Monum. Tom. iii. p. 222 — 351, Edit. Faw. A. D. i6j6. 64 LETTER IL fortunately avail itfelf. It can plead both of them' in its favor. While numberlefs other teftimonlals of its originality have, without doubt, perifhed by negled or by accident ; Have been deftroyed by the hoftlle invafions .of rude and unlettered barba rians, or have been crumbled into duft under the deleterious hand of time, in the long lapfe oi fe- •benteen hundred years : thefe have happily efcaped all thofe perils, and have furvived to the prefent age. And when we can trace (as we are enabled to do in the inftance now before us) fuch confef-^ fions and liturgies back into ages fo remote as the fourth or fifth century after Chrift, without being able even there to difcover the adual time of their cftablifhment in the Chriftian Church ; — we are then, by all the rules of right reafoning, well war ranted to conclude, that fuch creeds or confeffions of faith, fuch rituals and formularies of devotion, muft have been nearly coeval with Chriftianity itfelf* But the infertion of this Verfe in the Confeffion of Faith of the Greek Church, and in the public Liturgies of both the Greek and Latin Churches^. joined to the authority of the Councils, and of the Revifion of Charlemagne — which have been juft ftated — are not the only teftimonies ' (however ftrong and convincing they may feem) which have been L E T T E R ii* 6^ been given, by colledlve bodies of Chriftians, to the authenticity of this verfe; Let it be here finally obferved, that the New Teftaments, which were anciently read in the Churches of far the greateft number of thofe nations who made an early profeffion of the Chriftian faith, either in the original Greek, or in the ancient Verfion s of that original into the language of thofe nations, {o) furnlfh the ffioft powerful proofs of the truth of this dlfputed paffage of St. John. For 37. The ancient Verfion, or Tranflation of the New Teftament into the Armenian language, hath always contained this verfe. It is affirmed, by the moft refpedable opponent of the authenticity of this dlfputed paffage, that this Verfion hath been ufed by the Armenian nations ever fince the" age of Chryfofom ; who died in A. D- 407. The real date of this ancient Verfion, however, cannot per haps be carried higher than about A. D. 435* But even in this cafe, the original MS or MSS, F fronj (0) The Syriac and the Coptic Verlions, with their Tranfcripts, are the only exceptions to this general propofition. And thofe verfions were adopted by a very few nations indeed, when compared with the Latin, Greek, and Armenian Ciiriftiafis, who comprifed three parts out of /ffar at leaft, of the then Chriftian world.— See the objeftions of Dr. Benfon, xlv to xlix inclufive,— and objeftion xxviii of the late Sir Ifaoc Ne'wton, herein after Hated. 66 LE T T E R iii from which this Verfion muft have been thtisf made in the fifth century, cannot reafonably be fuppofed to have had a much later date than the age of the Apoftles^ 38. The aTrofoAo?^ whlch hath been already men tioned, was a Tranfcrlpt or Colledion ofthe Epiftles of the New Tefament in the original Greek. It was read publicly in the Greek Churches as eaily as, perhaps much earlier than, the fifth century ; and the fair prefumption is that it hath always contained the verfe in queftion. 39. The Verfion^ or Tranflation of the New Teftament by Jerome from the original Greek into the Latin tongue, was made [p] in or about A. D, 384. It hath been already obferved, that this dlf puted paffage hath eonftantly ftood in this Verfioiu 40. Nor' hath the. verfe in queftion been thus , found in the Armenian Verfion only, in the Greek uTTos-oXogj and in the Latin Tranflation of Jerome^ The mqfl ancient of all the Verfions of the Books of the New Teftament from the languages In which they were originally written, i^ the Old Italic ip) See page 43, and objcftion xix of Dr. Benfon ; alfo Mi- thaelis, Seft. 65. L E T T E R II. 67 t *' '.. italic, or Itala Vetus. This Verfion was made in ih.e firft {q) century, and therefore whilst St. John was yet aliv^ '; aiid vvas ufed by aU the Latin Churches 6i Europe, Afa [f] and Africa, for many centuries after his death. And thus the origin of the verfe ih c[ueftion is at length car ried Up not by inferences or impllcatiohs alone, hov^ever fair and obvious, but by plain and POSITIVE EVIDENCE, to the age of St. John himfelf. For this mofi valuable, as well as rnof an cient Verfion hath (j) confiaUtly exhibited the Verffe, I John v : 7. I have now. Sir, gone through all the pofitive teftimony, which I propofed diredly to adduce in F 2 fupport (j) The words of Michaelis on this fubjeft, which are the more to be relied upon becaufe they are the words of a very learned adverfary are, that " The Old Latin (or Itala Vet'us) is the mofi aitcient and beft of all European Verfions" — ikiX. it is " of uncommon antiquity" — and that no man of learning denies that this Verfion ivas done in the first century, except only Dr. Mill, ivho argues from this, that in the firft century most ofthe Chriftians at Bome utiderftood Gireek. But honu •will he proHje [zon.- imnes Michaelis ) that there nuere not many of thefe Chriftians (particu larly, let me add, in the remoter pro'uinces, and among the lo'wer claffes of the people) luho underfiood no more than their mother tongue" (Seft. 61—63.) if) The Chriftians r\es.T Jerufalem, and in many parts oi Syria, were of_the Latin church. (j) See objeiftion xlv. of Dr. Benfon, where, it is truftcd, this point is proved at large. 6^ L E T T E R II. fupport of the authenticity of the Verfe In quel-* tion. But the fubjed is too Important to be thus difmlffed. The objections, which have been brought againft the originality of this Verfe, re main yet to be difcuffed ; and demand from me, what they fhall certainly receive, an attentive and ferious inveftlgatlon. In this propofed difquifition many other proofs of the authenticity of this Verfe are intended to be urged indireBly, and by implica tion. Such proofs, when produced, will not, it is trufted, lofe any thing of their real weight, by the accidental circumftance of the place in which they may be found. It is even poffible that a fpecu- lative mind may experience a peculiar fatisfadion in feleding them, hereafter, from thofe ftations, where the neceffity of anfwering thofe objedlons, and a defire of avoiding repetitions compel them now to ftand ; and In adapting them to other fitu- ations where, if no fuch neceffity had exifted, they might perhaps wdth more propriety have been ar ranged. And it feems, moreover, that I fhould be deficient to my own future views, as well as unjuft to the evidence which has been already ftated, if I did not fubjoin, to an examination of thofe objedlons, a few obfervations which force themfelves upon the mind on an attentive con templation of the whole fubjed. For thefe pur- pofes L E T T E R II. 69 pofes you will perhaps, Sir, permit me to intrude yet more upon your leifure at fome future oppor- Jiinity. I am. Sir, .&c. ) Cyrillus contra Julianum, Lib. vi, p. 195, Edit. Lipfia: A.H. 1696, 78 D R. B E N S O ^. *' up our thoughts chearfully to God : For wlial " fellowflbip hath righteoufnefs with unrighteouf- " nefs, and what communion hath light with " darknefs ? what concord hath Chrif with Be- *' Hal ? or what part hath he that believeth witK « an [cf] infidel ?" The laft words of the foregoing fentence are cited literally from 2 Cor. vi : 14, 15 ; although, without any previous note of introdudion, de noting them to be a quotation. If more modern inftances fhall be required, they are here fubjoined. " The man, who proceeds in it with fteadlnefs *' and refolution, wiU, in a little time, find that *' all her ways are pleafantnefs, and all her paths are peace. Addifon. (r) " To graft In his heart the firft principles of " charity ; a virtue which fome people ought not " by (51) Hieron. Epif. ad Lucin. Edit. Erafmi, Paris. A. D. 1546, Vol. i. p. (71, as erroneoully marked in that Edition, but properly page) 66. ((-) Spea. No. 447, D R. B E N S O N, 7g " Iiy any means wholly to renounce, becaufe it " covereth a multitude of fins." Dr. Swift. ¦ [s) The former of thefe quotations is from Prov. iii : 1 7, the latter from i Pet. iv : 8 ; and both without any previous expreffions of citation. But Mr, Gibbon will, perhaps, be more fatisfac- torily convinced that quotations of this nature are not infrequent among good writers even of the prefent times, by the following inftances. " Here, too, we may fay of Longinus, his own ' example ftrengthens all his laws." " It never can become a Chrif ian to be afraid " of being afked a reafon of the faith that is in " him ; or the Church of England to abandon that *' moderation, by which fhe permits every indivi- *' dual et fentire qu^e velit, et quae fentiat dicere." The Scriptural quotation, contained in the latter of thefe fentences, is from i Pet. iii : 15. I will not offend Mr. Gibbon by pointing out the others. It {s) Preface to Bifhop of Sarum'i Introdudion. 8o D R. B E N S O N* It Is fo far, therefore, from being plain that Ter^ tulliari has not quoted this verfe, becaufe he has not exprefsly declared his words to be a quotation from St. John ; that, from a candid confideration of the paffage, under all its circumftances, the very oppo- fite inference may be fairly deduced. The ftrik ing peculiarity of the words themfelves, the literal order in which they ftand in Tertullian, and the conftant pradice of writers, ancient and modern, feem to compel the conclufion, that thefe words, when written by Tertullian, muft have been a di-* red intentional citation of the verfe in queftion. Thus far then. Sir, for the imbecility of thig objedion. Let us now turn to the Treatife againft Praxeas^ and compare Tertullian with himfelf. Perhaps we may obtain new light by the comparifon. Fie begins this treatife with the following exordium. Various are the methods by which Satan fhews his hatred to the truth. He fometimes affeds to defend, that he may the more effedually de- ftroy it. He afferts one Lord the omnipotent Creator of the world, that even out of this unity he may eftablifh herefy. [For] he affirms, that the Father himfelf overffadowed the Virgin " {Mary\ DR. BENSON. 8l " [Mary"] that he was born of her, that he fuf- " fered [on the crofs] and in fine, that he is Jefus *' Chrift." He afterwards propofes his thefs in the follow ing terms. " Seeing therefore that thefe heretics " are defirous that the Father and the Son fhall " be confidered as one [perfon] it behoves us to " confider the -whole quefiion as to the Son, whe- " THER he IS, and who he is, and how he is." He then purfues his fubjed generally (that the Father and the Son are difiind perfons) much at large and with great ability ; and then proceeds to make the following remark. " Hence their er ror is manifeft. For they, being ignorant that the whole order of the divine difpenfation had paffed through the Son, believe that the Father himfelf was both feen and converfed with, and laboured, and fuffered hunger and thirft (in con- tradidion to the prophet, who fays that the everlafting God neither thirfts nor hungers, how much more that he neither dies nor is burled ?) and therefore they hold, that one God in perfon, that is, the Father, always performed thofe things which [in truth] were done by the Son. G And 82 D R. B E N S O N. " And as to the epithets or defcrlptlve appellations " of the Father, The Almighty God, The Moft High, " The Lord' of Glory, The King of Ifrael, what ob- *' jedion can arife from them ? As far as the fcrip- " tures thus teach, v^t affirm that thefe are com- " petent to the Son alfo, that he came into the *' woild invefted with them, that he always aded " in poffeffion of them, and that be fo manifefted " himfelf to mankind. All, he fays, that the Fa- *' ther hath [omnia Patri s] are mine." Tef tullian then proceeds to bring the queftion within a narrower corhpafs. " But our endea- , " vours muft be ftill further exerted to repel their " arguments, where they colled exceptions out of ** the Scriptures in favor of their tenets, pafEng " over thofe things which preferve the general rule *' inviolate, and even confiftently with the unity " and abfolute foverelgnty of the Godhead. For " as in the Old Teftament they infift upon no paf- " fage but this, / am God^ and befide me there is " no God ; fo in the Gofpel they adduce [only] " our Lord's reply to Philip, I and my Father are " one ; (/) and. He who bath feen me fees the Fa- " ther alfo ; and, / in the Father, and the Father in [1] The firft of thefe three texfsftands in John x : 30, in our Bibles. The difcourfe with Philip begins, in them, with John xiv : 8. .D R. B EN SON. 83 " in me. To thefe three texts they wifh the nsihole " Bible to fubmit, although [according to all right " reafoning] oporteat fecundum plufa intelligi pau- " ciora^ But this is the way of all heretics." Fie next applies himfelf to the particular confi deration of thofe three texts v.'hlch the Patripaf- fians (as he had before remarked) had fpecially in fifted upon, and to which they wifhed the reft of the Bible to fubmit, A part of his argument as to the firft of them \fJohn:s.\ 30] is as foflows. " And being quef- " tioned by the Jews if he were the Chrif, " (namely of God, for even to this day the Jews " exped the Chrift of God, not the Father him- " felf, for Chrift the Father has never been men- " tioned in ;the Scriptures as he that ff ould come) " he replies,. / fpeak to you, but ye believe not. " The vaorks'-fwhich I do in the Father s name, they " bear witnefs. of me. And what is their witnefs ? " that he is the perfon concerning whom the " Jews enquired, that is, the Chrift of God. And " of his fheep he further fays that none ffall " pluck "them out of his hands. For my Father " which gave them to me is greater than all : And / G 2 and 84 D R. B E N S O N. " and my Father (unum fumus) are one. At this " text, therefore, a ftand is wifhed to be made by " thefe abfurd, nay even blind heretics, who fee *' not that the firft words of this fentence, / and " my Father, denote two [perfons] that its laft " word, fumus, cannot refer to one [perfon] be- *' caufe it is of the plural number : and moreover " that [the unity fpoken of in this text is an unity *' of effence, for] its expreffions are (unum fumus) *' We are one [Being] not (unus) one perfon. For " if his words had been. We are one perfon \imus " fumus'\ they would have countenanced this " herefy. — By the phrafe, therefore. We are one " [Being] / and my Father, he fhews that there " are two perfons whom he joins together in one " effence." Tertullian then proceeds to combat the argument which Praxeas had brought from the fecond of thofe texts. " It may now appear in what man- " ner it is faid. He who fees me fees my Father alfo^ " namely in the fame manner {u) as in the pre- " ceding text, I and my Father are one. Why? " becaufe (») " Apparere jam poteft quomodo dictum sit, ^i me videt " -videt et Patrem: Scilicet qvo et supra. Ego et Pater unum fumus". The learned reader is requefted to take the trouble of comparing the conftruftion of this fentence with that of the paffage now in de bate. Chap. xxv. See Note at the Foot of p. 87. D R, B E N S O N. 85 *¦' becaufe [he further fays] / came forth from the *' Father, and am come into the world. Again, / '' am the way : no one comes to the Father, but by ' me : And No one comes to me unlefs the Father *' , brings him. Again, The Father has delivered all " things to me. Again, As the Father gives life, " fo likewife the Son. And again, If ye had known " me, ye voould have known the Father alfo. In " thefe expreffions, therefore, he exhibits himfelf " as the Reprefentative pf his Father, through " whom the Father might be both feen in works " and heard in words, and might be known in the " Son [fo] exhibiting the words and works of his " Father ; forafmuch as the Father is Invifible, " which Philip had not only learned in the law, " but ought to have remembered : No one ffall fee " God and live" After this difcuffion of the fecond text relied upon by the Patripafians, Tertullian proceeds to the third and laft of thera. " Laftly, if he \_Jefus " Chriff\ had been defirous to be underfiood to " affert that the Father and the Son were the fame " [in perfon] by faying He who fees me fees the " Father, why does he add, Believe ye not that T " am in the Father, and the Father in me ? Fie " ought [in that cafe] rather to have added, Be- G ^ " Ueve 86 D R. B E N S O N, " Believe ye not that I am the Father t He there- " fore plainly fhews an union of two perfons." (v)' With thefe helps thus previoufly acquired, let us proceed to analyfe the paffage itfelf of the twenty-fifth chapter pf the Treatife ggainft Prax eas, now in deb9.te. " Jefus Chrift fays, The Holy Ghoft ffall take of " mini, as be himftlf [took] of the Father"' Whatever fort of unity, therefore, there is of himfelf with the Father, the fame Is alfo the unity of himfelf with the Holy Ghoft. But the unity of himfelf with the Father is a full and compleat in tercommunication of the powers and attributes, as v.'cU as of the effence, of the Godhead ; for. he himfelf declares \_John xvi: 15] that he takes \omnia\ all things which ^re (Patris) of the Father. The Holy Ghoft, therefore, takes of tht Son [John xvi: 14J the fa,me iutercommunlcatioh and plenitude, which the Son takes of the Father. " In this manner the irjfercommunication of the " Father in [or with] itbe Son, and of the Son in *' [or with] the Holy fibof., produces a. compleat uifion ('v) The Quotations before cited, are tajten from Chapters, i. v. xvii XX. xxiii. and xxiv. fuceffively. D R. B E N S O N. 87 " union of the three, one out of [or with] another / " which THREE ARE ONE (tres unum funt, 1. "'^^Jobn V : 7, one Being) in the same manner as it " is faid, I and my Father are ome ; as to the unity of ' ¦ effence, not as to the difiindion of perfons" [vf] From this detail it feems that we may now, at length, draw the following conclufions. I. That the declared objed of Tertullian, in his Treatife againft Praxeas, was to prove that the Fa ther aijd the Son were not the fame perfofl. 2. That on this account he took pains to fhew that the unum sumus of the Gofpel of St. John, which the Patripaffans did infift upon in proof that the Father and the Son were one and the fame perfon, was wrongfully perverted by them from its genuine meaning, 3.. That he alfo exerted a precautionary care to fhew (although that was not his declared objed, pj? a part of his th£fis) that the ^jnijm sunt of G 4 the (ta.) " Cxterum de meo fumel, inquit, ficut ipfe de Patris. Jta connexus Patris in FiMo, et Filii in Fa>-acleto, tres ofEcit pohaerentes akerum ex altero ; qui tbes unum sunt, non unus, (vuomodo diaum eft Ego et Pater unum fumus, ad fnbftantise unitatem, non ad num.eri iingulaiitatem." 88 D R. B E N S O N. the Epiftle of St. Jobn, if the Patripaffans fhould thereafter run fo lengthened a race In folly as to wifli to comprefs the three perfons of the adorable Trinity into one perfon {x) was to be interpreted in the SAME MANNER as the unum sumus of his G ofpel ; and therefore in a manner clearly oppofite to the error of Praxeas, 4. That the de Patris of the paffage in de^ bate has juft as much relation to the inquit, and is juft as much a quotation from the fifteenth verfe of the fixteenth chapter of the Gofpel of St. John, as the de meo is from iht fourteenth verfe of the fame chapter. And 5. That the Ita, the qui tres, and the quomodo dldum. eft, in the latter part of that paffage (and more particularly when explained by the fimllar inftance in C. xxiv.) fhew the unum funt to be as much a legitimate portion of Scripture as the unum fumus of the fame paffage. The conclufion, then, from the whole (reverting to the fubjed of thefe letters) feems to be, — that TertuIUan (at) It feems that the Mintanifts (and probably the Patripafjians alfo) did afterwards proceed thus far in abfurdity. For Jerome, fpeak ing of them and the Sabeliians, in the fourth century, ufes thefe expref. fijns : " Trinitattm 'in unius perfonx anguftias cogunt." D R. B E N S O N. 89 Tertullian has quoted intentionally the verfe in quef tion, namely the feventh verfe of the fifth chapter of the firft Epiftle of St. John. The teftimony of TertuIUan to the authenticity of this paffage having been thus ftated, it now be comes neceffary to confider an incidental part of the fubjed, before [y) propofed : namely. Whether the original Epiftles of the Apoftles were, or were not, extant in the days of Tertullian. Let us at tend to fome of his expreffions. " All herefies being thus challenged by us and " confuted, whether fubfequent to or coeval with *' the ApoftoHc age,^ — ^let the favorers of thefe he- " refies prefume, if they dare, to fet up any pre- " fcriptions againft this our dlfcipline and correc- " tion. For if they deny its. truth, it will be in- " cumbent upon them not only to prove that it is *' alfo a herefy, and to confute in the fame man- " ner as their herefies now ftand confuted : but to " fhew at the fame time where the truth is to be " enquired for, which is already demonftrated not " to be on their fide. Our arguments are not " drawn from fubfequent authority, but from that " which is antecedent" \i. e. not from any Latin Tranflation 0) Page 54. 9P D R. B E N S O N, Tranflation then in ufe in Africa, but from ' the Creek Copies, rendered by himfelf] " which is " teftimony that they are deduced from that [ori- " ginal] verity, which always holds the firft place *' in evidence. Our opinions are not condemned,! " but .ev^n fupported by the Apoftles : which is a proof of their propriety. For thofe opinions which are not condemned by the Apoftles, who have condemned every errpneous tenet, are in-r deed accepted by them as their own, and are cpiir fequently even defended by thena," (C (C Again, in his Treatife againft Marcion, he thus argues againft his corrupt and vitiated New Tefta ment. " I fay that my copy is true, he fays the *' fame of his own. I affirm his copy to be adul- " terated, he affirms the fame thing of mine. •' What fhall decide between us but the confidera-; *' tion of time, afcribing authority to that [copy] " which is the more ancient, and prefuppofing a " vitiation in that [copy, if they be contradidory " to each pther] which is proved to be more mo- " dcrn" If it be Urged that thefe expreffions, and many fimllar ones of Tertullian, refer only to Greek au thority in general, and that their applications to the D R. B E N S O N, 91 the Qreek Copies alone of the New Teftament will be a fufficlently adequate explanation of them, the argument will be granted in all its parts. For as many Greek copies of the New Tefta ment muft have been made before its transfufion into the Latin language by the Itala Vetus, or Old Italic, and as the Greek language was fo familiar to Tertullian s countrymen, that he wrote one pf his Treatifes [De Virginibus velandis^ originally in that language,, — thefe circumftances make it very far from an improbable fuppofition that Greek co pies of the whole Bible were familiar to the Afri can Chriftians of that age. Tb^y were familiar to Tertullian himfelf, if (jz) the accounts given of him may be credited. Fle frequently refers to thofe Greek copies even in this Treatife againft Marcimj as in the following examples. " He then is the Chrift of Ifaiah, the remedy for our weaknefs. " He (fays the prophet) bears our griefs and car- " ries our forrows. But the Greeks ufe the word *' carrying in the fame fenfe as taking away. And ¦' again, Bleffed are the poor (for fo the word re- " quires (z) " In Novo vero Teftamento pon tam Latinis tranflatis quam Grtecis veteribus codicibus ufuin Auftorem Gr.^ir^doftiiliraum, ex ver- fione ejas peculiari ab aliis omnibus raultiim fubinde diverfa, mani. feftum fit ; quam adeo difcrep.4ntiam in gratiam Profefforum facrarum literarum ubique adnotavimus." [PameJ. in \'na. Tertull. A. D. 197.] 92 D R. B E N S O N. • " quires to be interpreted which is in the original " Greek) for theirs is the kingdom of Heaven." Thefe feled inftances (more might be adduced) are fufficlent evidence that the Greek Copies of the Scriptures were familiar to TertuIUan. It may not be amifs to ftate one proof that they were not un known to Marcion, his antagonlft, (a) although he might wifh to keep them a little out of fight, be-i caufe the Teftament which he had fabricated for himfelf was a corruption .of the Old Italic It is then admitted, that on common occafion^ TertuUian'' s, ufual mode of argument applied Itfelf to the authority of the Greek Copies of the Scrlp-s tures, which were in ufe in his times. This was his ordinary appeal. But there was ftill another, much more important than this, which was fome times made by him, an appeal which was extraor dinary, and invocated with a more folemn voice. A ftrong inftance of this kind occurs immediately; after the former of the two quotations juft taken fr'om his works. After having there pleaded, as we (a) Sed quoniam attentius argumentatur [foil. Marcion'] apud ilium. fuura nefcio quern crui'ToiAAainrwf 01/ et itvia^hto\]u:.ivov in le- proil purgationem, non pigebit ei occurere---Itaque Dominus vohns altius intelligi legem,- --tetigit leprofum;a quo etll homo inquinari potuifiet, Deus utique non iiiquinaretur, incontaminabilis fcilicet. DR. BENSON. 91 we have feen, on his own behalf, the Greek Copies then In general ufe, he fuddenly breaks forth into this fublime Apofrophe. — " But go ye, who are defirous to carry your *' enquiries to a more laudable extent [curio-, ^^ fit at em melius exercere^ in the bufinefs of your *' falvation, purfue your courfe to the Churches " [themfelves] of the Apoftles, in which the chairs " (cathedrcs) of thofe Apoftles ftill prefide in their " . ftations, in which their very original Epiftles are " recited (ipf:s authenticce liter ce eorum recitantur) *' reprefenting to the mind the found of the voice " and the form of the countenance of each pf *' them. [And ye may perhaps carry your en- " quiries to this more laudable, extent without " much trouble, for] Is ^^^^^^^ next to you? T^ " may go to Corinth. If ye be not far diftant " from Macedonia, ye may proceeed to Philippi, je " may pa/s to -Theffalonica. If it be convenient " for you to take your courfe into Afa, there you " will find Ephefus. And if your fituatlon be not " remote from Italy, ye may go to Rome : where *' indeed v/e [aU] may readily confult [one portion " of original] authority." [b) It (b) Appendix, No. xxxii. Tertullian again reforts to this extraor dinary appeal in the following paffage. '.a 94 ^^- BENSON. It feems moft evident, from the difpofition and tendency of this whole argument, that Tertullian' here meant to refer to the original epif les themfelves of the Apoftles. To reduce the queftion, hojv- ever, within a narrow compafs, and to bring it to. a fpeedy decifion, it fhall be argued under the following dilemma. Tertullian, in thefe laft cited expreffions, referred either to the original epiftles of the Apoftles, or to the Greek Copies of theifl, then extant In Africa. But he did not there refer to thofe Copies ; becaufe, having referred to them before, and frequently, his words melius exercert\ in the prefent inftance, would have been not only empty and vapid, but abfurd. He did not refer to thofe Copies ; becaufe there was neither wifdom nor courtefy in fending his readers to Corinth, to perufe a Copy of St. Pauls Epiftles to the Corinthians.^ to Philippi, to examine a Copy, oi his Epiftle to the Philippians; to Theffalonica, for a Copy of his Epiftles to the Tbeffalonians ; to Ephefus, for U Copy of his Epiftle to the Ephefians ; or to Rome,- for " Infumma, fi conftat id verius quod prius, id prius quod et ab inititi, id ab initio quod ab Apostolis ; pariter utique conftabit, id effe ab Apoftolis traditum quod apud ecclefias Apoftolorum fuerit facrofanftnni. Videamus quod lac a Paulo Corinthii hauferint ; ad quam regulam Ga- ]atsE fint RECORRECTI ; quid legant Philippenfes, Theffalonicenfes, Ephefii : quid etiam Romani de proximo finent , quibus e'vangelium et Pe trus et Paulus fauguine qitoque fiio fignatum reliquerunt." — [Adv. Marcion. Lib. iv.] * R. B E N s o\^r. 9^ for a Copy of his Epiftle to the Romans ; when thofe Copies were, at that time, in the hands not only of Tertullian but of his adverfaries, particu larly Marcion. He did not refer to thofe Copies ; becaufe, being thus confeffedly in the hands of Tertullian and Marcion, and appealed to in their writings, it is probable at leaft that thofe Greek Copies of the New Teftament were in the hands of their readers alfo, and familiar to the Chriftians of Africa in general : who therefore would have con cluded that Tertullian was not in his right fenfes in exhorting them to take a long journey to Infped what was then in their own keeping, and perhaps lay at that very moment expanded before their eyes. The confequence from whence is that Ter tullian, in thofe expreffions hereln-before laft cited from his works, referred (and recommended his readers to apply, not to Copies, but) to the ori ginal Epiftles themfelves of the Apoftles. « If It fhall be contended that the pofition has been too haftily advanced, which affumes that the Greek Copies were familiar at that time to Tertullian s countrymen, and that it ought to be abandoned, let it be confidered what appearance the argument would take under this new afped. Admitting, then, for the fake of debate alone, although con trary 96 D R. B E N S O N. trary to every fair and reafonable probability, that thofe Greek Copies were not, at that time, in the hands of the Chriftians of Africa in general, yet ftill it remains undeniably certain that they were then in Tertullian % own hands, and moft probably in thofe of Marcion, TertuIUan % addrefs, there fore, to his readers, even on this fuppofition, muft have been very different from its prefent tenpr. He muft, in fuch a cafe, have fpoken to them In a language fomewhat like this : — My Chriftian brethren, go not to Corinth — go not to Philippi — go not /o Theffalonica— -^0 not to Ephefus — go not /o Rome — for the Greek Copies of St. Paul'x Epiftles to the primitive Chrif ians of thofe refpedive places- Lo ! I have them all here, and my antagoriifi Mar cion has them alfo. Go to him — at leaft come to me, and I ivillffew you thofe Copies. But Tertulliant argument is diredly oppofite to this mode of ad drefs, and therefore produces the very oppofite conclufion ; namely, that he meant, in thofe exhor tations, to recommend an application to the origi nal EPISTLES of the Apoftles : which would, neverthelefs, have been an abfurd recommendation upon the face of it, if both he and his readers had not, at the fame time, fully believed that those Originals then exifted, and were then accef- fible, at the places to which they were originally addreffed) j / DR. BENSON. 97 addreffed, provided that the neceffary pains fhould be taken in order to approach them. If this conftrudion [c) of the words of 'Tertullian be in other refpeds juft, no vaHd exception can be taken againft it from the length of time which had elapfed between the date of the autographs of the Epiftles of the New Teftament, and the days of Tertullian. When the expreffions, now in debate, were written by him, the moft ancient of thofe autographs had not been much more than one cen tury in exiftence. But we have many original In- H quifitiones (f) If it be objected that Tertullian^i expreffions on fubjefts of this kind are not .always to be taken in a literal fenle, becaufe in his Treatife again ft Hermogtnes he fpeaks of the originale infirumentum Moyfi, let it be anfwered that there is a difference in the two cafes, I . In their nature : And 2. In TertuHian'j manner cf mentioning them, 1 . He lived very near to the times when the Epiftles of the New Teftament were written 5 fo that there is nothing in the nature of the cafe to refift the affumption that thofe originals might then exift. And 2. He points out to his readers the places ixhere thofe originals nuere to be found: which he has not done in his mention of the books of Mofes, So that there is not only a diftlndion, but Tertullian has marked the diftinftion, between the two cafes. There is no difficulty in fuppofing thefe originals to have furvived to, and beyond the age of Tertullian. But there would be a great difficulty in concluding them to have been kept with fo little atten tion, as to have been loft in lefs than a century after they were writ ten. 98 D R. B E N S O N. quifitiqnes pof mortem, fome Ledger Books, Grants and SluietcE clamatidnes of ancient Monafteries, now exifting in this kingdom in complete prefervatlon, and ftill more In a condition not very imperfed, which exhibit beyoftd. all contradidion dates of four hundred years and upwards. We know that the age of the Valor of Pope Nicholas, kept in the Towpr of London, is more than five hundred, and of the Domefday more than feven hundred years. And we have good reafon to believe that the Alex andrian MS of the New Teftament is now nearly thirteen hundred years old, and that the Cambridge MS is of the fame {d) or nearly the fame antiquity. AVhen thefe things are duly confidered, the age, which has been herein before affumed for the MSS of /llcuinus and Walafrid Strabo, will not ap pear immoderate ; and it wUl, in particular, feem very far from an improbability, that MSS of fuch efpeclal importance as the original Epiftles of the New Teftament, fhould fubfift one (or much more than pne) hundred years, III. " In [d] Pages 30 and 56. The mention of any MSS, which are not now in our o\*'n country, has been here purpofely avoided. , The prefervatlon of many of thefe MSS is not to be attributed to any cxtraordmary c^re of their keepers. Beza tells us that he found the Cambridge MS at Lyons, pojlquam ibi in puliiere diu jacuijfet. , It ha? been rny lot, qn yafious occafions, to find many records in this kingr dom in the fame fjtuarion. D R. B E N S O N. 99 III. " In his Book concerning the Unity of the Church, Cyprian is fuppofed to have quoted . this paffage. His words are — Of the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, it is written, Thefe three are one" The quotation, as above ftated, contains a part only of the words of Cyprian ; fome expreffions, very material to the argument, being unfairly paffed by and omitted. The whole fentence taken together ftands thus : {e) " Our Lord declares, / *' and my Father are one. And again it is voritten " of the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, And thefe " three are one," Let this fentence be alfo analyfed. — " Our Lord declares, I and my Father are one" Where does he make that declaration ? In Scripture, becaufe that facred book is the record of the words of our Lord, as well as of his adions, whilft on earth. And in what part of Scripture is that declaration made ? It is in the thirtieth Verfe of the tenth Chapter of the Gofpel of ^X., John ; and the quo tation is literal. Let us now proceed. *' And again // is written of the Father, Son, and Holy H 2 Spirit, [e] Appendix, No. xxix. IOO D R, BENSON, Spirit, And thefe three are one." — ^Again // is written ! ^When an author thus fpeaks of a fecond ad of any kind, he muft be confidered as referring to a. former ad, of a fimllar nature with, or fimilarly circumftanced to, that which refers to it. And what, in the prefent cafe, was this former ad ? It was a dired citdtion by Cyprian oi a paf fage' in Scripture. What then was the latter ad ? The inference needs not be mentioned. It follows too clofely to be miftaken, or evaded. Thus the conclufion — that Cyprian did mean to quote this paffage, in his Book concerning the Unity of the Church — feems to be inevitable, when we take the whole of his words into contemplation at once, and place them in the fame point of view. But if we even receive their teftimony In the muti-* ' lated condition in which Dr. Benfon thought fit to ftate it, the fame inference feems fairly deduci-- ble from them. For as the volume of the Sacred Writings is, emphatically, caUed the Book : fo the phrafe, // is varitten, when employed by writers on facred fubjeds, emphatically and abfolutely, without any other particulars of defcrlption, denotes (in general at leaft) the expreffions which follow to be quotations from Scripture, , It might be tedious to produce many examples from many books. A few D R, BENSON* 101 few from that book alone, , which was ijvritten for our learning, may be fufficlent. " It is written, Man fhall [or doth] not live by bread alone, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God." [Matt, iv : 4.] " For it is written, I will fmlte the Shepherd, and the flieep fhall be fcattered." [Mark xiv : 27, J " For // is written. Thou fhalt not fpeak evil of [or curfe] the ruler of thy people." [Ads xxiii : 5,] " For // is written. Vengeance Is mine." [i?o- mans xii : 19.] " And fo // is Written, Adam was made [or be came] a living foul." [Cor. xv : 45.] In thefe inftances, Deuteronomy viii : 3, Zecha- riah xiii : 7, Exodus icxii : 28, Deuteron. xxxii : 35, and Genefis ii : 7 are literally cited, although with out any other previous introdudion than the phrafe . here ufed by Cyprian, viz. // is written. The ob jedion, therefore, that Cyprian can only he fuppofed to have quoted this pkffage, becaufe he has not H 3 ufed I02 BR. BENSON. ufed introdudory words fufficlently ftrong (as is alledged) to imply a fucceeding quotation from Scripture, eome^ fomewhat unfeafonably, when It appears that he has adopted thofe very words, to introduce his quotation, which are made ufe of by Jefus Chrift, and by his Apoftle St. Paul, to pre face theirs ; — ^the identical expreffions employed in Scripture itfelf to denote a quotation from Scrip ture, IV. " The query is, whether Cyprian de figned to quote the feventh verfe, or ta give a myflical interpretation of the eighth verfe, namely, that by the water, the blood, and the fpirit, we are to underftand the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit." There feems to be no query in the cafe. Flad Cyprian defigned to give a myftical interpretation only, he would not (as hath been juft obferved) after having literally quoted one paffage of Scrip ture, have inftantly followed that quotation with the words " And again /'/ is written." The af- fertion would have been utterly falfe, at the very hour of its being made by Cyprian, had not the feventh Verfe exifted at that time. The words, And thefe three are one, were never written of the to R. BENSON. ID3 the Trinity of perfons in the Godhead, in any part of Scripture, fave in i. John v : 7 ; which is the verfe in queftion. Let it be further remarked on this head, that had Cyprian defigned a myftical interpretation only, he would not have written Scriptum eft, et hi tres unum funt ; but Scriptum eft bos tres unum effe : as he does write in another place, where he only de- figns to allude, not quote, " Scriptum {f) eft juftum fide vivere^ Taking the fentence In queftion as a glofs, comment, or interpretation of Cyprian, the conjundion [et'\ is a moft abfurd and a moft un- grammatlcal Expletive. But as a quotation it ftands perfedly right. " It is written of the Father, Son^ and Holy Spirit" — What is written of them ? Thefe words, Et hi tres unum funt — " And theft three are one" The conjundion [et'\ thus viewed, is fo far from being inconfiftent with grammar and common fenfe, that it ftands with peculiar pro priety in its fituation ; not only proving the claufe, at the head of which it fo ftands, to be a quotation, but marking out the bounds of that quotation moft precifely. H 4 V. « The (/) De Mortalitate, p. 157, alluding to /Jaraaw i: 17. 1 04 D R. B E N S O N. V. " The loofe manner, in which the fathefs fometimes quoted, might create afifpicion. But there is more, in the prefent cafe, than this ge- ,, neral fufpicion :" [viz. Th.2ii Cyprian did not, mean to quote the feventh, but to give a myftical interpretation of the eighth Verfe,] *' For Eucherius (de ^ceft. diffcil. in loca V. et N. T.) about the year 434, having cited thefe words. There are three which bear tefti mony, the water, the blood, and the fpirit ; fays, if it be affed what is the meaning of thefe •words P I anfwer, many think the Trinity is here meant." If Dr. Benfon did not know that Eucherius has adually quoted this Verfe {g) in another part of his works, he has, in this objedion, betrayed a moft blameable ignorance of his fubjed. If he did know and yet fuppreffed the quotation, he has proved himfelf guilty of a moft difingenuous conceal ment of the truth. Both alternatives are thus offered to the reader. But he will, perhaps, foon perceive on which of them he ought to fix. For Mr. Emlyn, an Eng- Uftdman {g\ Letter ii. p. 42, where the quotation, here referred to, is ftated in the words of Eucherius. DR. BENSON. 105 iff man and a Diffenter (a very ftrenuous opponent of this Verfe) in the difpute refpeding its authen ticity which arofe in the beginning of the prefent Century, between him and Mr. Martin, Paftor of the French Church' at Utrecht in Holland, thus in- genuoufly confefles the embarraflment into which this teftimony of Eucherius had thrown him. *' The paffage Mr. Martin brings out of Eucherius *' (of which indeed I was not aware before) will *' need more confideration ; for though it only *' concerns the fifth Century, in which I did allow *' that poffibly the words might become text ia " fome books, yet it will carry it half a century *' higher than the Confeffion oi ihe. African Bifhops " in Vidor Vitenfs : and I confefs, if the paflage be *' genuine, it is more to the purpofe than any, yea " than all the other teftimonies before or after £23?- *' cherius, for fome hundreds of years : becaufe *' here we find both the feventh and eighth verfes " together, at once to fhew us all ihe fix wltneffe;s : " and there was Father, Word, and Spirit, befide " what was faid of the water, blood, and fpirit ; " whereas only Father, Word, and Spirit might " have been the fame things myftically interpreted, *' after the prevailing cuftom of that time. So *' that I cannot deny but Mr. Martin had fome " ground to fay, this is decifive, I. e. as to its being *' acknowledged I05 DR. BENSON. " aqknowledged by Eucherius, in the fifth Gen- " tury." {h) Dr. Benfon could not be Ignorant of this quota tion of the Verfe in queftion, thus made by £«- cherius, or of Mr. Emlyns diftrefs on the fubjed. For Dr. Benfon had read, before he began his critical labors on this text, not only Mr. Martina Differtatlon which contains this quotation froni ' Eucherius, but Mr. Emlyn s reply to it. He con- feffes BOTH, in the outfet of his own {i) difquifi- tions ; although he was not then, perhaps, aware ' of the confequence. After this confeffion. which condemns himfelf, the plea of ignorance, oi not having feen the quotation, can no longer avail him ; and, that being once taken away, there can be no doubt as to the charge which muft be fubftituted'j in its place. VL " Facundus,^ (/&) The queftion,' whether this paffage in Eucherius is genuine or not, will be taken up hereafter under Objeiflion viii. of M. Griejbach. (?) " I have read Dr. Mr7/'.t /"/-o/egorafwa— -But above all, I have read Mr. Mnrtiris Critical D'ljfertat'ian on this text ; Mr. Emlyh's. Full Inquiry, &c. and the Letters of M. La Croze, and F. Le long, publifhed by Mr. Emlyn." (Dr. Benfon's Paraphrafe, zd Edit. p. 631.)— He cannot be fuppofed, moreover, to have been ignorant oi the evidence furnifhed hyMarcus Celedenfis and Phcebadius ; for he has referred to Bengelius in p. 620, by whom their teftimony is particularly fet forth. DR. BENSON. 107 Vl. " Facundus, who flouriffed in the fifth century, and was of the, fame African Church, did not only, himfelf, interpret the words of the eighth verfe, in that myftical manner : but has acquainted us that Cyprian the Martyr did ft underftand them" What Facundus and Cyprian underftood, or in terpreted concerning the eighth verfe, is immaterial to the prefent enquiry, — if arguments can be ad duced of fufficlent force to fhew that they read the feventh verfe in their Bibles. This fad, it is trufted, hath been already fatisfadorlly proved as to Cyprian. The cafe of Facundus will require fome confideration. The expreffions of Facundus, on this fubjed, are as follows. " The Apoftle, John, in his epif- *' tie thus fpeaks of the Father, the Son [i^^7/o] " and the Holy Ghoft : There are three that hear *' ivitnefs on earth, the fpirit, the nvater, and the " blood ; and thefe three are one : fignlfylng, by the " \Joxdi fpirit the Father, by the blood the Son, and " by the water the Holy Ghoft. {k) And [k] He in this part of his argument proceeds thus. " Si forfitaa ipfi qui de verbo contendunt.in eo quod dixit : Tres funt qui teftifican- tur lo8 DR. BENSON. And a little afterwards—" Which teftimony of *' St. John the bleffed Martyr Cyprian, Bifhop of *' Carthage, in an epiftle, or book, which he '* wtote on the Trinity, underftands to have beea- " fpoken of the Father, the Son, and the Holy; " Ghoft. For he fays : The Lord declares, I and,) *' my Father are one : And again it is written of *' the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit, And *' thefe three are one." Let it be firft remarked, as to this teftimony of Facundus, that he probably never faw the Treatife ': of Cyprian to which he thus refers. He feems to have been utterly at a lofs even how to defcribe, or clafs it : for he calls it an epiftle, or « booh And he has indubitably given to it a title which is not its own. " In Epiftola five libro — de Trini tate, tur in terra ; fpiritus aqua et fanguis, et hi tres unum funt, Trinitateiil, qui unus Deus eft, nolunt intelligi fecundum ipfa verba quse pofuit pro Apoftolo Joanne refpondeant. Nunquid hi tres qui in terra tefti. ficari, et qui unum efle dicuntur, poffunt fpiritus aut aqux aut fan- guines dici ?" — And in another paffage: " Nam fie ecclefia Chrifti, ctiam cum necdum ad diftinftionem Patris et Filii et Spiritus Sanfli uteretur nomine perfonae, tres credidit et prEsdicavit, Patrem, Filium, et Spiritum Sanftum, ficut teftimonio Joannis fupra docuimus, quo diflum eft, Tres funt qui teftimonimn dant in terra, fpiritus aqua et fan guis, et hi tres unum funt ." Thefe quotations have been lengthened, in order to fhew that the words, in terra, moft certainly flood in Facundus' s Bible, DR. BENSON. I09 tate, fays Facundus, inftead pf de Unitate ecclefice, (/) which is its real title. Either of thefe circum ftances fingly taken raife a fufpicion, combined they amount nearly to proof, that Facundus had not read the work which he thus ventured to quote, but had trufted to the information of fome perfon who had miftakenly, or intentionally mif- led him by imputing to the eighth verfe pf i . John V. a comment or declaration. It is written, which could have been uttered by Cyprian only of th^ feventh. Let it be ftill further obferved, that the very ex preffions, ufed by Facundus, prove that the feventh verfe was read by him as well as the eighth. Wherever the words in terra [on earth] are found in any recital of, or reference to the eighth, they neceffarily imply the exiftence of the feventh verfe, having the words in ccelo [in Heaven] expreffed or underftood in contrapofition to them. And Fa^ fundus ufes this phrafe, in terra, no lefs than thrice \a the fhort extrads which have been juft copied from (/) Jt is fometimes ftiled, De Simplicitate Pralatornm, The fcribe, Vvho wrote the Verona MS, mentioned by Maffeius, wifhed to cover the error of Facundus, by correBing it in his oion copy. He reads de Jfnitate ; but, as it might well be expefted, he feems to be Angular in that reading. IIQ DR. B E NS O N. from him. {m) It is remarkable that Fulgentius con», ftantly cites the feventh verfe, with the words in ccelo, and that he never applies the eighth verfe to the Trinity, unlefs perhaps in the Fragments^ againft Fabianus before quoted : which, neverthe lefs, without any great violence («) are capable of another conftrudion. Facundus, on the othef. hand, continually relies on a myftical interpretation of the eighth, negleding the feventh verfe, al though he proves to us that it was in his poffef-;.! Hon by his mode of quoting the eighth verfe» But this, although a diftlndion, is almoft (with re- ^d to the great queftion of the authenticity of this paffage) a diftlndion without a difference. For wherever, in any author thus referring to this chapter of St. Jobn, either of thefe claufules, in cash, or in terra,, is read, fuch reading infers the laher to have ftood (o) In the Bible of that author ; or if there omitted at all, to have been fo omitted ty the mere negligence of the copyift. The (m) Pro defenfione trium Capit. (fl) Page 38 of thefe Letters. {o\ Thiols one of thofe few points in which the opponents of this verfe agree with its advocates. Sir Ifaac Neivton, Hift. p. 505^ J-welis, p. 12, ,j,o lie. -Bengelius, ad iin. differtat.— G/,V^«^, p, ^'^d—Mattheei, p. 140. DR. BENSON. Ill The only difficulty which preffes upon the mind in the cafe of Facundus, and of others of the ancient Greek and Latin Fathers who had both the verfes in their Bibles, and yet chofe to in terpret the eighth verfe as a fymbol of the Trinity, while they paffed over the feventh in filence, — is to affign, in any adequate degree, a caufe for fuch preference, and a motive for fuch preterition. Matth-cei {p) puts the queftion forcibly. The fol lowing obfervations, ^fuggefted in^eply to it, may •merit confideration. The unity, ftated in the laft claufe of the fe venth verfe, is either an unity of nature, or an unity of teftimony. If Facundus (taking him as an ex ample for the others) believed it to be the latter only, to him it would be no proof of a Trinity in the divine nature : becaufe to him the claufe would not fpeak of nature, but of tefimony merely. His expofitlon ofthe verfe would run thus. For there are three that bear witnefs in Heaven, affirming to VIS (y) the divinity of the Son of God, — the Fa ther, [p) " ^omodo enim ffVii^oXx dixijit, fi KVOiVTt^^nras airoSn^ct; ante oculos hahuiffet in illius "verbis o trxTfi^, o Xoyoq, Jtat TO ayiov Tri/sviAO. ?" P- '40- {q} This mode of expofuion will be ftated more at large in the fifth of thefe letters. Ill D R, B E N S O N, ther, the Word, and the Holy Ghoft : And the tefti mony of thefe three is one and the fame, and proves the point precifely. Interpreting the verfe in this mianner, he would recoiled the teftimony of other. witneffes in Heaven, who had likewife declared to mankind the divinity pf Jefus Chrift ; the tefti- m;ony of him, namely, who was fent from God, nnto a city of Galilee, named Nazareth, ivhofaid to Mary, The Holy Ghoft ffall come upon thee, and the power of the Higheft ffall overffadow thee : there fore that holy thing, ivhicb ffall be born of thee, ffall be called, the Son of God : — of him, who came wpom fhe ffepherda abiding in the field, and keeping watch over their flock by night, and proclaimed to their aftonifhed minds good tidings of great joy which fhould be to all people, the birth, on that day, tn the city of David, of q. Saviour, Chrift the Lord : •and laftly, of that multitude of the heavenly hoft, 'which was fuddenly with the angel, and joined in the feraphic ode. Glory to God in the higheft, and on ^arth peace, good-will towards men. {f) Conceiv ing St. Johii ^ argument to relate to teftimony pnly, he would feel that it could not be true, as a sene- -ral propofition, that the ad of bearing witnefs in Heaven made the witneffes, neceffarily, component part^ {r') Luke'i; 26 — 39,-- ii: 8—15. D R. B E N S O N, 1 1 3 Jiarts (if the phrafe may be allowed) of the triune and ineffable Godhead : and, as to the particular words before him, he would not confider himfelf at liberty to educe conclufions from them beyond what, in his appreheiifion, St. Jobn himfelf had predicated. A writer, and that writer a Chriftian Bifhop, thus privately interpreting the final claufe bi the feventh verfe^ and confcious probably at the fame time that he fo interpreted it againft the ge- tieral fenfe of the Chriftian world,- would certainly wifh. to pafs over the whole of that verfe in filence, whenever he fhould be called upon to difcufs the queftion of three perfons and one God; And yet holding facred the belief of a Trinity (/) and anxious to elicit from fome part of this paffage fome elucidation of that momentous article of the Chriftian faith, he would naturally bend his at-* tention to the eighth vdrfe. He would feel him felf there difencumbered froni the burthen ^ vO'hich, in his apprebenfion, lay heavy upon him ill look ing for a proof of the Trinity in the other verfe. The ftrongeft incentive to feek Is an eafneft hope pf finding. Hc would enter upon the t^fk, which he had impofed upon himfelf, with chearfulnefs, I He (/) This reraarlc is true not only oi Facundui, but of aiU the Fathers who have employed the eighth verfe in illuftration of the doilrine of the Trinity, 114 D R. B E N S O ]tf. He would contemplate the fubjed in various points of view. He would try to fhape a fymbol, where he could not found a demonftration. The ener gies of a mind thus ftimulated, and ading upon itfelf, would naturally purfue the courfe which we obferve Facundus to have taken. Such an one would firft, by intenfe and repeated refledlon, work himfelf into a perfuafion that the fpirit, the blood, and the water, were fignificative, or fymbolical of the three perfons in the ever bleffed Trinity, he would next endeavour to anfwer objedlons [f) and would finally bring forth in triumph, the words of fo iiluftrious a man as Cyprian; who, as he had been given to underfiand (although erroneoufly) had interpreted the eighth verfe in the fame myf^ tical manner with himfelf. Thefe obfervations, which thus affign a reafon able, perhaps an adequate caufe why Facundus, and other authors in his fituation, would pafs over the feventh, and comment upon the eighth verfe, are not founded merely on a gratuitous fuppofition. They are moft ftrongly corroborated by what we knoiv of Eucherius. His real words and true meaning fhall firft be ftated, both of which are mifreprefented by Dr. Benfon. An (/) " At fiforfitan ipfi, qui de verbo contendunt,-r-Trinitatem, qui unus Dtus eft, nolunt intelligi' isV. D R. B E N S O N, 115 An extra d from the Formulas of Eucherius has been already given [li) in which he quotes both thefe verfes of St. John together. In another paf fage of the fame treatife his fubjed leads him to take the eighth verfe feparately, which he cites in the following manner, [v] " John the Evangelift " fays, There are three that bear witnefs on earth, " the fpirit, the water, and the blood." And again, in the work which Dr. Benfon has cited, the ^cefiiones, Eucherius thus mentions the eighth verfe. " Question. Alfo St. John writes in his eplf- *¦ tie : There are three that bear vuitnefs, the voater, " the blood, and the fpirit : What is fignified hereby ? " Answer. This paffage feems to me to be fimllar to that part of St. John\ gofpel where he fpeaks of the fufferlngs of Chrift ; faying. One of the foldiers with a fpear pierced his fide, and forthwith came there out blood and water : and be that faw it bare record. In the fame gof pel he had before faid of Jefus, He bowed bis head and gave up the ghoft. Some perfons there- I 2 fore <( («) ^ 42- b) p- 227. 1 16 D R. B E N S O Nv *' fore thus argue refpeding this paffage : ttii " water fignlfies baptifm, the blood feems to in- " timate martyrdom, and the fpirit is thaf *' which through martyrdom paffes to the Lord, " But more (plures) by a myftical interpreta- " tion here underftand the Trinity itfelf, becaufe- " [as they alledge] it wholly bears teftimony to " Chrift : the water fignifying the Father, be- " caufe he fays of himfelf. The living waters have *' forfaken me their fountain ;. the blood fhewing, *^' Chrift, as by the blood of his paffion ; and the " [expreffion] fpirit manifefting the Holy Spl*- *' rit." {w) Thefe are the words of Eucherius in the ^cef- t^ones, which are very different from thofe of Dr. Benfon. It is hardly needful to add that their true meaning is — Some perfons interpret the eighth verfe of baptifm, martyrdom, and the foul or life ; more [or a greater number of perfons] of the Trinity myftically ; but I myfelf interpret it as a proof that Chrift had affumed our human nature, ivhen he died upon the crofs. If we now at length apply to Fasundus the fads which have been afcertained of Eucherius, the following (w) EucHERH ^afti-ones, Ed. Froben, A.D. 1531, p. 281, C R. BENSON. 117 following dedudlons will refult from the com parifon. I. It was proved that Facundus read the eighth verfe with the claufule, in terra, and it was in ferred from thence that his bible muft contain the feventh verfe likewife ;— -It is now proved that Eucherius alfo read the eighth verfe with the fame claufule, in terra, and that his bible did contain the feventh verfe, 2. If the eleventh fedlon of the Formulce had perifhed in any part of that long feries of thirteen hundred years, which has faithfully conveyed it down to "us, Eucherius would have now ftood be fore us in a fituation exadly fimllar to that of Facundus. That part of Eucherius' works fo loft, we fhould have been at liberty to imagine, but not enabled to prove, that he had ever adually quoted the feventh verfe. The inference is allow able, at leaft, that we might find a like quotation of the feventh verfe by Facundus, if we were in poffeffion of thofe parts of his works which are now loft. For thefe reafons, and for others which will be Immediately fubjoined, Facundus, even if it fhould I 3 be Il8 DR. BENSON. be granted that he has not quoted this verfe (which is- more than ought to be granted unlefs we were in poffeffion of all his works) could not be igno-l rant of its exiftence in this Epiftle of St. John. The public appeal to its teftimony, which was made in the country of Facundus, by nearly four hundred Bifhops at once, in the famous [x] Con vention oi Huneric ; made at Carthage, the Metro polis of that country ; made in oppofitlon to the Arians of that age, who were fupported by the reigning Prince of that country ; made in the life time, in the manhood of Facundus (for it hap pened but a few years before his advancement to the BIfhoprIc oif Hermiane) — all thefe circum ftances render it impoffible to fuppofe that this Verfe was not found in the Bible of Facundus, as well as in that of Cyprian : although he per haps may not, like Cyprian, have particulaiifed it by a dired quotation. VII. " Fulgentius, who was contemporary , with Facundus, has been thought to repre fent Cyprian as quoting the words from St. John." Thefe, which follow, are the words of Fulgen tius, where he fpeaks of Cyprian and this Verfe con jointly. (a-) See pages 57—60 of thefe Letters. DR. BENSON. IIQ jointly. " The bleffed Apoftle St. Jo/^'w teftifies, that there are three which bear record in Heaven, " the Father, the Word, and the Spirit, and thefe " three are one. Which alfo the moft holy Mar- " tyr, Cyprian, declares in his Epiftle De Unitate " Ecclefice; wherein, to demonftrate that there ** ought to be an unity in the Church as there is " in the Godhead, he has brought the follow- " ING PROOFS diredly from Scripture : The " Lord fays, I and my Father are one ; and again " it is written of the Father, Son, and Holy *' Spirit, And thefe three are one" (_y) Thus Fulgentius has not only been thought to reprefent, but has moft clearly reprefented, Cyprian as quoting the Verfe in queftion. And, not con tented with this, he has done more ; — he has quoted the Verfe himfelf, in the moft explicit and unmyf- tical terms. But this, it feems, cannot be ; becaufe Ful gentius ufes the word [confitetur'\ confeffes. For, I 4 as (j)) This quotation has been before ftated in page 36 of thefe Let ters. The repetition of it in this place, however, will be pardoned. It cannot be doubted that Fulgentius read this verfe in the Greek MSS, as well as in his own Bible; becaufe he was much praftifed, and eminently Ikilled in the Greek language. Du Pin, Lond. Edit. A. D. 1693, vol. iv. p. 13. 12a DR. BENSON. as Dr. Benfon further argues concerning Fulgen^ tius- VITt. " He fays [fo Cyprian confeffes'] Coin. feffes, what f That thefe very words were in the epiftle of St. John ? What a mighty mat ter was that ; to confefs what he found in the writings of an Apoftle I But to confefs, or ac knowledge, that by the water, the blood, and the fpirit, were meant the Father, the Son, and the 'Holy Spirit, was a very remarkable confeffion) ¦ And what thofe who held the fame opinion, would be glad to find fo eminent a fa ther and martyr conf effing" If this piece of verbal Critlcifm (fuch as It is) were juft, it would prove nothing. But it is not either claffically, or theologically juft. In the for mer fenfe the verb, confiteor, may be rendered to declare, to ffew,, to profefs, as well as to confefs. And it has been thus applied by good writers. And theologicafiy. It is the technical expreffion for a full and folemn declaration of Chriftian belief: from whence we have adopted the common phrafe, in our own language, of a Confeffion of faith. A few inftances will fuffice to prove the truth of this obfervation. And DR. BENSON, 121 And firft, from Facundus, the contemporary of Fulgentius. " We declare our belief [cQnfftemurl ^"^ °^^^ Lor4 *' Jefus Chrift, the only-begotten Son of God." " The confeffion of your faith [confeffionem\ *' agreeing with the definitions of the council of " Chalchedon, I have always approved and de- " fended agaluft the objedlons of many." '¦ We declare our belief [confitemur'\ oi thq " Father as a compleat [or diftind] perfon, and " in like manner pf the Son, and pf the Holy « Ghofi." (2) Next ixQxsx Fulgentius himfelf. " Adhering to the rule of the ApoftoHc faith, we declare our belief [fatemur] in the perfed co-eternal Son of the perfed and eternal Father, begotten without a beginning, equal in nature, and not inferior in power. And we alfo declare our belief [fatemur] in the Holy Ghoft that he is no Qther than God." « The (k;) Bibl. Max. Patr. Vol. x. paffiip. 122 D R. B E N S ON. *' The Trinity itfelf,, which is the one . gracious " and true God, hath likewife taught us by Ifaiah *' the prophet, that we ought thus to believe and " declare our belief \credere et conffteri] the Se- " raphim crying to each other thrice, Holy, Holy, " Holy, and yet once [only] fubjoining Lord God " of Hofts." (a) Again, from the four hundred Bifhops who at tended the Convention of Huneric. ^ That the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghoft *^ fubfift each in his owh proper and diftind per- ** fan, we declare to be our belief by this faithful ** confefliion of it [fideli confeffone futeamur.'] Another example, from Phcebadius, fhall con clude thefe extrads, " That rule is therefore to be maintained which " declares [confitetur'] the Son to be in the Father, ** and the Father in the Son." (^) IX. " X'es {a) Eibl. Max. Patr. Vol. ix, p. 41, and Appendix No. xx. [b] Appendix, No. xxxi', and xxvi. DR. BENSON. 123 IX. " X'es (you will fay) but interpreting is one thing ; and faying. So it is written, is quite a dfferent thing" It has been already not only faid but, as I truft, PROVED, that faying So it is written, is^ in ferious truth, quite a different thing from in-^ terpreting ; and was meant fo to be by Cyprian himfelf in the cafe now before us. And the argu ment will, perhaps, acquire additional ftrength by fhewing that Cyprian has, in other paffages of his works, frequently quoted Scripture without ufing any other prefatory words, to introduce fuch quo tations, than the phrafe [It is written] which is now under confideration. *' Becaufe it is written. He who endureth to the end fhall be faved." [c) [De babitu Virginum, P- 93-J " Since it is written, - All things are lawful, but all things are not {d) expedient." [Ibid. p. 96.] « Since (c) A Hteral quotation from Matthew x ; 22, ((/) I Cor. vi : 12. 124 DR. BENSON. " Since // is written. Remember from whence thou art faUen, and (^) repent." [De Lapfis, p; 129.] " As it is written, A man's heart devlfeth his way, but the Lord diredeth h|s fteps." (y) [De zelo, p. 228.] « " As it is written, am I a God at hand, and not a God afar off? If a man fhall bide himfelf in fecret places, fhall not I fee him ? Do not I fill heaven and [g) earth ? — And again : The eyes of the Lord are in every place, beholding the evil and the [f] good." [De ^Oratione Dominica, p, 14c.] " Since it is written. The Lord will not fuffer the foul of the righteous (i) to famlfti. And again : I have been young, and now am old ; yet have I not feen the righteous forfaken, nor hig feed begging [k) bread." [73/^. p. 148.] The. (e) Rev. ii : 5. [f] Pro'v. xvi ; 9. (^) Jerem. xx'i'ii : 23, 24. (j6) Pro-v. XV : 3. (/¦) Pro-v. X : 3. {i) Pfalm xxxv'ii : 25. (Bible Tranflation.) D R. B E N S O N. I 2_5 The number of thefe examples might, If necef fary, be much Increafed. The two laft are pecu liarly appofite ; being inftances of two fucceffive quotations, coupled together by the very fame link [And again] which joins the two quotations in the paffage now under confideration. X. " Cyprian has, in other inftances, quoted Scripture tnore by his fenfe of it, than by re peating the "words of the text. Thus inftead of. Lead us not into temptation, be quotes it. Suffer us not to be led into temptation. And Rev. xix. lo. Worffip thou the Lord Jefus, inftead of Worffip thou God. — Which were not different readings y but Cyprians own interpre tations" There is reafon to believe, that the former of thefe inftances did not faU from the pen of Cyp rian. It certainly is not the only, and it may not be the genuine, reading of this paffage.— L£ad us not into temptation, are the words of the Arundelian MS, of thofe from Pembroke College Cambridge, from York, from Lincoln College Ox ford, of one belonging to the famous Voffius, and of two others from the Bodleian Library ; and the fentence 126 D R. B E N S O N. fentence 'ftands thus alfo in the CoUations of the Monaftery of St. Vidor at Paris. As to the latter inftance, it is moft probably a different reading. The old Italic Verfion was the Bible of Cyprian, and the public Bible of the age in which he lived. The Verfion of Jerome was not made until nearly tyv^o hundred years after the death of Cyprian ; and it was at leaft (/) four hun dred years after his death, before that Verfion took place of the Italic, in the public Churches as well as in the Libraries of the learned : which indeed it has done fo compleatly, that there is not a fingle MS of the old Italic Verfion now certainly known (;«) to exift in the world. What then, Sir, fhall hinder us from concluding that the Verfion, from whence Cyprian drew his quotations, (/) This part of the fubjeft will be confidered more at large in ob- jedlion xlv. of Dr. Benfon. [m) Michaelis feems to wifli the learned to believe that the text of the O/i^/ira/if is annexed to the Boerneriati, zx\di Claromantane MSS: and that Mnrtianay has already publiflied the Gofpel of St. Mattheiu, and the Epiftle of St. James from thut Verfion. But his own expref fions — " A Latin Verfion, mjhich is THOUGHT to be the Italic — a niery ancient Latin Verfion— luhich Martianay caufed to be printed from fwo •very ancient MSS"— are the uncertain language of a perfon wavering, and diftruftful of his own conclufions, (Introd. Lea, Seft. 24, 26. and 61.) D^, BENSON, 127 quotations, was the old Italic, and that it read the words now in queftion as Cyprian has quoted them ? It has not been fufficiently attended to by Dr. Benfon, and by other writers of modern times, who have, fometimes at leaft, too haftily accufed Cyprian, and other very ancient Latin Fathers, of quoting loofely, and of giving interpretations in ftead of citations ; that thofe fathers did not quote from the prefent Vulgate of the New Teftament, or from any other Exemplar of it which is now known to be extant ; but from a Verfion, which is now (the quotations which have been made from it, and preferred in other books, only excepted) probably loft, (n) XI. " Why might not he [Cyprian] give the fenfe [of the eighth verfe] in bis own words ; and fay. Of the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit it is written, Thefe three are one ?" Becaufe («) The learned will not be difpleafed to have the following paf fages brought to their recolleftion, " Mirum unde Cyprianus hie legat. Sic currite ut omnes occupetis. ^anquam reae occupat qui ajjequitur et ante'vertit. Cyprianus, de Simplicitate prslatorum, traaatu tertio, pro omnia fuffert legit omnia diligit. Unde conjicere licet illius codicem habuijfe trxvra:. iipyu, addita Utterula "verbo gsyii. [Erasmi Annoc, in i. Cor. ix : 24, et xiii : 7, Editl Ludg.] 12$ DR. BENSON. Becaufe tie would, in fuch a cafe, hsixe faid the thing which was not. It is not written of the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, Thefe three are one^ in any part of the eighth verfe of this chapter. To fuppofe that Cyprian would have affirmed a thing to be written, which never voas written, is to fuppofe that he would have been guilty of ut tering an intentional falfehood ; a fuppofition alto gether monftrous and abominable ! XII. " For my own part^ I make no doubt but that was the fad." Indeed I XIII. " The reafon, why Jerome has been. appealed to in this point, is, that there is, in feveral Latin Bibles, a preface fo the Catholic Epiftles, which goes under his name" This affertion is true in part ; but it does not contain the whole truth. The appeal to the tefti mony of Jerome, In favour of this verfe, is not founded on this preface only; but partly on this preface, and partly on his having been the Author of that Tranflation of the Bible which is now called D R, B E N S O N. 1 29 called the Vulgar Latin, or the Vulgate : in which Tranflation this verfe has always had a place. XIV. " But feveral learned men, and even fome ivho plead for the genuinenefs of this text, have given up that preface, as fpurious. Their reafons for rejeding it, are fuch as thefe — // is not in Jerome'j catalogue of prefaces" Jerome wrote, in the fourteenth year (0) of Theodoftus, A. D. 392, a Catalogue of the works which he had then compofed. He lived twenty- eight years longer, or until A. D. 420 : in which latter part of his life he compofed not only this preface to the Canonical Epiftles, but alfo feveral other fimllar prefaces, particularly to the grea ter Prophets, as they are commonly caUed {p) Ifaiah, Ezekiel and Jeremiah ; to the leffer Pro phets Zechariah, Malachi, Hofea, Joel, Amos and Jonah ; to the Ads of the Apoftles alfo, as it feems, and to the Epiftles of St. Paul, It Is true, then, that this preface is not inferted in Jerome's, Catalogue : but it is not true that It is K therefore (0) See 'the Catalogue, Hieronymi Opera per Martianay, vol, iv. Edit. Parlf A. D. 1706. (?) Hooy, de Bibl. Text, Orig. p, 378. 130 , D R, B E N S O N, therefore fpurious. The preface has no place In the Catalogue, not becaufe it was not written by Jerome, but becaufe it was written by him after that Catalogue was compofed. XV. " // [this preface] is often found in Latin MSS, without his [Jerome' j-] name." It Is found without his name In fome Latin MSS. But that omiifion does not prove its fpurioufnefs. Jeronie\ preface to the Books of the Chronicles is ' not mentioned as his work, even in his own Apo logy ; although written by him long before the date of that Apology, {qf His Preface to the Plalms is without his name in feveral- ancient MSS, particularly In that of Carcaffonne (r) : yet that preface is confeffedly his work, Jerome ?, preface to the book of Efdras is alfo without his name, in one of the moft ancient MSS in the Royal Li brary at Paris : Yet this Preface is now allowed, by all learned men, to be the work oi Jerome, [s] Oraiflions (?) ^<^'"h p. 374- [r) Hieronymi O'^cr^, vol. ii. p. 546. (s) It may not be improper to fubjoin here an extraS from Marti anay on this fubjeft. " Codex Mo/iajhtii noflri Montis Mnjoris «/>»i7ii\ioiieVi^l-T Cajtor. liebraicce I'eritatis, Carcaflbniierifis ecclefia ; Codex denique Mo- naftr'n . DR. BENSON. I3I Omiffions of this kind prove nothing — but the negligence of hafty tranfcribers. XVI, " // [the preface] makes ufe of ihe words canonical epiftles: whereas Jerome'.? title for them was The Catholic Epiftles," .-, Jerome's title for them was not the Catholic, but the Canonical Epiftles, which he gave to them in other parts of his works, as well as ¦ in the pre face now in queftion. In his Catalogue of Ecclefiafti- cal Writers [t) Jeromes Latin is Canonicce, when he. fpeaks of thefe epiftles, Erafmus indeed was offended with Jeromes epithet, and attempted to fubftitute the word. Catholic, in its place. " In- K 2 ffead his ex- nafte-rii noftri^. Maris; Deauratas d;5ai/ Tolofates : In omnibus his emplarihus omilTum eft quodcunque nomen aufloris in pnefatianitm in. fcriptione, atque iti hoc modo legitur ; Incipit prasfatio de libro Jofue, Incipit prologus in libris Regum, Incipit Pra;.'"at!o in Job [Incipit] pro- logus in lib/is Efdrcs, et ita de ceteris. Nee J'olum illi, fed et Codices Regii, Colbertini ac San-Germanenfes nomen Hieronymi omittunt paf fim. Regius 1564 y?(r Danielis prologum infcrihit, Incipit Prologus in Daniele propheta. Colbtrtinas antiquifjimus No. 61, Incipit prsefatio Jefu Nave et Judicam. Ei in librum Jeremias, Incipit prologus Hie- remise prophetos. San-Germanenlis«o/7f?', No. 15, zW//o Paralipomenon ita legit: Ipcipit liber Dabrejamim. Incipit prologus. Si feptuaginta. Et codex Bibliorum San-Germzmnfis, Na. 164, defcriptas retinet pi a- fatianes fanai Hieronymi abfque ulla epigraphe feu infcriptione" — [Opera Hie RON. Benedia. Edit. Paris, A. D. 1693. J (/) HiER-QN Op. ^zxErafm, vol. I. p, 103. Ed. Paris, A D. 1546. J 32 D R, B E N S O N. ftead of Canonical (fays he in his Scholia on this Catalogue) is to be read Catholic, as appears from the tranffation o/'Sophronius," Again, fpeaking of St, James's. Epiftle, " Catholic (he fays) ought to be read inftead of Canonical, by the authority of So- ¦bhronius" And in the fame Scholia, when he comes to the Epiftle of St, Jude, he fays — " Again inftead oi Catholic Is written Canonical" And by whom? By Jerome himfelf. Such at leaft muft have been the teftimony of the MSS of Jeromes works, which Erafmus employed in framing his edition. He would have haftened with the information to his readers, had they fpoken another language, {^li) Sophronius wrote in Greek, and as fuch could not properly tranflate the Canonicce of Jerome other- wife than by the Greek word KaSoAixai. A Tranf- lator has a right to ufe fuch phrafes as he judges to be the moft appofite to explain, in his own language, the meaning of his Author. But a right to interpret the words of an original is not a right to take them. ' away. And yet Erafmus had nothing to urge for himfelf beyond this fallacious defence : of which how ever, he foon became fo diffident, perhaps afhamed, that. {tl) Ut liquet ex SophroTitn, are the words of Erafmus. Ut liquet ex MSS would have, been his expreffions, If, his MSS would have jullificd him" -in ufing the.ii. D R, BENSON. I33 that he gave up the very hope of maintaining it by applying, himfelf, the epithet of Canonical to thefe Epiftles. [v) In another work he admits this fad without re- ferve. Thefe are his words. " Concerning this *' fecond Epiftle of St. Peter, it has been difputed " by whom it was written. Jerome afcertains this " point in his Catalogue of illufrious Writers in " thefe v/ords. He [St. Peter] has written two Epif- " ties, which are ftiled Canonical [Canonicce " NOMrNANTUR]but the latter is denied by moft " people to be of his cnmpofttion, becaufe ofthediffonance *' of its file from that of his former Epiftle" [ff) And again, ftill more clearly In the fecond page next following the preceding extrad — " St. Jerome (fays he) in his preface TO THE Canonical '^.^iSTL'E.i fufpeds this paffage to • have been cor rupted." [x) Augufine, the contemporary and correfpondent of Jerome, thus recognizes the fame expreffion. " We cannot deny that Enoch, the feventh from K 3 " Adam {-v) 2 Joann. Canonica— 3 Joami. ejusdem. [10) Annot. ErasMI in No'V- Tell. A. D. 1522, p. 614. tx^ p. 616. " Divus Hieronymus pp..ffiL0QUEN§ IM EPISTOLAS CANONICAs" &C. > 134 D R. B E N S O N. " Adam, has written fomething divine, becaufe the " K^oiAe Jude has affirmed it in his canonical epif-k " tie" ()') Vigilius alfo, -who lived In the fame age, ufes the following expreffions in his treatife againft Vari- adus the Arian. " It is written In the Canoni cal Epiftles, My Uttle children, this is the laft time" And the quotation is made from the firft Epiftle of St. John. If It fhall be attempted here to. take a diftlndion, that, as the authority of fome of thefe Epiftles was anciently lefs generally admitted than that of the reft, the epithet of Canonical might be applied with propriety to a fingle Epiftle of the feven, whether doubted or undoubted, — let it be replied that, whatever may be thought of the quotation fromy^z;- ^/£/?/;2^,there can be no difficultyas to the expreffions of Vigilius and Erafmus. The latter particularly gives the epithet in queftion to three of thofe Epif tles, the authority of which has been the moft doubted, namely to the fecond Epiftle of St, Peter, and to the fecond, and third of St. John, And Vigilius, iy] De Cit'ltate Dei, Lib. xv. cap. 23. <• Scripfifle qiiidem non. nulla divina Enoch, ilium feptimum ab Adam, negare non pofl'umus cum hoc in Epistola canonica Judas Apoftolus dicat." (Awufl, Opera, Edit. Paris, A. D. 1680, vol. vii. p. 408.) I I DR. BENSON. I35 y.igilius afcribes that epithet to the whole of thefe .epiftles, .although he quotes only from one of them. For had he intended -to have made any diftinc^ tion, he would have prefaced his quotation with words like thefe—// is written in the Canonical Epiftle of St. John : meaning to diftinguifh his firft Epiftle, which was never doubted, from the other two which were not received at firft vv^ithout fome hefitation. This argument will derive additional ftrength from an appeal to the authority of Juiii- Uus and Caffiodorius, who Hved very near to the age of Jerome. Junilius ftiles the whole of thefe Epiftles Canonical, without explanation or apology, as an appeUation well known, and long applied to them: Which are ffiled (fays he) the Canonical Epiftles of the Apoftles. (2) Caffiodorius, who lived in the fame age with Junilius, applies the fame epithet to them In the firft, and ftill more decidedly in the eighth Book of his Inftitutes. " But when much thought upon the remaining Canonical Epiftles lay heavy upon me, fuddenly there c(nne to my affftance, by the bleffing K4 ./ (z) De Partibus divins Legis, Cap. vi. 136 DR. BENSON. of Providence, a Greek MS of Didymus written in explanation of the SEVEN Canonical Epis tles," {a) Nor was this epithet of Canonical applied to thefe Epiftles at that time by Jerome, Vigilius, Augufine, Caffiodorius, and Junilius alone, but by the whole Latin Church ; which is proved by the beft teftimony poffible — the acknowledge ment of an adverfary. " The Greeks (fays M, Simon) have ftiled the feven Epiftles, Catholic, be caufe they were not in general written to particular ¦ churches: but the Weftern Churches feem (ft) especially to have affeded to give to them the epithet of Canonical: Parce qu on a doute de quelques unes, ft elles devoient etre mifes au nombre de^ livres, Canoniqiies." XVII. " That preface is prefixed to fome Latin copies ofthe Catholic epifiles : in which the difputed text is not inferted" The fame adverfary, whom we have already quoted in reply to the laft, fhall fingly anfwer this objedion. " This is the fault of tranfcribers (fay^ (a) Caffiod. Inftit. Lib. viii, (i) M, Simon, Hift, Crit. du Texte, C, xvK, D R. :^ E N S O N. 137 (fays M. Simon, fpeaking on this fubjed) who being only juft equal to the tafk of copying the MSS, did not confider the difagreement which there was between the text pf theif copies, and this preface." {c) XVIII. " The preface is not found in fome of the beft and moft ancifnt ^SS of Jerdme'x Verfoii." For the better elucidation of this part of the ar- gpment a Lifl is fubjoined of fome Latin MSS [d\ jcontaining the feven Canonical Epiftles, which are not generally known. You will obferve, Sir, on an attentive perufal of that part of the Lift which relates to the MSS of the Royal Library at Paris^ that twelve of the moft ancient of them are of the ninth, tenth and eleventh centuries,- out of whicH ten contain the Prologue now in queftion ; — that ojat of fpurteen fuch MSS in the Palatine Library at Vienna, thirteen, and out of ten in the Library oi \c) M. Simon, Hill. Crit. des Vers. C. ix. {d) Appendix, No. xxxiii. For the corredlnefs of the Lift of the MSS at Paris I am refponft. ble. They were examined by me in the month ol July, 1791. For the aceount of thofe from Vienna I am indebted to the friendly attentions of M. F. C. Alter, a Profeffor in the Univerfity there; whom I ftiall have occafion to mention again with gratitude, in fome of the fujjfe^uent pages of this work. J 38 D R, BENSON. pf Trinity College, Dublin, nine exhibit the Pro logue ; — and In fine, that it is omitted by eighteen only out of one hundred and fxty-two MSS of the Canonical Epiftles, which were kept in thofe three Libraries In the year 1791. XIX. *' // [the Preface] infinuates one falfey hood — that all the -Greek copies of the New Teftament had this verfe. Whereas none of them had it. And Jerome, above all men, who was fo converfant in the Greek copies of the New Teftament, muft needs have known this to have been q dired falfehood.'' It is aftonlfhing to fee fuch afff:rcions advanced in dired oppofitlon to Jerome's own teftimony, and to the plain and obvious truth of the cafe. This Verfe ftands in Jcrovics Teftament. Jerome folemnly affures us that he fettled the text of that Teftament by the Greek copies. " Novum Tefta- mentum [ft) fidei Graecse reddidit Jerome, therefore, is fo far from knowing that this Verfe was, {d) Page 43 of thefe Letters. In his s8th EpilU'e (to Lucini:is) Jercms again makes tl^e fame dc- rliir.ition. " Septuaginta Interprctum editionem et te habere non. 4i\bito, et ante annos plurimos diligentidime emcndatam, ftudiofis tr^- didi ; AW.w/2 Gr.'jcx reddidi aU'Thr:t:i!l" Edit. Erafm. Paris. A. D. DR. BENSON. I39 was In none of the Greek MSS, that he has, upon the authority of thofe very MSS, inferted the Verfe in his own Tranflation. XX. Nor has any of the. genuine works of the Greek fathers once mentioned it" — [viz. the Verfe l John v : 7.] If this affertion were true, It would not be con clufive againft the originality of this preface. But It is not true ; as hath been already fhewn by feveral [e) inftances, taken from fuch parts of tne works or thofe fathers, as have furvived to the prefent times. * It will he neceffary here to combat certain objedlons which have been brought againft. the admiffibllity of fome, and the authenti city of fome other, portions of the Greek evi dence. 1546, Vol. i. p. {71, as errroneoufly marked in the volume, but really page) 66. And again, " Sicut autem in Novo Teftamento, fi quando apud Latinos quxftio exoritur, et eft inter exemplaria varietas, recurrimus ad fantem Grieci fermonis, quo nowum fcriptum eft infirumentum: ita in Veteri Teftamento, li quando inter Greecos Lat'mafque diverfitas eft, ad Hebraicam recurrimus veritatem. (Hieron. Suniie et Fretela;, vol. iii. p. 26.) {e) Pages 19, 20, 26—28, 32, 33, 48 — 52, 55 (to which may be added without any great impropriety) 61 — 6'^, and 66. 14° D R. B E N S O N. dence herein before adduced to this part of the fubjed. 1, As to Euthymius Zygabenus, it has been af fumed, in a preceding (/) letter, that thefe expref fions, which follow, are a quotation from the paf fage of St, John now in difpute, And [thefe] THREE ARE ONE [nai ra Tfia iv,] It Is admitted by the opponents of this Verfe, that if this be a quotation from Scripture, it is taken from i John v ..; 7, jBut it is further contended, that Euthymius has clofely eonneded this phrafe with another, " And BOTH ONE," and that as the latter of thefe phrafes is not taken from Scripture, fo neither is the former, I admit that the two expreffions ftand in two fentences, one of which follows the other ; but I deny that the connedlon between them is fuch, that if the latter of them is not a fcriptural phrafe, fo neither of neceffity is the for mer. The difcourfe from whence they are taken is, in the portion of it at leaft extraded by Euthy- rnius, purely didadlc. And he who teaches is not tied down to draw his materials for teaching from one fource alone. Accordingly we find our pre fent inftrudoy calling in to his aid the words not only (/) Letter II. pages 26—2?. dr. BENSON. 141 only of St. John, an Apoftle of Chrift, but of Gregory Nazianzen, a Chriftian Bifhop, and of Ariftotle, a Heathen Phllofopher. For thus he proceeds In his inftrudlons. " As [the word] " ONE is of the number of thofe which are va- " rioufly applied (for we fay one either in num- " ber, as for inftance Peter : or in fpecies, as man ". " or in genus, as animal) fo likewife is [the word] *' two. For we fay two in number, as Peter and *' Paul : in fpecies, as man and horfe : and in ge- " nus, as effence and color. When therefore we *' fpeak of two in Chrift, we mean not two in " number, becaufe in perfon he is one only, but " two in fpecies, that Is In nature, which in him " is dual. For Gregory the Divine fays that both " are one, not by nature but by conjundion. " And Ariftotle affirms that matter and form are " one in number, but tv/o in fpecies. This argu- " ment of duality ought to be ufed againft thofe " who grant that many Individuals may be found " of one fpecies : but contend that two fpecies can *' neither be found, nor [properly] fpoken of in " one individual." It may be infifted upon, with much more rea fon, that the firft of thefe quotations is from Lu cian, 142 D R. B E N S O N. cian (g) becaufe It is followed by one from Arifto tle, than that it is not a quotation from St. John becaufe it is fucceeded by another from Gregory Nazianzen. With refped to the Tergobyfo Edition of Euthy mius, which fets forth the teftimony of the ftx wit neffes, Matthcei [h) wifhes to detrad from the force of its teftimony, by remarking that Its editor, Me- irophanes, has not mentioned from what MS [or MSS] he prepared his edition. Matthcei ought not to have laid much ftrefs on this objedion, recoUed- ing the anfwer which he had before received from Eugenius (i) on a fimllar and groundlefs fufpicion : " You may affure yourfelf beyond all doubt that I found this paffage in the MS.'^ 2. As to the dialogue afcribed to Athanafius, [k) in which he and Arius are the affumed interlocu tors, the time when, as well as the perfon by whom, [g] Philopatr. — £1/ £)£ TPiav,—s^ iiio; rpio,' x, t. A. There Rre not fufficlent grounds for the pretence than this dialogue was not written by Lucian. And Eugenius, in particular, whofe name has been made ufe of for this purpofe, gives no fupport to it. Matthai Prefat. p. Iviii. [h] Matthcsi, p. 143. (/¦) Page 19 of thcfc letters. (k) Page 32. DR. BENSON. I43 whom it was written, have long been matters of debate among the lealrned. Bengelius (among other critics) wifhes to fix both thefe difputed points by imputing this dialogue to Maximus in the feventh century : whofe judgment has been already received with refped (/) although not without hefitation. The internal evidence of the treatife itfelf, indeed, feems to juftify Bengelius In refufing to afcribe it to Athanafius. But the fame internal evidence (were the queftion worth the trouble of debating it) goes very far to give to this dialogue a higher antiquity than the feventh century, and confequently another author than Maximus. It has been urged, In aj:ifwer to the evidence furnifhed by this treatife, that its author has ufed fcriptural arguments, in favor of the dodrlne of the Trinity, which do not prove the point for which he contends. The affertion, Sir, will not be dif puted. The great queftion which is at iffue in thefe (/) Page 32 : The exaft words of the paffage here fubjoiced. — Tl Si Kxi ro Tr)!' aipfiTfw; ruv oifA/xpnav TrapjjcTiKsi/, kch ^wo* TTOioi/ y.s'-i ccyicifiKOV Aurgou, a X.'^f '^ 'sSsig ovJ/ETat ry,]/ EcsfiAsiav TWi< soa.i/Ci)v, a>c iv rn Tpii/xaxajia ovoij.o'.ina. Siaorcci 701? Trirojg ;, jTiSo; Si TiiTOK TTfiitrii/, IiJa;s'^5)J (pxij;i?i xxi ot Tja? ft ncrit/. [At HAN. Op. Ed. Paris. A, D. i-6gS, Vol. ii. p. 229 J 144 ^ ^' B E N S O ISf. thefe Letters is not whether certain ancient authors have taken their quotations from Scripture judi- cloufly or injudicioufly in general, but whether they have at all cited this verfe of St. John in par ticular. The author of this dialogue has quoted this verfe ; and he has moreover quoted it moft appofitely and judicioufly, by caufing it to follow,. in his argument, a reference to the baptifmal Infti- tution. Is not baptfm — adminiftered — in the thrice- bleffed name [of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghoft] ?¦ To which he immediately adds, And St. John SAYS moreover. And these three are ONE. But it has been alfo afferted that the quotation, Is now under confideration, does not fet forth the exad words of the feventh verfe. The learned- reader will obferve that the word aroi is left out be fore o\. r^eti, and therefore that the tranflation of this paffige ought, in ftridnefs, to run thus. And the [inftead of thefe] three are one. But this Is a trilling difference, and ought to be placed to the error of the copyift. It has been ftill further affirmed, that the words of this quotation m.uch more nearly referable the eighth, than the feventh verfe ; the alledged reafon for DR. Benson. 145 for which is, that the propofition «j was abforbed by the preceding letters, and loft out of the Greek MSS from which the Latin Verfion was made. It is difficult to annex any clear meaning to the latter part of this objedion. But it is eafy to fhew that the paffage in the Dialogue, and the final claufule of the eighth verfe, have not the refem- blance which is affumed, by the objedion. For the Greek MSS of the New Teftament univerfally [m) thus read that claufule of the eighth verfe, OJ rgfti a? ro IV eta-iv. But the words of the Dialogue are 01 tj «? iv {not «? ro m) eta-tv, which are precifely the expreffions of the feventh verfe in the Greek MSS of Robert Stephens, in the Dublin MS, in the Co dex Britannicus, in the MSS of the Greek Fathers who attended the Lateran Council ; and, in fhort, in all the Greek MSS of the New Teftament, which exhibit the paffage, except the MS of Ber lin, and the MS (or MSS) preferred by the Complu tenfan Editors. And if thefe laft-mentioned MSS fhould be allowed to have any weight In the deter mination of this queftion, they would fpeak ftill more decidedly againft the objedion. For they L would [m) Two MSS at Vienna (for the MS at the Royal Library at Paris, No. 60, herein after mentioned, errs through the fault of the copyift) are the only known exceptions to this general rule. 146 DR. BENSON. would turn it againft the objedor, the words of ihe feventh verfe being, in them, 01 rjaf «? to iv aa-ii/. It is true, indeed, that the MS now marked No. 60 in the Royal Library («) at Paris reads the final claufule of the eighth verfe oi Tf«? to ev «(rii', thus abforbing, by the miftake of the copyift, the prepofitlon aj in the adjedive Tf«f which immedi ately precedes it. But it is not true that the words of this MS are the precife words quoted in this Dialogue. For the MS leaves the article to unah- forbed, reading the claufule thus — >£ai o« tj^s TO £» fto-tv. And even this is a fingle, folitary miftake* It is not gregarious. It cannot find a companion even in Wetfein, Grieffach, or Matthai. The Alexandrine MS will not affociate with it. The Royal Library at Paris did not produce anothei inftance in 1791. Thus the Greek MSS of the New Teftament will not confefs this alledged refemblance. Nor do the printed Editions of the works of Athanafius feem to be in any refped more compliant. The Paris Edition of A. D. 1627 reads ei t^ei; « eio-i* as ftubbornly as its compeer the Benedidine Edi tion (k) This MS was formerly Boiftall. 871 — and afterwards Pegim 1886, It does not pretend to have been one of Robert Stephens's MSS. D R. B E N S O N. I47 tion of A. D. 1698 already cited. So that If there be a fingle (0) Edition of the works of this Father in which this paffage of the Dialogue is read o( TfEif TO £v Eio-iK (which, after all, would not eftablifh the objedion, or the fuppofed dodrlne of abforp- tlon on which it profeffes to ftand) it may be cer tainly pronounced beforehand not to have been framed from a number of MSS collated together, like the Benedidine Edition which has juft been quoted, but from fome one hafty copy of fome one hafty and erroneous fcribe : fuch as we have had occafion, in other inftances, frequently to note in the courfe of this work. Let it be briefly added, on this head, that If the author of this Dialogue had intended to refer to the eighth verfe of this paffage, he would not have ufed this expreffion, 0 iwan-nf tpoio-mt, St. John says ; becaufe (as hath been already [p) remarked as to Cyprian) St. Jobn hath not SAID fo in the eighth verfe. La To (0) I have not feen the Edition fAug. Vindo.) of A. D. 160 1, The negligence of tyril, or rather of his copyifts, has been very great in the quotation of this claufule. Griefbach does not wifh to miflead by general expreffions, but honefily confeffes—" tv Cyr. a/i- cuhi—ro IV Cyr. alibi— Ced habet etiam fij to iv." [N. Teft. p. 236.] (/) Pag«s 103, and 128. I4B DR. BENSON. III. To avoid the force ofthe conclufion drawn from the Synopfis of the firft Epiftle of St. Jobn, the adverfaries of this verfe have argued the quef tion in three ways : 1. That this Synopfts hasi no method or con- fiftency in It, fo that the place of any doubtful text in the Synopfis will not determine its correfpondlng, fituation in the Epiftle. 2. That the verfe 1 John v : 7 is not referred to In that part of this Synopfis which is fuppofed to relate to it, but another paffage of that Epiftle, viz. I John ii : 22, and 23. And 3. That this Synopfis was not written by Atha" nafius, 1. As to the firft of thefe objedlons, — it Is not neceffary that a work like this fhould follow its original fervllely, or even ftridly verfe by verfe. The objedion therefore. If true in itfelf, would prove nothing. But it is not true. The Synopfis hath done its duty, it hath method and confiftency enough, if it have given a compendious fummary of the fcope and fubjed of the work to which it refers, without materially difturbing the arrange ment DR. BENSON. I49 ment of its parts. And this office hath been well difcharged by the breviate now in queftion. The fkllful and the candid will perceive this on an at tentive inveftlgatlon of the whole of this Synopfis, iff) feparating thofe portions of it which are plainly referential, from thofe which are merely explana tory, or commentarious. 2, The fecond of thefe objedlons wiU not re quire much difcuffion. The words of the Synopfis in this difputed paffage are — He [St, John] alfo teaches the unity {ivornra) of the Son with the Fa ther. But what are the words of r John ii : 22 and 23, the verfes which are thus placed in com petition with I John v : 7 ? " He is Antichrifi who denieth the Father and the Son : Whofoever denieth the Son, jhe fame hath not ihe Father" Undoubt edly, whofoever denieth the words of God, as fet forth in the oracles of his will, whether as to the pre-exiftence or divinity of the Son, or as to any L 3 other [q) Appendix, No xxxiv. where this Synopfis, as to the Epiftle of St. John, is ftated at large. The whole Synopfis is a breviate or fummary of the whole Epiftle of St. John, as that part of it which has been before cited (p. 5 i of thefe letters) is a fummary or breviate of that part of the Epiftle, which is notu portioned out in the fourth and fifth chapters. The learned reader knows tliat the prefent diviflon of chapters took place long after the age oi Athanafius, The diftinftion of iierfes was intro duced in the fixteenth century by Robert Stephens, 150 ¦ D R. B E N S O N. OTHER article of revealed truth, the fame [perfon, this impugner, and denier] hath not th^ Father, In any fpiritual fenfe, becaufe he refifts his words and rejeds his teftimony, and therefore is as Antichrifi, denying both the Father and the Son, the Father as to his teftimony, and the Son as to his divinity. For this is the record which God hath given of his Son. But where fhall we find the unity, the ivorrtToi, of the Son with the Father in this paffage ? No where. We may, with perhaps equal wifdom, feek for it in the laft verfe. Little children, keep yourfelves from idols : and with nearly the fame pro priety in any other (it fcarcely rnatters what) part of the Epifile. Whatever may be conjedured as to the omiffion of the Holy Ghoft in this paffage of our prefent copy of this Synopfis, whether it . was originally written uai mv ivomra Se rx mg [xa* ra 'rrvi\)^xr@^ ayis] it^^ rov woi,ri^a, J'axnJirj-— and the fub- fequent copyift chanced to drop the words inclofed within the brackets, being mifled in his rapid glances by fimilar endings, (r) or whether the ori ginal writer thought fit to ftate the unity of the Son [r) Faffing over others, M. F. C. Alter has pointed out, in the Notes on his New Teftament, many inftances of paffages in his MSS, where copyifts have been thus miiled by fimilar endings, [faria Leaicnes, paffim ] This part of the fubjeft will foon be refumed in our confideration of Gieg. Nazianxen, DR. BENSON. I5I Son only with the Father, becaufe that unity was the chief fubjed of contention in the days of Arius, it is not in our power to determine. But this we may determine, — -that the words of the Synopfis, now under confideration, where the Apo ftle is declared to teach the unity of the Son with the Father, muft be taken to refer to the verfe 1 John V : 7, becaufe that unity is not taught in any other part of that Epiftle, 3. The third of thefe objedlons infifts that this Synopfis was not written by Athanafius. Dr. Mill, it muft be acknowledged, thinks it to have been the work of Euthalius ; and M. Grieffach takes it from both Athanafius and Euthalius, and gives it to Elias Cretenfis, although he ftates no authority either for the gift or the abreption. Hody [s) is more candid than Grieffach, faying of the author of this Synopfis — Ifi he were not Athanafius, he was at leafi a very ancient writer. And Dr. Cave [f) fpeaks to the fame purpofe. But Du Pin [ti) and, what Is ftUl more convincing, two of the moft learned adverfaries of this verfe, Simon {y) and L 4 Wetftein (j) De Bibl. Text, Originifl, p. 309, " ^i,fi non fuit Athanafius, 'Vetufiifjimus tamen fuit. (/) Hift. Lit. Edit. A. D, 16.88, p. 146. (a) Artie. Athanafius. [¦v] Int. al. Hifi, Crit. du Texte, C. xiii, xiv et xvii. 152 DR. BENSON. Wetftein [w) admit, without referve, this Synopfts to have been the work of Athanafius. We might fafely reft the caufe on thefe two ad- mlffions, could we not adduce to this point ftill better evidence than the fuffrages even of Simon and Wetfiein, which is — the authority of Athanafius himfelf. In his Apology to the Emperor Confian- tius he thus replies to one of the accufatlons which his enemies had brought againft him, the charge of having held a fecret correfpondence with the Em peror Confians, the late brother and rival of Conftan-^, tius. " I did not write to your brother [fays he J " except at the time when the Eufebians accufed " me before him, and I found myfelf under thq, " neceflSty of tranfmitting my defence to him. from Alexandria, where I then was : and [ex-. " cept orf another occafion] when having received his commands to compofe little tables [7ru>cTi«J of " the Scriptures, I finifhed, and fent them to " him." [x) That (if) In Apocalypfin, N. T. Vol. rr. p. 744, et al. paffim, [x\ Tw ooSiAipa era ouit Ey^atJ/iat, n fAovov ore 01 irept Evas^itov,. ty^oc.il/av Oivroi xxr' e/ji-s, koci ocvocyxriv I'Xfv in uv tv rn AAe^-, avSpna. coTvoXoyridocg-^on' >40st ot£ TruxTia TWi/ Seiwi/ ypa^uv xeAeu- (Txvrl^ ocvTH ^jLoi >ioc.ra(riiivo!.(rai, roi'jra. Tromoaj OiTrsfiiAoo, Xpn yx^ XTroMyHi/.ivov f*£ OL\r\^i\ii\v rn cn ^totn^noi. [y^o/. Athan. ad Imp. Canftantium, Edit. Parisj. A-.JJ. 1698.] D R. B E N S O N, I p-j That the tablets of the Scriptures, thus men tioned by Athanafius, formed the Synopfis now under confideration, there can be little reafon to doubt. A fad of this nature, over which tlm^e :has rolled its darkening tide for more than fifteen Jiundred years, fweeping away fome of its proofs and.obfcuring the reft, is rarely to be fhewn with evidence fo clear as this. It muft not, however, be concealed that Cardi nal Perron, the Benedidine Editors of Athanafius, and others of the Romffj Church have, for a rea fon which win hereafter appear, ftrenuoufly en deavoured to invalidate this conclufion. Their ar guments are as follows. They contend. In the firft place, that the rm him y^oc(puv mean the "whole Bible, and that by ttuxtias is to be underftood its being bound, or made up, into many fmall volumes : and that this was the commlffion in which the Emperor had employed Athanafius. But what reafonable ground of pro-. babllity can there be for fuppofing Confians to have employed Athanafius In this manner ? If he only required (and the argument refts on that fingle point) a new Bible to be copied out for his ufe in fmall parcels, or divided into fmall rolls pr tablets, for 154 D R. E E N S O N. for convenience, it is moft natural to fuppofe that he would have given orders to his librarian, or to his fecretary for that purpofe, and not to Athana fius, An imperial command \j.iXiva-oi.vr(^] to Athana fius to WRITE a book, or books, and efpecially on the Scriptures, is confonant to probability, and to the common courfe of human proceedings. It Is more efpecially probable that Confians would make.j fuch a requifitlon to Athanafius, becaufe he had then been for a long feafon deftitute of his perfonal ' inftrudlons. A Bible, compaded together In more or fewer volumes, Confians, at that time, could have procured In almoft any part of Italy, or the V/eftern- Empire : but a Synopfis, tablets of the Scripture, of the compofition of Athanafius, he could obtain from no one but Athanafius himfelf.' Any other conftrudion of this paffage of the Apology is incompatible with belief, becaufe It is inconfiftent with common fenfe. The Benedidine Editors further alledge that the word TTUHTia fignlfies volumes. And they bring feveral examples from Gregory Nazianzen in (j) fupport of the allegation. But it by no means fol lows that all thefe were (what they muft be to give ( v) Epf. ad Philagr, Vol 1. p. 827, ad Theod. Thyanens. p. 843—" ati Adamant, p. 896. DR. BENSON. 155 give any fupport to the argument) whole and en tire works. A part of them evidently look the other way. But granting, for the fake of argu ment, that Gregory Nazianzen, nay even that Athanafius himfelf, ufed the word 7ru>tTia in thc fenfe of books in general, without regard to their fize, their nature, or their contents, — yet ftlU the ffujcTia of this paffage may neverthelefs mean the '.Synopfis. The two affumptions are very reconcile- able with each other ; and the fair prefumption, the probability, the reafon of the cafe is ftill as ftrong againft thefe Editors as before. The plain truth Is, that thefe Benedidine Editors, together with all other zealous adherents to the Church of Rome, have wifhed this Synopfts to hc imputed to almoft any other author than Athanafius. The Council of Trent decreed the books of ToMt,, Judith, Wifdom, Ecclefiafiicus, and Baruch (2) to be canonical: and the Bull of Pope Pius IV. (A. D.. 1564) anathematifed all thofe who did not receive that decree without hefitation. Whereas on the contrary, the Church of England, and other re formed Churches, have properly placed thofe books among (2:) The Council did not lofe much time in making nice diftinc- tions. It decreed libros ipfos integrcs cum omnihus fuis partibus to he canonical. 15^ D R. B E N S O N. arjiong the Apocryphal writings ; and In fo doing they are moft ftrongly fupported by the author of this Synopfis. For, after having enumerated the Canonical Books, he thus proceeds. " Befide ^ thefe, there yet remain other books of the Old Tefta ment [which are] not Canonical — namely the Wif dom of Solomon, the Wifdom of Jefus the fon of Sirach, the books of Efther, Judith, and Tobit." [a) This circumftance greatly embarraffed the Romijh Church in its fubfequent difputes with the Proteft-i ' ants, who well knew how to derive advantage from the name of Athanafius. The Popifh writers found themfelves in a vexatious dilemma. To be preffed with the authority of Athanafius was griev ous. To abandon the decree of the Council and the anathema of the Pope, was impoffible. There was no method left but to attempt to elude an enemy {a) ExTog Sl r-dlm eicri ttxAiv irepx (3iSai«, rn? a,\jrn; -rra- ^ciict; Stoo^nxnt, or KANONIZOMENA [j,sv, avay ii/utDcopsKX pf f/^ovov roig jiCt,rYtyjif/,ivOi<; rocvla,, I^OIA 20A0MIIN02, a n app^i ayocTrns'oi.re Sixaiotyvnv H. r. A. 200IA IHSOT TIOT SIPAX, a n cc^X^- woKyx »]— | but [we believe] that these three are one Qi/] not in perfon but in deity, and that the di vine unity being worfhipped In the Trinity, and the Trinity colleded together In the unity, the whole is to be adored, the whole is fovereign, poffeffing the fame throne, the fame glory, fu perior to the world, prior to time, uncreated, invifible, not to be approached unto, and incom- prehenfible." {d) An^ [d] Greg. Nazianz. Op. Edit. Paris. A.D. 1630, Vol. i. p. 204. D R, BENSON. 159 And again. " From thefe expreffions of not *' being begotten, of being begotten, and of pro- " ceeding, the diftlndion is declared between the " Father, the Son and the Holy Ghoft ; chat fo " the unconfufed difcrimination of the three per- " fons may be preferved in the one nature and " majefty of the Deity. For the Son is not the " Father (for the Father is one) but that which is " the Father. Nor is the Holy Ghoft the Son " becaufe he is of God (for there is one only-be- " gotten) but that which is the Son: these '' three being one, if you look to their divinity, " and the one being three, if you confider their "perfons, fo that the word one gives no counte- " nance to Sabellius, or the word three to that *' impious divlfion which now prevails." {e) It feems too plain to be denied, that thefe two paffages contain additional references, by Gregory Nazianzen, to the verfe 1 Johnw; 7. . The weight of this teftimony has been attempted to be taken away, by afferting that Gregory Nazi anzen has quoted another paffage as Scripture, and applied it to the Trinity, which paffage in fad Is not Scripture, and therefore that he is not to be credited {e) Idem, p. 598, l6o DR. BENSON. credited in any other fimilar application. Thefe are the words of Nazianzen, againft which this affertion is direded. " To us there is one God the Father [of, or] from whom are all things, and one Lord Jefus Chrift by whom are all things, and one Holy Ghofi in whom are all things : which ex preffions, from whom, by whom, and in whom, are not expreffions of thofe who divide the nature,' — ¦ but of thofe who diftinguifh the perfons of one and the fame unconfufed effence." Nazianzen here undoubtedly quotes the verfe, ', I Cor. viii : 6 ; which, in our ^r^«/ Teftaments, ; contains thefe words alone : To us there is one God the Father, of "whom are all things, — and one Lord, Jefus Chrift, by whom are all things. The quef- tion, therefore, now to be difcuffed, is — whether;! that claufe of Nazianzen % quotation which adds the Holy Ghoft to the other two divine perfons of the Godhead, was, or was not, a component part of St. PauVs firft Epiftle to the Corinthians, in fome of the MSS at leaft of that Epiftle which exifted ^ in and before the days of Gregory Nazianzen. I incline, Sir, to adopt the affirmative of this pro pofition for the following reafons : I. Bafd fi -R. ^BE'WS OSNv l6l i. Linus, in his hiftory of the' ijiartyrdom of St. Peter and St^ Paul, makes the fame quotation. "' Becaufe there is one God from whom are all things, nnd one Lord Jefus Chrif by ' whom are all things, and ¦ one Holy Ghofi in whom confft [or are] all things^ He was Bifhop of Rome, and died in- A. D. 70, according to Sixtus Senenfis. But if we follow Irenceus, Epiphanius , TiSxiS. flufebius (and they are better guides than Sixtus Senenfis) the time of his death wiU be fix:ed to the year 78. In either cafe he wrote nearly thirtyyears' before the deceafe of St. >&«. (/) *¦' M 2. Ignatius, (/) Max, Bibl. Pair. Tqit). i. p. 74, Ed. CoL A^r. A. D. 1618. Some writers have doubte'Sj" whether this difcourfe, or hiftory, was the work of Linus, principally bgcaiiife it was originally 'written in the Greek language. But this is no very ferious objeftion. Tertullian 'la the fecond century, although a Latin, wrote one of his treatifes (as hath been before remarked) in^Greek, that which is now ftiled De Virginibus wlandis. And Br.-Mill very truly afSrms, although on another fubjecl, that in the firft century moft of the Chriftians cf Rome underftood Greek, There was a fingular propriety in ufing the Greek language, at that time, as.the vehicle of this hiftory. It: opened the narrative to the Chriftians''of v^a, ' v^liere Chriftianity then greatly prevailed, whilft it did not Hide it from thofe of Riime, This ground of objeftion, therefore, is not. tenable, And, as to the reft, although Voffius fays that it was barbart'cujufdam ac prifci Monachi opus, yet Six tus Senenfis, Sigebert, and ''Ghifflet, among others, are decided in their judgment that it iv«j written by Imw. . .. ..^ l62 D R, B E N S O N. 2. Ignatius, who received the crown of martyr dom in A, D, 11 o, refers to this paffage in the fol lowing manner. " St. Paul Inftruding us fays, There is one God of all, the Father of Chrift, from vohom are all things, and one Lord [our Lord] Jefus Chrif, the only-begotten Son of God, the ruler of all, by whom are all things, and one Holy Ghofi, who wrought in Mofes, and the Prophets and Apof tles." {g) 3. Bafil the Great quotes this paffage of this Epiftle in the fame manner with Linus in his fourth Oration againft Eunomius. " One God from whom , are all things, one Lord Jefus Chrift by whom are all things, and one Holy Ghofi in whom are all things." He was the friend and correfpondent of, and confequently contemporary with, Gregory Na^ zianzen. ^fr'' 4. Epiphanius, who died in A. D. 402, quotes this text, 1. Cor.Yui: 6, without the claufe re fpeding the Holy Ghoft. And he even proceeds fo far as to affign [h) a reafon' why there was no f:' ' ' need {g) Epif. ad Philippi ens. Ei.Cler. vol. ii. p. 153. N; {h) Hieref. AnoTH. Edit. P«m. A. D. 1622. ' When Epiphanius wrote his account of this herefy, that Copy of this Epiftle of St. Pak/,. which he then made ufe of, had loft this clairfe.- When DR. BENS ON. 1 63 need that the Apoftle fhould add the Holy Ghoft, in this paffage, to the other facred perfons of the Trinity. But in another part of his works, be tween the compofition of which and of the firft_ . mentioned Treatife many years had probably Inter vened, he cites this text of St Paul in the fame full and unequivocal manner as Linus, Bafil and Nazianzen had before quoted it. " See ye not " that the whole matter is clearly and perfpicu- " oufly explained ? For no other God is per- " mitted to us either in Heaven, or on earth, or *' in any other place, except one God from whom " are all things, and one Lord Jefus Chrif by whom " are all things, and one Holy Ghofi in whom are all " things : three in perfons eternally exifting, one " in deity, admitting no addition and fubmitting " to no diminution." (/) Thefe are quotations from authors who were anterior in point of time to Nazianzen, or coeval M 2 with When he compofed his ftridlurcs on the Manichean herefy, he was pofTeffed of a more correft MS, which did contain it. Of the man ner in which this lofs originally happened, a probable explanation will be given hereafter. (z) Ejufd. Manichai Haref. The curious reader will confult the Index of Epiphanius in vain for any of thefe quotations. He wil! be equally at a lofs if he fliall feek in 1 64 D R, B E N S O N. with him. I beg leave now to fubjoin a feW fub« fequent authorities. 5. Eucherius tefers to this paffage in the follow-* ing expreffions. " The Father from whom are all things, the Son by whom are all things, and the Holy Ghofi in whom are all things, as the [fame] ' Apoftle alfo fays, For of him, and through him, and in him are all things : To him be glory for ever" 6. Johannes Damafcenus frequently cites this paffage in the fame manner (with refped to the Holy Ghoft) as Linus, Bafil, Nazianzen, and Eu cherius. It may not be improper to produce the following extrad as an example. " And we imi- " tate the bleffed Apoftle, who fays — T)o us there *' is one God the Father from whom are all things *' and we from him, and one Lord Jefus Chrift by " whom are all things and ive by him, and one *' Holy Ghoft in whom are all things. Thefe ex- " preffions, from whom, by whom, and in " whom, divide not their natures, nor alter the pre- " cedency, in the Index o( Nazianzen for the paffage juft cited from his works. [Letters, p. 48—50 and Appendix, No. xxvii.] To frame compleat and correft Indexes to the ancient (efpecially the Greek) Fathers wouJd be a laudable, but at the fame time alaberious, undertaking. PR. BENSON, 165 *' cedency, or the order of their names ; but fet " forth the [three] perfons of the one indlvifible *' nature. And this conclufion may be drawn *' from the circumftance of their being again re- *' ferred to the divine unity, as will appear to any *' one who attentively reads the fame Ejilftle : Of *' him, and through him, and in him; — To it be- *' glory for ever. Amen. For that this Trfagion " is not fpoken of the Son alone, but of the bleffed " Trinity itfelf is teftified by Athanafius, by Bafil *' and Gregory, and by all the holy Fathers," {f) In another part (/) of thefe Letters, as well as in the quotation juft produced from^ Eucherius, the words «uTw So%n are rendered, *' to him be glory" in conformity to the fenfe in which the tranflators of our prefent Verfion of the New Teftament un derftood the word auTw. They are here neceffarily tranflated " To \T be glory " becaufe it is moft manifeft that Damafcenus applied them to the Tri-, nity, and that he confidered the Fathers in general, ^.nd Athanafius, Bafil and Gregory Nazianzen in M 3 particular, [k) Damafien, Cap. Ixxiv. It has been remarked before that Tri- thetnius has erroneoufly placed Damafcenus at the end of the fourth, in ftead of the beginning of thc feventh, century. \l) Page SQ. 1 66 D R. B E N S O N. particular, as agreeing with him in that interpreta tion. 7. Nicetas, who wrote a commentary, in the thirteenth century, on the works of Nazianzen, thus quotes the paffage in queftion. " And again' the Apoftle [fays] One God of whom are all things,^ and one Lord Jefus Chrift by whom are all things, and one Holy Ghoft in whom are all things. Behold how the Spirit is here joined to, and reckoned with, the Father and the Son. For the [whole] Trinity would not have been here [fet forth] without this connumeration." He places this paffage in a ftill ftronger light In another part of his commentary. " For to us, ac cording to the holy Apoftle, there is one God the Father of whom are all things, and one Lord Jefus. :. Chrift by whom are all things, and one Holy Ghofi f in whom are all things. Thefe three expreffions, of "whom, by whom, and in whom, divide not their effence or nature, as is the idle pretence of he retics." {rn) 8. This (tn) Matthffii Praf. in Epif. Cathol. p. 18. Matthiei infinu ates, from the latter part of the former of thefe quotations, BeboU hona D R. B E Ts^ S O N. I 67 8. This paffage, i. Cor. vuI : 6, ftands thus alfo in the eariieft editions pf the Sclavonian verfion, and (what is much more Important) in the early Sclavonian MSS. Its final claufe is thus read in thofe MSS : " And one Holy Ghoft in [or through] whom are all things, and we in him" of which the learned Profeffor M. Alter certifies us from his ex amination of the Sclavonian MSS at Vienna. («) 9. This final claufe, as to the Holy Ghoft, pof- feffes its place alfo in the ancient Oftrovicenfian Bi ble, of A. D. 1581, and in the Moficow Bible of A. D. 1 664. The Mofcow Bible, indeed, inclofes it in brackets; becaufe it had been loft out ofthe Greek and Latin Teftaments long before the date of that impreffion. The more ancient, the Ofirovicenfian, M 4 ' Bible ho^ the Spirit kc. a fufpicion that this claufe refpefling the Holy Ghoft was not found in the MSS of thofe days. The expreffions do not feem to juftify the infinuation. And the latter quotation com pleatly removes it. For if this had been the cafe, thofe heretics would have denied it to be Scripture, inftead of endeavouring to explain it away by idle pretences. (») Nov. Teft. Grsc, vol. ii. p. 1001, The firft edition of the Sclavonian verfion was publifhed in A.D. 1519. The following declaration of Maltha (Pnefat. in Epif. Cathol. p. J 4) applies to this part of the fubjedl in more refpefls than one. — " Nam Oftrovicenfis editio, quam in nonnullis loci sconfului, et codices anti- qui Sclavonici 5^^. xii. cum 'vetuftioribus, fi qui eperiuntur, et recentiorin ius, non dubium eft quin ex codicibus Grsecis aianarint." 1 60 I>R.> 'BEN'S ON. Bible fets forth rfils claufe without any (o) marks ' of fuggefted interpolation, Thefe, Sir, are teftimonies not feW, nor Unim-i portant, I admit that Athanafius has not cited this final claufe of i. Cor. viii: 6, if we except on^ part of his works (/) where he feems to refer to it. I acknowledge the fair prefumption to be, that it does not ftand in a fingle Greek MS now ex-. idling. I allow' alfo (although greatly aware that the conceffi^ may be too liberal) that none of the Fathers artiecedent to Damafcenus have cited thi^ claufe ill thofe parts of their works which have defcended to the prefent age, they alone excepted v\fho have already been called in evidence to this point. •And- yfeC' I«^ think myfelf ftiU entitled to coiitend, that the verfel i . 6'or, viii : 6 was origi-t nally wiritten by the Apoftle with the words quoted by Nazianzen ; and that they have been, fince that time, lofi out of the facred page. A ftrong ground of (o) M, ^//^;- direfts oar attention to two accents, or points; dotte(| over, the firft word of this claufe, which, in this Bible, he fays, may poffibly be intended as marks' of interpolation. But the obfervation is not to be admitted. Marks of tllgt kitid are always carried on along the wbole of the fufpefted paffage, or have fame correfponding' doti at the'clofe of it, to denote how far the': fuppofed interpolation e,t^ tends : neither of which things is done in the prefent cafe. (f) Ad Epifcopum Perfanum, Ei.;' BenediS; Paris, vol, ii. p. 716.. DR., BENSON* 169 of beHef has been already laid for the former of thefe propofitions. The argument will be com-i pleat in its conftrudion, if I fhall be able to ftate a fair and reafonable probability refpeding the caufe and manner of its fubfequent lofs and de falcation. And here. Sir, I beg leave to fuggeft an idea that this paffage, 1 . Cor. viii : 6 was originally written by the Apoftle in the following manner ; A^a' ti/AfV «? ©£©^ 0 n«Tiij £^ a roo troivro!, Koti «f Kv^t(^ loiTiJf Xpirl^ Si' n rx TTOivroCi [_i£a( cv UvivJAX Ayiov iv u rat tdivrd] oiXiC 9U)t ?c, T, A, (ff) The fhort claufules, kw j)ji*«f «f mrov, and >cai 5i/-i«j Si Kvrs, whlch ftand In our prefent Greek Teftaments, and the fimilar claufule, jtflii ?);!»«? ev auru, which Is found in the Sclavonian MSS, I conceive to have formed no part of the original text, but to have appeared at firft in the fhape of gloffes only, which afterwards by degrees crept into the text firom the margin. If this af fumption fliall not (and perhaps it may not) be deemed unreafonable, every difficulty is removed at once. At fome period antecedent to the date pf th? eariieft of our prefent Greek copies of the New (o) " But to us there is one God the Father, ef ixihom are all things-, find one Lord Jefus Chrifi, by luhvm are all things ; and' one Holy Ghofi, in whom lire all things,'* 1 70 D R. B E N S O N. New Teftament (the Alexandrian) fome heedlefs fcribe, having compleated his tranfcrlpt down to the fecond roc uoarx of this paffage inclufive. In raifing his eye from his copy caught the third ra tsxvrx, and being contented to find thofe words there, and believing himfelf therefore to be cor red in his tranfcription, proceeded onwards in his taflc, leaving out the words which are inclofed above in brackets, and which continue to be omit ted in our prefent Teftaments. This is fo very obvious a miftake, and has been, in its kind, com mitted fo very frequently in copying (r) that it cannot be fuppofed that only one early fcribe was guilty of it. And each of thefe erroneous copies would generate its own likenefs with a mifchievous fecundity, {;-) Many thoufands of times undoubtedly.. Mr. Profeffor Alter mentions the following inftances of errors of this kind committed by the tranfcriber of one of his Vienna MSS, in tliis very Epiftle. I. Cor. vii ; 38. ,nOIEI [wf£ jcat c jjcyajMi^wn xoiAtdf roiti] 0 Si— —— xii : 6. ©EOS [^>tai Sicctpecrfii ivtpynit-OLrtav i\t«i tvi JlviVfJi-x Ay lov IV (itrx -Kxvrx nai »lf*£(? tv auroij «AA' oujc h. t. A, ftill, even on this fuppofition, a hafty fcribe might alrooft as eafily be wifled by the affinity of the words auT» and x-oru, as by the iden-. tity of the words rx Ttxvrx, to pafs over the claufe here inclofed in brackets, and thereby omit in like manner the cojinumeration of tha Koly Ghoft. D Jt, BENSON. 173 that the Latin tranflators, coUedively taken, were linfaithfvd ; but that a great error had been fallen into by unfaithful tranfiators, by fome, it might be even by a few, of them refpeding this Verfe. XXII. The other " dired and notorious falfehood which this Preface afferts is — that he [Jerome] bad reftored this Verfe" The Preface afferts (/) no fuch thing. Its words are — " The firft of thefe Epiftles is one of James ; then two of Peter ; three of John ; and one of Jude : which, if they had been faithfully tranflated into the Latin language AS they were WRITTEN BY THESE APOSTLES, WOuld nOt have offered ambiguities to their readers, nor would va riations ofthe text have thwarted each other; par ticularly in that paffage of the firft Epiftle of St. John, where we find the unity of the Trinity fet forth." The obvious misaning of the Preface is — that the exiftence of this paffage of St. Jobn In fome, and its non-exiftence in others of thofe Tranfla- tions, had caufed certain ambiguities and variations cf the text, which are here complained of. Had the Verfe {t) Appendix, No. xxxv. 174 DR. BENSON. Verfe been omitted in all of them, no fuch ambi* guity could have been offered to the reader, be caufe there would have been no variation to caufe or produce it. The Preface therefore does not fuppofe any reftoration of the Verfe by Jerome, becaufe it does not fuppofe the Verfe ever to have been loft. It goes no further than fimply to com plain that vthe Verfe had been left out of certain tranflatlons : which we may even conclude to have been few in number, in comparifon with the reft which retained the text, with as much reafon as any one can have to conjedure the contrary. XXIII. " Auguftine, who was intimate with Jerome, kept a correfpondence with him, read his works, and more efpecially his Latin Verfton of the New Teftament, has never once, in all his voluminous works, mentioned the difputed It hath been already fhewn [u) as it Is trufted, that Augufine hath referred to this dlfputed text. But he feems, like Facundus, to have occafionally entertained doubts as to its true confirudion : which induced him to pafs, in his commentary on this chapter, from the fourth to the fourteenth verfe, without .(«) Page 4S- D R. B E N S O N. 1 75 without taking any notice of the intermediate verfes. Like Facundus alfo, he has exalted the eighth verfe into a fymbol of the Trinity : from whence it may be argued, with fome fliew of rea fon, that the latter of, the quotations juft alluded to had reference to the eighth verfe. But Auguf tine (and' this is all which is pofitively contended for refpeding him) knew of the feventh verfe, and appears not to have doubted of its having been ¦written by St. John, becaufe he has expreffed the higheft approbation of Jeromes Verfion of the New Teftament ; which hath always exhibited this verfe. " We heartily thank God (fays Augufine, writing to Jerome) for your translation©/' the Neva Tefament ; becaufe there is fcarcely any thing in it which offends us [y) when we compare it with the original Greek." XXIV. " What (ll) " Proinde non parlias Deo gratias agimus de opere tua, quod E'van gelium ex Greeco interpretatus es : quia pene in omnibus nulla offenfio tfi, cum Scripturam Grtecam contulerimus ." To which Jerome replies — " Si me, ut dicis, in ^Q\iTi.srhyiEfiT\ emendatiane fufcipis" &c. — (Hieronymi Opera, Ed. Erafm. A. D. 1546, vol. ii. p. iii — 114.) Erafmus fpeaks of this intercourfc between Auguftine and Jerome, in the following terms, " Porro divHs Augnftinus, quoniam ne Greece quidem ad plenum fciebat, non probat Hieronymi ftudium, qui Novum Teftamentum ex GR.ffiCORVM FONTIBUS litl nerterit, -vel eme'ndarit. Quanquam hoc utcunque 17^ DR. B£NS oM. XXIV. " What may put the matter [the fpurioufnefs of the Preface] out of all difpute is, Jerome himfelf, in his genuine voluminous •works, hath never .quoted this difputed paf fage" If thefe premifes fhould be admitted, the con clufion drawn from them does not, neceffarily,.' follow. Jerome may not have quoted this verfe in his other works, and yet the Preface may be genuine. It is not allowable for any one to pro nounce, that an Author has not written a Pre face, in which a particular paffage of Scripture If quoted, merely becaufe he has written other worksj in which that paffage is not quoted. But the premifes themfelves are not to be ad mitted, for the following reafons. I. In his Confeffion of Faith, herein before cited [w) Jerome feems evidently to refer to this verfe. utcunque tolerandum putat, pfopterea quod gollatis cODiciBt;s de* prehendiffet Hieronymianam in ea re fidem." — (Erafm, Annot. in, Nov. Teft. Edit. A.D. 1522, p. 74.) (w) Page 44. Jerome frequently refers to Tertullian and Cyprian,. who have cited this verfe in their writings. {Hieron. Op. per Erafm; : A. D. 1546, vol. i. p. 8, 36, 96, 98 5 vol. ii. p. 37, 49 : et Mi paffim.'\ i) R. B £ N S 6 N. 177 Veirfe. The ftlle of this Confeffion is not diffo- nant from that of Jerome. And although Eraf mus ftrives to rejed it from his page, yet it ftands in the front of the eariieft iff) edition of Jerome?, Epiftles : which is no mean proof of its being the work of Jerome. But the fad of its having been quoted by the Venerable Bede, in the eighth cen- • tury, and declared by him to be the compofition of Jerome, feems to place the matter out of the reach of doubt or difputation. (jj') 2. Jerome not only expreffes to Marcus Cele denfis, who was his friend and correfpondent, the warmeft approbation of that Expofition of the Faith which Marcus had written to Cyrillus, but at the fame time declares that he had compofed a fimilar Confeffion of his own faith, which v/as {z) pro- N bably {x) Ed. Venet. A. D. I488. (_)i) " In hoc quod dicit unus confutat Arrium, Vigilantium, eorum,- que fequaces, quos omnes aperte redarguit Hieronymus dicens in epiftola de explanatione fidei ad Damafum Papam, Confundentes Arrium ' kc— [Edit. Bpfil. A. D. 1563, p. 1104.] (e) " De fide autem quod dignatus es fcribere fan3o Cyrillo, dedi CQnfcriptam fidem.'' [Vol. ii. p. 104.] Erafmus oppofcs to this con clufion the words of the next fentence, viz. " But I haiie thy ears iijit. neffes of my faith, and thofe of thy holy brother Zenobius {or rather Coe- nobius] tuho has our moft friendly falutations.'" But furely it is not vzt-y abfurd to fuppofe Jerome to have fent a creed, or nvritien declara tion of his faith, to one perfon, Damafus, and to have con-verfed about that creed with two other perfons, Marcus and Coenobius. 178 D R. BE N S O N. bably the confeffion now in debate. And of thlg expofition of Marcus Celedenfis, and of his own confcfipta fides, Jerome further fpeaks in thefe glow ing terms ; " Slf^i fc non credit, alienus a Chrifto efi." Jeroirie then, as it feem.s, hath referred to the Verfe i. John v : 7. But this reference, it muft be confeffed, is cautious and diftant. It was made in the earlier part of his Hfe [a) and whilft he, like Augufiine, was probably doubtful as to the interpre tation of the final claufule of this paffage. After wards, as he advanced in years, and became more decided in his judgment that it ought to be inter preted of an unity of nature in thofe heavenly wit neffes, he alfo became more offended with thofe La tin Copyifts who had omitted the verfe in their co pies, and made his reprehenfions public by writing the Preface, or Prologue now in queftion. If we fuppofe it to have been one of the lateft perform ances which fell from his pen, fome difficulties will be avoided, and many objedions difabled. And this eafy affumption, which is in itfelf reafonable, is not embarraffed, [a] Ante annos plurimos, cum in chartis ecclefiafticis~juvarem Dama fum Romance urbi's epifcopum. [_Hieron. Epift. ad Agerufiam.] D R. fi E N s o N, 179 embarraffed, but rather fupported, by the circum ftance of this Prologue having been addreffed to Eu- Jlochium : for fhe died only one year before Jerome. But In another fenfe ^ifro?;^^ hath done much more than refer to this paffage, by inferting it in his Ver fion of the New Teftament ; the moft laborious, the moft Important of all his works. By this infer tion indeed Jerome may be faid moft truly to have *' put the matter out of all difpute ;" but in a very different manner from the predeftinated fentence of Dr. Benfon. The Preface of Jerome throws light upon his Verfion ; and his Verfion refleds ftrength to the Preface : and in both, thus mutually illuminating and corroborating each other, Jerome has fixed his own feal to the authenticity of the Verfe in queftion ; — " a feal which will continue many days" This, Sir, Is the laft of the eleven proofs (as he has thought proper to ftile them) which are produced by Dr. Benfon, to fhew the fpurioufnefs of this Preface. They have been, I truft, fairly weighed in the ballance, and found wanting. Some of thefe pretended proofs are moft blame- ably untrue. The reft, even where not falfe, are yet, without a fingle exception, vague and in- N 2 conclufive. s8o D R, B E N S O N. conclufive. They are fo far from inducing a fober convidion of its fpurioufnefs, that they do not, when combined together, feem to amount to a mere probability of it. Indeed the afperfions, which have been caft upon this Preface, are but the dream of the prefent age. The moft difturbed imagina-' tion did not harbour any fuch chimeras, until the times of Martianay and Simon, [b) Former ages would not have liftened to them for a moment. The fingle teftimony of Walafrid Strabo, who af cribes it to Jerome at fo early a period as the ninth century, outweighs them all. Let prejudice, then^ give way to moderation. Let candor pronounce her judgment ; and let the Preface be what it af firms itfelf to be, what even Erafmus and [c] Soci-^ nus confefs it to be, the work of Jerome. We may, Sir, I prefume, now quit this Preface, allowing it to have been written by Jerome, and . proceed to the reft of Dr. Benfoii?, objedions to the originality of the Verfe i. John v : 7. XXV. " As (b) Sand'ius was contemporary wifh Simon, (c) Smith's Vindicia;, Edit. Lond. A. D. l6S6, p. 1 36. See alfo Calmet—" Mais Erafme, et apres lui Socin, M. Le Clerc &c. fout'ien- fient que le Piologue, dont on mient de parler, eft wraiment de Saint Je-* lOEle." (Dili". Vol, iii. Edit. Paris, A.D. 1720, p, 561.) D R. B E N S O N, iSl XXV. " As to what Vidor Vitenfs has faid, towards the conclufion of the fifth century ; or others in later ages, it cannot be of much mo ment. And, therefore, I ffall fay nothing to fuch late tefiimonies"' — (viz. in favor of the Verfe in queftion.) This objedion Is fo extraordinary, that it feems to call for a very particular examination in all its parts. Firft, as to the objector, — It feems, on a pri mary view, peculiarly ftrange that Dr. Benfon fhould thus rejed the evidence of Vidor Vitenfs, who wrote (about A. D. 488 or) in the fifth cen tury, as late tefimony ; when he foon afterwards cites to the fame queftion Bede of the eighth, and Oecumenius of the eleventh century. But this mode of feleding his evidence, ftrange as it feems, may perhaps be accounted for. The fuffrage of Vidor Vitenfs SUPPORTS the authenticity of this verfe. Thofe of Bede and Oecumenius are, In fome fenfe, adverse to It, It feems but too plain, that thefe circumftances alone have prevailed with Dr. Ben fon tourge the latter teftimony, and to rejed the fornier, N 3 ¦ This l82 D R, B E N S O N, This primary prefumption feems, further, to be come abfolute certainty, when applied compara tively to the NATURE of the feveral teftimonies here rejeded or retained hy Dr. Benfon.. For what is the nature of the proof which is drawn from Bede and Oecumenius, as to this verfe ? It amounts only to this, — that they have not quoted it in their works. The whole of the evidence, then, which can be drawn from them, is barely negative. It is only an omiffion in a Commen tator ; and as fuch affords matter of conjedure merely, and no more. But the evidence of Vidor Vitenfs is positive, clear, and pointed. He has related a plain hiftory of plain fads. He has given ah unadorned account of what he faiu, and heard, and experienced, when furrounded by the, armed bands cf the defpotic Huneric. His narra-: tive was compofed whilft Arianifm fat triumphant on the throne, and therefore muft be circumfped^ It was written in the face of exafperated enemies, [d.) and therefore muft be accurate. It was pub lifhed whilft the parties, of whom it treated, were living ; and therefore muft be faithful. It re corded a tranfadion known through all the domi-. nions of Huneric, and therefore muft be true : be caufe {d) Pages 57—60 of thefe letters. D R. B E N S O N. 183 caufe the fmalleft deviation from truth would have been followed by inftant detedion. Thus both the contending parties, the Orthodox and the Ari ans, bear teftimony to the originality of this verfe : the former in argument, the latter by acquiefcence. If the Arians had been able to have difcredlted this quotation, Fulgentius would not have dared to have brought it forward again in the fame century, and for the fame purpofe, in lefs than thirty years after this Convention, and in a reign equally hof tlle to the Orthodox party with that of Huneric : which, neverthelefs, we know that he did in va rious paffages if) of his works. This narrative of Vidor Vitenfs, then, is an argument in favor of this verfe, which needs only to be read in order to compel convidion. It is in its nature fuperior to all fophifms, and inexpugnable by any cavils : • and yet this is the teftimony, which Dr. Benfon has thought fit to put afide as having nothing to do with, as being utterly unconcerned in, the de cifion of the authenticity of the verfe i. John 7:7! Nor Is this the only abfurdity into which Dr. 'benfon has here betrayed himfelf. His pretence N 4 about {e) Pages 35 — 39 of thefe letters. 184 DR. BENSON. about the time in which Vidor Vitenfs lived, which he hath affigned as his reafon for rejeding ViSiors teftimony, is as futile, as his real intentions in rejeding it feem to have been blameable. For in the outfet of his Differtatlon he admits the tef timony of Jerome, in favor of this verfe, as valid in point of time ; for he fets himfelf ferioufly to do away its effed, if poffible, by laboring to prove (as we have already feen) that the Preface to the Canonical Epiftles is not the work of Jerome. Novy/' Jerome lived in the fame century with Vidor Vitenfs ; nay It is poffible that they might both be alive at the fame hour : for Jerome furvived until A, D. 420, and Vidor was a Biff of in (perhapas long before) A, D„ 484, and was prefent with Eu^ genius, _ and his Co-prelates, in that year at the Council of Carthage. Dr, Benfon, therefore, ak lows the evidence of Jerome in the beginning of the fifth century, to be early enough ; and yet re-. jeds that of Vidor, and his Brethren the Bifhopa of Africa, " towards the conclufion of that cen-i tury," 2& late tefimony — as inadmlffible becaufe MO-n DERN : for that Is the only impeachment which he ventures to caft upon it. But if the former be early enough, why is the latter too late ? By what rule is a teftimony of A, D, 414, for inftance, to be admitted by a Critic of the eighteenth Century, by D R. B E N S O N. 1 85 by an author who writes nearly one thoufand thre6 hundred years afterwards, as in time (the anti quity of the evidence being the fole point In quef tion) and another of A. D, 484, to be rejeded as OUT OF time : nay, fo much out of time as to be out of all claim to notice, — fo very late as that no thing is to be faid to it f Will any one who con tends for the fpurioufnefs of this verfe — wiU Mr. Gibbon — attempt to juftify Dr. Benfon in this re- jedlon ? If fo, Sir, you will perhaps condefcend to inform the world what members, ' what fradional parts of the fame Century (the fifth, for inftance) are to conftitute ancient, and what fradions or parts thereof modern teftimony. But you will not ha zard the attempt. XXVI. " In fettling the text of the New Tefament, R. Stephens made ufe of fifteen an cient MSS." Some of the expreffions, which R. Stephens ufes in his Preface {f) feem to indicate that he had the affiftance oi fixteen Greek MSS, in framing his Greek Teftament, be;fide the Complutenfian Bible which was a printed book. And Theodore Beza, moreover, (/) " Sedecim fcriptis exemplaribus," [Appendix, No. ii.] 1 86 DR. BENSON. moreover, acknowledges himfelf indebted to the friendfhip of R. Stephens for the ufe of feventeeii {g) of his Copies ; taking into the number, as It might feem, the Complutenfian Bible, which R. Stephens had ufed in his own Editions. On the other hand, a fucceeding part of the fame Preface feems to denote the Complutenfian Bible to have been confidered by R. Stephens as one of the fixteen MSS. And as his margin con tains no reference to any fixteenth MS, it is pof- ble at leaft that he had only fifteen. The whole difficulty lies in the feptemdecim [h) of Beza. This part of the queftion is in itfelf, however, a matter of fmall moment ; and I am willing, in order to prevent unneceffary debate, to accept Dr, Jl:enfon^ numeration. XXVII, " // is very certain that he [R^ Stephens] did not fcruple varying from his M-SS, and has varied from them all, and froim \£\ " Hos Ncvi Foederis libros non modo cum njariis sfptemdecim, Griscorum codicum a Roberto Stephano, bcatee memorice •viro, citatorum leQionibus Turfam confulimus, fed etiam cum Syra interpretatione." [Bezjb Prjefat. in Nov. Teft. Ed. Genev. A. D. 1582.] {h) See Beza's Note on John vii : 53, in page ig6 of thefe Letters, D R. B E N S O N. 187 from the complutenfe and vulgate too, in ff-, venty places at leaf" R. Stephens, in his Greek Teftament, adopted the laft Edition of Erafmus as the foundation of his text ; which he has followed chiefly, but not fervllely. His plan was — to take all thofe fen^ tences, or words, to be original in which all hisi authorities concurred, and to place them In the text generally, without any marginal notes, or refe-. reUces whatfoever. But where his authorities va-. ried from each other, although by a fingle letter only, he adopted that fentence or word, alone, which feemed to be the genuine reading of the paffage, Inferting It in the body of the page, and noting in the margin the principal variations of his other authorities. (/) If (?) He has not tranfplanted into his margin e'uery variation of the Complutenfian Edition from his text. In this point his conduft is fully juflifiable. But he has not always taken the pains to note thofe varia tions, which he has inferted in his margin, with precife and minute exaftnefs. A few unimportant inftances of this kind of inattention ipay be found in his margin as to the Apocalypfi : for which this apo logy at leaft may be offered, — that R. Stephens did not feel himfelf fo ftrongly urged to an anxious minutenefs of reference, in refpeft to a printed book, by copfulting which his readers might perceive at once and remedy any error into which he might fall j as in refpeft to Iiis MSS, where they would not fo eafily be able to reftify an inadvertency < the infinuation Is illiberal ; and, being unwarranted by any proof, it ought to be rejeded with dif-t dain, {f) You [f) In Mafthe-w n: Xl R. Stephens follows Erafmus in writing vjoon inftead of kJ'ov ; ihey found, inftead of /^fy _/aiw, the child. Ana this circumftance has been amplified it^to a defertion of his plan, as well as of his IVISS. Bat the charge is ill founded. His plan was to ac cept, by whatever hand it might b= offered, that which appeared to him to. be the genuine reading of Scripture. And he accorded with Eraf mus D R. B E N S O N. 189 You will exped me. Sir, before I quit the ob jed now under confideration, to allow that it was not originally urged by Dr. Benfon, but copied by him from the writer of the Memoirs of the late Dr. Waterland. That Dr, Benfon was but a copyift in this objedion, as well as in many others which are urged in his Differtatlon, I do moft readily ad mit. But he has fo copied them as to make them his own. On feeing a charge of this reproachful nature brought againft a man of fo fair a fame as R. Stephens, one who is acknowledged, even by Dr, Benfon, to be " a learned, worthy man — a man of extenfive learning, indefatigable diligence, and zeal to promote ufeful learning, and particu larly that of the Scriptures," without the fhadow of a ¦ proof to fupport the charge, beyond the empty affirmation of the affeitor; — a commentator without prejudice, without any fecret partiality to either fide of the queftion, would at once have challenged the imputation, and have refufed to ad mit it againft fo truly refpedable a charader, with out the moft unequivocal demonftration of its truth. nus in preferring vopov probably becaufe (both words affording nearly the fame fenfe) the fame verb, iMpnrt, occurs before in the eighth verfe. In afling thus, therefore, he deferted not his plan, but fol lowed it. Nor did he in any culpable fenfe defert his MSS : for he tells us frankly, snSov tv irx(ri—All my MSS read etSoy, tgo DR. BENSON; truth. Fid would have called for a fpeclficatloh of* thefe feventy places : which not being complied with, he would have condemned the whole as a groundlefs allegation. But inftead of this, Dr. Benfon haftens to admit the charge ; and, to pre ferve the appearance at leaft of candor, affeds to make this apology for It ; viz. " As to his varying from his copies, it feems plain from his Preface, that he had not an opportunity to collate all the; copies himfelf." An apology which, unfortunately, is as falfe as it is frigid ; — for the preface of R. Stephens, fo far from making it plain, does not even afford foundation for a conjedure, that hg did not collate all the copies himfelf. XXVIII. " The fum of the matter is, R, Stephens was a learned worthy man. And therefore one wrould not 'willingly fufped that be' placed the latter > femi-circle "wrong, on pur pofe. Howiever, in his famous Greek Tefta-* ment 1550, it is wrong placed^ It is true, that R. Stephens could only place the femi-clrcles wrong, as to the verfe in queftion (provided he did place them wrong at all, which is denied) in his famous Greek Teftament of A. D. 1550 ; becaufe that was the only Edition in which u DR. BENSON. igi he made ufe of thofe femi-circles. But the whole truth Is, — that R. Stephens has borne teftimony to the originality of this Verfe in all the Editions of the Greek Teftament ever publifhed by him ; which are no lefs than four in number. In hjs Editions- of A. D, 1546 and 1549, in which the femi-cir cles (or the Obelus and Semi-parenthefis ) are not ufed, the Verfe is read entire in the text, as well as in the Edition of A, D. 1550, in which they are made ufe of. To this third fucceeded a fourth Edition, publifhed by R. Stephens In A. D, 1 551; wherein the Verfe is ftlU continued, ftill maintained In its place, without the leaft note of diftruft, without the fmaUeft impeachment of its authenticity. Thefe fads being premifed, the whole queftion, as to this part of R. Stephens'^ condud, will be reduced to this fingle dilemma. Either R. Ste phens placed the latter femi-circle, as we now find it in his Edition of A. D, 1550, on purpofe ; or by mifiake. Now he placed it there, not by mifiake ; becaufe he had printed the Verfe entire, in his two former Editions, and he exprefsly informs us that this Edition had been collated with the fajne MSS, from whence the foregoing Editions were made. Not by mifiake ; becaufe he would, in that cafe, have caft tCjl BR. BENSON. caft out of his fubfequent Edition of A. D. t^^i,SL paffage which he had intended to repudiate (for fo the objedion fuppofes) by the femi-circle of the' preceding year. Not by mifiake ; becaufe a man, who had been fo painfully accurate (/) in revifing this work as even to point out, in the Errata fub-' joined to it, the mifplacing of one Comma in the body of the text, and the omiffion of another, cannot reafonably be fuppofed to have fuffered a whole Verfe to have efcaped his notice : a Verfe, moreover, which had been for fome time an objed of concern and enquiry among Chriftians, and par ticularly among learned Chriftians, in confequence of the then recent difpute between Erafmus, Ley, and Stunica, and therefore [in) muft have engaged his (/) It is not meant to affirm, by thefe or any other general com. mendations, that R. Stephens has committed na typographical miftakes in this edition. But it is meant to fay that he has not committed (be caufe, morally fpeaking, ,he could not commit) any fuch miftakes in it as to this verfe. He has am'itted indeed to record any of the variations of the Complutenfian Edition, as to this paffage, one alone excepted. He might think that the other three would overcharge his margin. At any rate he knew that^the omiffion could not bring with it any hurtful con- fequences, as the Edition of Complutum had then been many years ia the hands of the public. An omiffion of this kind is an exercife of private judgraent merely, not a typographical miftake, {m) The difpute was not confined to the three perfons here liamed. It engaged the minds and employed the pens of Lupfet, Nes.enus, Dor- plus. DR. BENSON. I93 Ills folicltous attention. Not by miftake ; becaufe the Verfe in queftion is inferted in the Greek Tef tament of Johh Crifpin, whofe publication bears date at Geneva {ii) three years fubfequent to this of R. Stephens, who was, at the time of his pub lication, the friend and fellow-citizen of R. Ste phens, who muft be concluded therefore to have publifhed with his privity and affiftance, and in whofe Edition the obelus and femi-parenthefis hold exadly the fame fituation as in this Edition of R. Stephens. Not by mifiake ; becaufe the Verfe is found (0) In the New Teftament of Theodore Beza ; who, like Crifpin, publifhed at Geneva whilft R. Stephens was living there, who mentions him fre quently in terms of the moft affedlonate refped, O who plus, Pifher, Zafius, Bedda, Amorbachius, Beatus Rhenamts., Sir Tlomat More, and Bugenhagius, with many other learned men of that age. Even Luther took part in it, by leaving this verfe out of his printed Teftament; affigning, however, for fuch omiffion no very fapient apo logy. In ccelo non eft teftimonium, fed clara njifio. RecoUedling the power which the obfcure name of Chatterton has found to put the learned of the prefent age in motion, it will not be beliaved that R. Stephens could flumber over the iiluftrious memories of Erafmus and Luiher. (») See p. I z of thefe letters. Crifpin % Teftament is in i zmo. His mode of dating his publication il rather fingular. Hxpx lii)xvvn ru K^kt-ttivu' tnt xtto rn? tvxv- 6pt07r5ifl-£wj T2 (Furn^^ ni^uv x, (p. v. y. t\x(pv(ioMuv^ [ayiv©* tySon. lo) It is found in all the Editions of Beza, although his firft Edi tion alone, of A, D. 1556, is here particularly ftated. 194 D R. B E N S O N. who had In his poffeffion (/>) by the perfonal fa vor of i?. Stephens, the identical MSS ufed by him in [p] To this fafl: Bezas own teftimony is plain and pointed. " Kf aTai/T(^ Sl TB laflsi/T©^ PC^As. Sic conftanter legitur in omnibus Grascis ro^;a^»j quos inspeximus." [In .^iS. .<^/io/5. iii ; n] " Veteres omnes Graeci codices, quos vidimus, fcriptum habebant irpokiyHOKSfAivov." [Annot. in y^iff. iii : 20.] " R^So^j-naovrx TTivn, Sic legitur in omnibus codicibus quos in speximus." [In^iS. vii: 14.J " El/ TU -^xXfAU roi Sivnpu. Ita fcriptum invenimus in om- bu5 «5//m vetuilis cWzV/^aj." [In A(^i. xil'i : 33.] " El? a?. Sic conftanter legimus in omnibus codicibus." [In AS. xxvi : 1 7 ] " Servavi tamen id vocabulum quod in omnibus Grascis exemplari bus iti-vzvi." [In y^i?. xxvii : 14.] " Tju.1i/ Sl, Sic fcriptum legimus in omnibus vetuftis codicibus" [In I. Cor. ii : 10 ] " iSix. Sic LEG! in omnibus naftris Gracis codicibus." [In i. Cor. .\ii : 11. J [N.B. Bengelius, p. 747, miftakenly afiirms that Beza never ufes the tvord legi,. nvhen fpeaking of R. Stephent'j MSS. Ti'jo other inftances of this fort, LEGO and LEGI, are fated in the next fucceeding page,'\ " Atto ^jAittttwc. Sic fcriptum inveni in omnibus Graccis ro- dicihus." [i Cor. xvi : ad fin.'] O i/ofAofinTuc. In quatuor veteribus libris additum invenimus xxi Kpirni." [In' Jac. iv: 12.] '' K.XTX iJ.tv avrni, Legitur in omnibus Gracls nostris codicibus." [In I. Pet. iv : 14.] " Sic legitur in omnibus Grscis exemplaribus, qvjz quidem mihi INSPICERE LicuiT." [Ia I. Joann, iv : 3.] Ij R. BENSON. 19^ In this Edition of A. D. 1550, and who folemnly O 2 declares, " T|U.af, Ita LEbo ex Veteris Interpretis et quatuor veterum co- idicum authoritate." [In Jud. 24.] The preceding references are affirmative. - A few negations Ihall here be added, which neverthelefs fpeak pafiti-vely to the purpofe of this note, " Quam leftionem neque in ullis codicibus Gr^cis invenio, neque poffum approbate." [In AS. ix : 29.] " Oti ao-JiAfisf. Vulg. Quare introifti ? ita videlicet ut on pro Siori intelligatur. Ego vero in nullis codidbus adfcriptam INVE- Kio interrogationis notam. [la ASi . 'x.i : 3.] " E9ofu(3!jf. Quod in nullis quidem Grscis codicibus inveni. , [In Aa. xxiv 18.] " Vulgata legit [AafAjSai/STs] fumitis, contra nostrorum j)«!«»«»» COD icvM fidem." [In Jac. 'mi 1.] I ftiall now beg leave briefly to ftate a third clafs of Beza*s re ferences, which will fpeak to the purpofe of this Differtatlon in more refpefls than one. " Otj 0 xaif©-' ) It is well worth our attention to' mark the addrefs with whiclv Erafmus condufted himfelf in the difficult fituation in which he ftood. " Nan patrocinor in prafentia Arrianis, qui toto peliore fequor quod deiinivit ecclefia," [Erafmi Rfpons. ad Lsam, p. 272.! " Ego ob hoc POTissiMUM credo Filium effeejtildem effentias cum Patre, quod sic interpretatur ecclefia: .ffiQUE credituros etiamft, hie locus fecus haberct apud nos quam habet." [Ibid. p. 278.] 200 DR. BENSON. tion againft his Poplfli perfecutors, from his par tiality to Erafmus, and his approbation of the doc trines of Luther, that he would have reprefented his MSS as agreeing with the five (alledged) MSS of Erafmus, and with the opinion of Luther. But he did not fuffer his prejudices, or his refentments, to warp his integrity. Thus tempted to ad other- wife, R. Stephens'?, infertion of this verfe in his Greek Teftament can be confidered in no other light than as an offering to truth. 3. Nor can it be admitted that he falfified thc evidence of his Greek MSS through any fecret prejudice in favor of the verfe itfelf. For if he had once permitted himfelf to over-ftep the bounds of truth from this motive, he certainly would have concealed at the fame time the unpleafing circumftance, that feven of his MSS mangled the paffage by an omiffion of the words tv ru.ovpxvu, 4, Nor, laftly, can R. Stephens he fuppofed to have falfified the evidence of his Greek MSS through any fear of the Romlfti power. For he publifhed his firft Greek Teftament in A. D. 1546. And his apprehenfions as to his perfonal fafety, al though DR. BENSON. 20I though occafionally ftrong {w) were not powerful enough, even in A, D. 1550, to prevent him from expofing his New Teftament of that year to pub lic fale in Paris, and in the midft of thofe men who had become his determined foes on account of his publications of the New Teftament, (x) 'Tis true that when he was afterwards led ferioufly to contemplate his real fituation, he found it to be unfafe, as well as unpleafant ; and therefore re folved to {y) forfake it for ever. But this refolu tion was not taken definitively until five years, at [w) Murmur fuboritur, quod ftat'im in folitos clamores erumptt (viz. on the publication of his New Teftament of A. D. 1541) ut aliquandiu lertia jam 'vice latere cogerer." [Refpons.^. 13.] " Eadem et Caftellano refero [viz. in A. D. 1549] illumque pofire- mum valere jubea, quod njiderem mihi patria cedendum effe — Caftellanus multis verbis Regi \ndicat abeundum mihi effe, natali que folo migrandum. — Refpondet Rex non propterea mihi effe migrandum.^Ubi hac renun- tiatafunt, confifto." [Refpons. p. 31.] [x] " Ubi ex Aula reverfumvident (ecure 'Novum illadTeHameiitaia exponere, audaciam pri In the courfe of the controverfy (already m.en- tlqned in [b) this letter) which arofe in the begin ning of the prefent century, between Mr. Martin and Mr, Emlyn, as to the originality of this Verfe ; the propriety of the obelus or femi-circle, as placed in R. Stephens's Greek Teftament of A. D. 1550, was warmly denied by Mr, Emlyn, and ftrenuoufly defended by his antagonlft. During the pen dency, and indeed in the very height of this dif pute, Father Le Long, a Prieft of the Oratory at Paris, publifhed In the Journal des Savans, A. D. 1720, a letter, in which he affirms, that there were- eleven Greek MSS then in the Royal Library at Paris, which had been kept there in the time of King Henry II. that they ftill bore the ufual mark of the MSS of that Prince,' namely a Crown fur- mounted by a coronetted H ; that eight of thefe had various readings correfpondlng with thofe noted on the inner margin of R. Stephens, and therefore were doubtlefs the MSS marked with the Greek numerals, mentioned by him in his Preface ; that only four of thefe, S. t, ^, i. (numbered 2871, 3445, 2242 and 2878) contained the Canonical Epiftles ; that the MS ^ in particular had only one (namely the firft) of St. John's Epiftles ; that he had (b) Page 105. 2o6 DR. BENSON. had examined the MSS himfelf, and was perfedly fatisfied of their identity, {c) This is the teftimony of Le Long ; which, if it had been true, might have merited the commenda tion which Dr. Benfon has been pleafed to beftow upon It. But, unfortunately for this mifplaced eulogium, the account, thus given by Le Long, is a total mifapprehenfion, or mifreprefentation of the cafe. As Le Long has fubjoined to this letter a Lift, which he ftiles " A Table of the MSS made ufe of by R. Stephens in his folio edition of the New Tef tament, 1550," it feems expedient, for the better elucidation of the fubjed, to bring the contents of that Table into one point of view, and to annex it to the charges of Wetfiein and Griff ach, who are alfo, with Le Long, accufers of R. Stephens. S. Slephens's Their contents. Their contents Tlieir contents Greek MSS, according to according to according to as numficred Le Long. Wetftein. Griefbach. by liimfelf. , a Complutenfian Ed. con- Complutenfian Ed. Complutenfian Ed. tainingall the N. T. (3 Gofpels, Afts. Gofpels, A£ts. Gofpels, Afts. y Gofp. (Royal MS. 2867) Gofp. {R. MS.-2i6^) Gofp. (R. MS. 2867 Jiunc 84.) (c) £»)^'«'s Reply, vol. ii. Load, Edit. 1746, p. ^72. DR. BENSON. 207 R. ^tephens^s- Their Smtonts &:c. &c. Tbe'ir contents &c. S' N. T. except Apoc. N. T. except Apoc. r N. T. except Apoc. {R. MS. 3445) (rf) Gofpels.Gofpels, The Epiftles of Pau), James,Peter,I John (oiilv) (R. MS. l^4,^.) n Gofpels. {R. MS. 1861.) 0 N. T. except Apoc, 1 A£l:s,Epiftles of Apoftles. (TJ. MS. 2878.) (/) IK Adls, Epif. of Apoftles. N. T. except Apoc. (R, MS. 3425.) Golpels. •{R, MS. 2866.) Gofpels. (R. MS. 2242, Prol. I : 46.) Atts, (Acta a Stephano coll at a non funt.) (TS.M. 2241, Prol. ii: ii.) (r) The'ir contents &c. N. T. except Apoc. [R,MS.-i%Tinuncioe.) N. T. except Apoc. [R. MS. 3425 nunc 112.) Gofpels. (R.MS ii&66nuncT2.) Gofpels(TJ.M5. 2242, nunc 4g, ui midetur, aut (tium 47.) Atts (if. MS. 2241, nunc 47 : Semel a Stephano citatur in Attis Epiftles of Paul, (R. MS. 2241, nunc, lit videtur, 47.) Canon. Epif. (R MS. 2ij^i, nuncifj.) Gofpels. (R.MS.2&6i,nunc62.) Stephani 6 ut opinatuT Wetttenius. Afts, Epif. of Apoftles, [R. MS. 2%'jonunc 102.} Ads,Epif. of Apoflles. 1/3 Gofpels. ly Aifls, Epif. of Apoftles, ex cept 3 John and Jude. tS Three Gofpels, Four Gofpels. Matthew, Luke, and {R. MS. 2865.) John. IS Seven Epif. of Paul, Aas, beginning with i. Epif. of Apoftles, Cor. Apocalypfe. (R MS. no number (R.MS. 2869.) mentioned. ) s If Gofp. Luke and John. Apocalypfe. Gofpels. [R. MS. 2861.) M. T. except Apoc, (Coif. 200.) Adls, Epii. ot Apoftles. (R, MS. 287c.) Atls,Epif. of Apofl:Ies. (Deduobus 10!, et ly, cum nondum reper- ti fiiit, mbil definire pojfe. Vol. ii. p. 724.) Gofpels. Golpels. (R.MS. 2S62,) (R.MS.2%62nuticti.'i Afts, A6fs, Epif. of Apoftles. Epif. of Apoftles, Three Gofpels, Matt. Luke, & John. (MS, St, Vidor, 774.) Afts, ' Epif. of Apoftles, Apocalvpie. (R, MS. 2869 nunc 237-) Apocalypfe. The t,i) Poffibly an error of the prefs for 341J: (1) In the fame ¦volume, p. 7i4, Wetftein correfts this No. 2Z41 into 124Z, by which he puts Mmfelf Jlill more -wrong. For No. 2242, moft certainly, contains the Oo/jiill only. (/) Poffibly an error of the prefs for iiJyo. 2o8 DR. BENSON* The charge againft R. Stephens, thus brought hy Le Long (which Wetfiein and Grieffach endeavoui^ to fupport) is- — that the identical MSS, which R. Stephens ufed in his Edition of A. D. 1550, were lately in the Royal Library at Paris, and are there now (for G'rieffach^s teftimony comes down nearly to the prefent time) and therefore that be collated them unfaithfully ; or, in other words, that he was guilty of a deliberate falfificatlon of Scripture. For it has been already fhewn that miftake, or error, is out of this cafe, and therefore that no medium can be adopted in this conteft. We will then, Sir, attend to thefe accufers of R, Stephens, and endeavour to calculate the weight of their teftimony. I. Le Long, then, we may at once obferve from the preceding ftatement, contradids himfelf. He affirms, in his Letter, that he found, in the Royal Library, eight Greek MSS, having various read ings correfpondlng with thofe noted on the inner margin, of R. Stephens^ Edition; and yet in his Lft he is not able, as will be evidently feen on re verting to it, to fpecify more than fix. He In deed makes a faint attempt to add another, n, to the Lift : but, as he appropriates no number, or particular B R» B E N S O N. 209 |)articular defcrlption to it, fo vague an afl!ertion will not be received as tefiimony. 1. Le Long is alfo contradlded by his co-ac- cufers, the other two wltneflTes. Le Long fays that there are in the Royal Library fix MSS only {g) which were ufed by R. Stephens in his Edition of 1550. Whereas Grieffach af firms that their number is nine, and Wetfiein aug ments it to ten. Le Long fays that no more than four of thofe MSS contain the Canonical Epiftles at all, viz. S. £. ^. J, and that the MS ^. contained only a part of them. But Wetfiein and Grieffach affirm that ' the Canonical Epiftles are contained in five oi thofe MSS, and are found entire in all of them. Le Long fays that R. Stephens had but one MS marked ^ ; and fo indeed fays R. Stephens himfelf. But Wetfiein and Grieffach both affirm that he had two MSS fo marked, P Le Long (?) In his Lift, fix, with an effort at a fewenth. In his Letter, eight. He is erroneous in almoft every part of his account. Of the eight MSS which, hc fays, bear the coronetted H. three have it not. This is but a trifling inaccuracy j yet it creates diftruft. 210 DR. BENSON. Le Long fays that R. Stephens'' s MS ^ was marked No. 2242 in the Royal Library, and that it contained the Gofpels, the Epiftles of St Paul, St, James, St, Peter, and the firft Epiftle of St. John. Wetfiein affirms that No. 2242 contains the Gofpels only ; and that his newly difcovered ^ extends to the Ads {h) the Canonical Epiftles, and thofe of St Paul. Whilft Grieffach prefumes not to lay down the latitude of this new difcovery from any obfervations of his own. (/) Stephani ^ Regius 2242, nunc 49, ut videtur, aut etiam 47 i — 2241 nunc, ut videtur 47 — are all that he ven tures to put to the hazard on the fubjed. Le Long (as hath been in part obferved before) fays that this MS ^ does not contain the Ads of the Apoftles. Wetfiein contradids Le Long, af firming that it does contain the Ads, but that R. Stephens (h) It may be thought, perljaps, that Le Long and Wetfiein might be reconciled by joining both thefe MSS, to form one p. But neither fo luill their txiitnefs agree together. United they comprife more than the y of Le Long by three Epiftles (2, and 3. John, and Jude) and the Ads of the Apoftles. (;') The truth is that Griejbach had vifited the Royal Library, and had found that neither 2241 nor 2242 would anfwer to Wetfteitii juftification. His expreffions are therefore ftudioully obfcure. He would not fay too much for Wetfte'iiii fake. He could not be totally filent for his own. £) R. B E N S O N. 411 Stephens {k) did not collate that part of the MS. In which laft afl^ertion he is contradlded in his turn by Grieffach, who admits that R. Stephens has once (/) ched it to the Ads. Le Long fays that the MS iS contains the three Gofpels of St. Matthew, St. Luke, and St. John. Wetfiein affirms that it contains the four Gofpels, that it Is one of the Royal MSS, and Is marked No. 2865. I'^ 2.11 which aflTertlons he is [again] contradlded by Gruff ach ; whofe teftimony is that iS is a MS of St. Vidor s Library, is there marked 774, and contains the Gofpels of St. Matthew.^ St. Luke and St. John only. (???) Pa Le Long (?) R, Stephens collated his onun ? to the Afts. Wetfiein i ? he Jirobably never faw. It was not purchafed into the Royal Library until more than a century after the death of R, Stephens ! (I) R, Stephens has cited his MS P no lefs than fifteen times to the A£ls> once feparately, and fourteen times incluiively in his letter of reference tt. On his own principles Griefbach ought to ha-ve ad mitted thefe fifteen quotations. The paffages are— Afts iii: 3, 2o, v: 23, 36, ix : 5, xiii: 41, xvii: 5 [feparately) xix: 34J xx : 8, xxi ! 3, xxii : 12 [tiuice) xxiv : g, 20, and xxv : 7. (z«) Grieffach, without perceiving perhaps the full extent of his re proach (for his partiality to him iS apparent) has caft a very ferious imputation upon Wetftein in the following remark as to the MS iS. «' It appears to me that the Excerpta nuh'ich Wetftein gives as felec- tions from this MS, ha've been taken out of two or more MSS." 212 DR. BENSON, Le Long fays that the MS n contains feven Epiftles only of St. Paul, beginning with the firft to the Corinthians. But Wetfiein and Grieffach both affirm that it contains all the Epiftles of St. Paul, together with the Ads, the Canonical Epif tles, and the Apocalypfe. And laftly, Le Long fays that the MS tr con tains the Gofpels of St. Luke and St. John. But Wetfiein and Grieffach both affirm that it contains the Apocalypfe only. Such, Sir, is the fhameful debUity of (what may be termed) the external evidence againft R. Ste phens. We will now proceed to examine the inter nal evidence deducible from the MSS themfelves. Let It be then obferved, in general, with refpedt to this internal evidence, I. That there is no MS, in the Catalogue of Le Long, which contains the Apocalypfe ; whereas the Apocalypfe Is found in no lefs than four MSS of R. Stephens, viz. in t. la. is and »r : two of which, £ and u, he had received from the Royal Library, 3. That DR. BENSON. 2I3 2. That the MSS of Le Long's Catalogue, which refer to the Gofpels, are fewer by three than thofe which refer to the fame Gofpels in the Edition of R. Stephens. 3. That in, the Lift of Le Long there are only feven MSS which refer to the Ads of the Apof tles ; whereas ten MSS are cited thereto in the margin of R. Stephens's Edition. 4. That there are three fewer, MSS in the Cata logue of Le Long, which refer to the Epiftles to the' Romans and Corinthians, than are found in the margin of the work of R. Stephens, And Laftly, That in the Lift of Le Long there is not a fingle MSS («) which contains the words tv rn yn, of the eighth verfe of the chapter in quef tion. But thefe words were found in all the MSS of R. Stephens. (0) Thus it is manifeft that the MSS of Le Long P 3 taken («) Le Long's Letter, Emlyn, p. 273. [o) The note, which Theodore Beza has left upon this part of the eighth verfe, is beyond all queftion decifive. " Thefe words are not in the Syriac Verfion, nor in feveral very ancient Greek copies ; but they are in our Greek MSS, and in the latirt Verfion." [Appendix, No. iii.] 214 D R. BE N S O N. taken aggregately, or as a whole, have no parity or agreement with thofe of R. Stephens. Let it be ftill further obferved that the argument, as to this internal evidence, acquires frefh ftrength from the examination of particular MSS. For I. The MS, marked |3 in the Lift of Le Longs, contains the Gofpels and the Ads of the Apoftles, only. But the MS of R. Stephens, which bore that mark, contained alfo the Epiftle to the Ro mans ; for It is cited by him, in the margin of his work, upon Romans iii: lo feparately, and con jointly in his letter of reference tc, on ii : ^, xiv ; 9, 21, 23, and xv : 2, The MS, marked % in the Catalogue of Le Long, does not comprife the Apocalypfe : whereas the MS of R. Stephens, which was thus marked, did contain the Apocalypfe ; becaufe he has referred to this MS in ill; 18, and xix : 14. (^) The [p) Dr. M7/ imagines thefe two references to be miftakes of i for if, in which he has been followed hy Wetftein. And the reference of tot, hereafter mentioned has been conjetSured in like manner to be a millake for oc. And, as a confequence, it has been pofitively afferted that R. Stephens had no more than two MSS to the ApocalypfSi j£ and ir, and the Complutenfian Edition. Let it be replied, I. That conjeftures ought to be very fparingly indulged againft the knowi; DR. BEl>rsON. 215 The two MSS, marked C and n In the Lift of Le Long, do not contain the Ads of the Apoftles. But both the MSS, which' R. Stephens diftinguiflied by the fame letters, did contain the Ads ; for the latter is referred to by him feparately in xxiv : ' 7 and 8, xxv: 14, xxvii: i, and xxviii: 11 ; and the former, as hath been already remarked {q) no lefs than fifteen times, feparately and con jointly. The MS, marked with the letter i In the Lift of Le Long, contains only the Ads and the Epif tles. But the MS, which is denoted by this letter in the Edition of R. Stephens, comprifed alfo the Gofpels of St.' Luke and St. John. A various reading is quoted by R. Stephens from P 4 this known general accuracy of R. Stephens. I beg leave to affign this reafon, once for all, as the foundation of my general fubmiffion to his margin, in preference to an adoption of imaginations which may be, and for aught that certainly appears to the contrary are, utterly groundlefs. And let it be further afked, 2, Why, if he had no other MSS to the Apocalypfe than cc, te and If (as is aflumed in the objeftion) does he take the trouble of fo frequently ftating them at full length in his margin, when his com pendium TT. would more eafily, and as compleatly, have anfwered his purpofe ? On this idea he has given himfelf this fupervacaneous labor in no lefs than fifty-two inftances ; which is an inadmiffible fuppofi- tion. (q) Page '21 1, Note (/), 2l6 DR. BENSON. this MS (r) in St. Luke v: 19, and another (j) Ii^ St. John ii : 17. Again The MS, marked <« in Le Ljong's Catalogue comprehends, like the laft-mentioned MS, no more than the Ads and the Epiftles. But the MS of R. Stephens, which bore this mark, con tained, moreover, the Gofpels of St. Mattheii> and St. John, together with the Apocalypfe. The citations of this MS in the margin of R. Stephens'^ ' Edition, which prove this afl!ertIon, are — St. Mat thew x: 8, 10, xn : 32, St. John ii: 17 {t) and the Apocalypfe xiii : 4. iu) Again The .(r) It is alfo referred to by him, conjointly with the reft of his MSS, in Luke iv : 7, vi : 23, 26 [tivice) vii : 31, viii : 43, x: 20» xi : 8, 33, xii : 59, xiii : 8, xiv : 15, xviii : g, 14, xxi-.36, xxii: 30, and xxiii : 54. (s) Conjointly alfo in John I : 28, 40, ii : 22, iii : 25, iv : 35, vi : 15, 24, 28, vii : 33, viii : g, xiv : 22, 30, and xvii : 11, 20. (/) Conjointly alfo in all the verfes mentioned in the laft preceding note. (k) The marginal reference to Apoc. xii : 2 is a, if, (£. The for« mer if, of thefe two, ought probably to have been lot : which, if ad mitted, will make two feparate references to the MS, loc, by R, Ste phens. As there is evidently a miftake here in R. Stephens's margin, it is not abfurd, or perverfe to try to guefs at the proper corredlion. The abfurdity and perverfenefs lie where the cafe is quite diffimilar to this, namely, where the firft guefs muft affeft that there is a miftake, in order to make room for the fecond, the premeditated correftion. DR. BENSON, 217 The MS, marked iP in the Lift of Le Long,, comprifes the Gofpels only. But the MS of R. Stephens, which was denoted by this mark, com prehended alfo the firft Epiftle to the Corinthians ; for he has referred to it in the margin of 1. Cor. XV : 44. {v) Again The MS, marked ly in Le Long's Catalogue contains no more than the Ads and a part of the Epiftles. But in that of R. Stephens, which car ried this mark, were comprehended alfo the Gof pels of St. Matthew-and St. Jobn. Various read ings are copied by him from thence, in the mar gins of St. Matthew xxvii : 64 [w) and of St. John ii : 17. {x) Again The MS, marked iS among thofe of Le Long, comprehends only the three Gofpels of St. Mat thew, St. Luke, and St. John. But the MS, de noted by thefe letters in the Edition of R, Ste phens, comprifed likewife the Ads of the Apoftles, and ( u) Conjointly alfo in i : 29, vi : 5, 7, vii : 29, and ix : 27, (iv) Conjointly alfo in ii : 11, iii : 8, v: 44, 47, vi : 18, vii : 14, viii: 5, ix : 5, 17, 33, x : 28, xii 16, xii : 6, 8, 21, 35, xiii, 33, 40, xiv: ig, xvii: 14, xviii: 6, 19, 28, xix: g, xxi: i, 3, xxii: 7, xxiii : 36, xxiv : 17, xxvi : 55, 74, xxvii : 3;, 42, and xxviii : ig. (x) Conjointly alfo in Johni: 28, 40, ii : 22, iii: 25, iv : 35, vi : 15, 24, 28, vii ; 33, viii ; 9, xiv ; zz, 30, and xvii : n, 26. 2l8 DR. BENSON. and the fecond Epiftle of St, Peter. It is cited by R. Stephens in the margin of Ads xiii : 15 (j) and of 2. Peter 1 : 4. (%) Again The MS of Le Long, marked u, contains no • part of the New Teftament except feven of the ¦ Epiftles of St, Paul. But the MS of R. Stephens, which bore this mark, comprehended alfo the Apocalypfe, The references to this MS, in that part of his work, are too numerous to be here par- ticularifed. They abound in ^Imoft every page. Finally The MS of Le Long, which Is marked ir, con tains only the Gofpels of the two Evangelifts St. Luke and St. John. But the MS of R. Stephens, which was thus marked, did certainly further com prife the fecond Epiftle to the Corinthians at leaft, the firft Epiftle to Timothy, and the Apocalypfe ; becaufe this MS is referred to, by R. Stephens, in 2. Cor, xii : 11 feparately, and in v : 4, viii ; 19, 24, and xi : 22 conjointly; and in 1. Tim. in : 3 feparately, ()>) Conjointly alfo in Afts iii : 3, 20, v : 23, 36, ix : 5, xiii ; 41, xix : 34, XX : 8, xxi : 3, xxii : 12 [fwice) xxiv : g, 20, and xxv : 7. Dr. Mill miftakenly affirms {Prol. 117) that this MS contained no Chapter but the tenth, or rather a part of the tenth, of the Afts of the Apoftles. (k) Conjointly alfo 2. Bet, ii : 14. DR. BENSON. 219 feparately, and vi : 5 conjointly. The references to this MS are too many to be here fpecified at large. And now. Sir, will you contend with Le Long that you are fatisfied of the identity of thefe MSS ? Or will you fay, with Dr. Benfon, that thefe are the MSS of R. Stephens, and that, on the ftrldeft examination, they are found to want this difputed paflage ? You will not venture to do either. The MSS In queftion have fcarcely any thing in common with each other. They do not agree in the general refemblance. They differ in almoft every feparate feature. Accufations thus incoherent and inconfiftent, thus variant and con- tradidory, ought not to have the leaft weight [a") againft a man fo truly refpedable as R. Stephens, even if they could not be met by a dired con futation. But the MSS in the Royal Library at Paris, thus imputed to R. Stephens, have been lately examined ; (a) This conclufion was drawn in the two former editions of thefe Letters. And, as far as argument 3\o'a& cqM prevail, it feemed to ftand upon the moft fatisfadlory foundation. But an aftual compari fon of thofe MSS with the margin of R. Stephens, made \by me at Paris in A. D. I7gi, has furniflied evidence, in fupport of that ar gument, which feems to be unanfwerably convincing. A brief de fcrlption of the Greek MSS of the N. T. in the Royal Library at Paris in 1791 may be found in Appendix No. xxxvi, 220 DR. BENSON. examined ; the refult of which examination is— « that Le Long, Wetfiein and Grieffach are falfe ac cufers, and that their MSS are not the MSS of R. Stephens. A few proofs of the truth of this oblervation fliall here be ftated, as to each of thefe MSS. And I. The MS in the Royal Library at Paris, No. 84,, is not the MS y of R. Stephens. For That MS reads toi? Bi.^ya.\oii; in Matt, v : 27 ; which words were not read in the MS y of R. Stephens, That MS reads 0% ot.v uTroXvirn In Matt, v : 32 ; but the MS y oi R, Stephens read 7r«j q xttokwv in this verfe. That MS reads koh ya^ rx hvvx^ik only In Matt. XV : 27; whereas R. Stephens's y (ashehas^^- cially informed us) read koh y«j xai t» wva^ix in this paflTage. That MS reads tr^oa-i^nv xtto rm ^u/ah? In Matt. xvi : 1 1 ; but R. Stephens's y read Tr^otrip^^nit. ir^om- j^ETE Si oono rn; ^u/a?ij in this paflTage, That DR. BENSON. 221 That MS reads «yy£A©» ya^ xxra, v.xi^ov In John V : 4 ; but R. Stephens's y read the paffage thus-^ »yyiXl^ yoi^ Kufia xoirx Koct^ov. That MS reads o Jna-si;, n re ^tJiXoiixa-oi In John vi : 1 7 ; but R. Stephens's y read o Ijio-aj a? to ttAoio^* « t6 6«A«a-(r« in this paflTage. That MS reads ^af ow o aitawi/ in ^oi^?/ vi : 45 ; whereas i?. Stephens affirms that his MS y did not read oDtswc in that verfe. That MS reads syw akAw uj!*i» in ' J^o/'« vi : 6^^ but i?. Stephens's y read syw /.£A«A»))t« Ujwii/, That MS reads «f tjii/ ynv, w? ii in Ads X : 26 ; but the S of jR. Stephens read £yu «ut(^ ai'- e^coTT©^ in this paflTage. That MS reads In^sa-xXnfj. ov xai xvuxov in Ads x : 39 ; but the paflTage was thus read by the 0 of R, Stephens If^^oAufAOj? ov xxi xvetXxv, That MS reads tv tw ovoi^xn inan X^ira In Ads x : 48 ; but R. Stephens's S read the verfe ev ru ovofAxn T8 Kufl la I»i£A-/io-£Wf, w^^ rov Xxov Xsyere in thls paffage. Ihat MS reads £7riTj£7r£Ta;i o-oi VTn^ (TtoiMris Xeynv' in Ads xxvi : 1 ; but the S of R. Stephens read this pallage thus eTrirer^xwrxi t a^xecrn in Matt, xxv : 9 j ¦whereas R. Stephens has fpecially informed us that his MS, £, read oux. x^xea-et in that verfe. That Ms reads XTrb rM fiuf^f za! exxhro (without the words ns y.vny^^x) in Matt, xxviii : 2 ; but i?» Stephens's MS, e, added thofe -words to this paflage, reading it «7ro tds fiug«; ts fAvni^e-t^ xXi exx^nro. That MS reads ttoaaoi xxiiovreg, m Mark vi : 2 ; whereas R. Stephens has fpecially remarked that his MS, £, read ttoaaoi xxsrxvres in that verfe. Q^ That 226 DR. BENSON. That MS reads o-ufaipoii/istJio-cra tm ysvet in Mark vii : 26 ; but R. Stephens affirms that his MS, £, read ff-up^otna-a-a in this paffage. That MS reads Kxi (/.n x^mre in Luke vi : 37; whereas R. Stephens has fpecially remarked that ^.is MS, £, did not read ««» in this verfe. That MS reads iSuv rov Sixxoyitry-ov in Luke ix ; 47 ;. but R. Stephens's MS, e, read «(5Wf (and not jJ'wx) in this paffage. That MS reads xyxtrno'xvT©' ni/.x;, vetr£t^^'^<^ere in that verfe. R. Stephens affirms that all his MSS read x^wmv in Luke xi : ;7,^. But the MS, 112, reads E>i>t^un-To» in that paflTage. R. Stephens aflSrms that all his MSS read E^'-ia-fi' in Rom. xlv : 9. But the MS, 112, reads e(n;^e in that verfe. 0^2 IV. The 228 DR. BENSON. IV. The MS in the Royal Library at Parisj^ marked No. 72, is not the MS, r, ofi?. Stephens. For That MS rieads oj ustro^euoiAevoi Si' xvm; in Matt. vii : 13; whereas R. Stephens particularly affirms that his MS, r, read lO'^oiAivoi in that verfe. R. Stephens affirms that his MS, r, read wav oui; SivS^ov in Matt, vii : 19. But the MS 72 does mi read ow in that paflTage, R. Stephens declares that his MS, r, read irxvre; oi e^yoclo^ivoi In Matt. vII : 23. But the MS, 72, does not read the word trxvre; in that verfe. R. Stephens affirms that his MS, r, read xxi eiM^xi; 0 h;is; in Matt, ix: 1, But the MS, 72, doeswo^ read 0 Iwa; in that paffage, R. Stephens affirms that his MS, r, read wfwt evvvx,x In Mark i : 2i5- But the MS, 72, reads v^ni tvvwov in that verfe, R. Stephens declares that his MS, r, omitted the word xxi before ovSen in Mark ii: 21. But the MS, 72, does not omit xxi in that paffagei R, Stephen^ DR. BENSON. 22g R. Stephens affirms that his MS, r, read |t*ji>t£rt Svva;^at In Mark iii : 20. But the MS, 72, reads fi-n Svvx;^o!,i only in that verfe. R. Stephens declares that his MS, r, added the words rov Xoyov after xvron; in Mark iv : 34. But the MS, 72, does not exhibit this addition, R. Stephens affirms that his MS, r, read xxxa Se TcXoix In Mark iv : 2)^. But the MS, 72, reads ^Xoix^ix In that paffage, Thefe variations are fufficlent to prove that the MS, No. 72, in the Royal Library at Paris is not the MS, r, of R. Stephens. A few others fhall be fubjoined to fhew that it is not any of his MSS. For All the MSS of R. Stephens read xaAwj -n-oietre •rois (!*i?»f»' "!<*«? in Matt. V : 44 ; of which claufe the MS, No. 72, has not one word. It omits moreover the claufe evXoyein ts? xxrx^o>i/,ev!ig VfAx;, and reads 7rfof£uv£j§£ vTtep ruv SiioxovTOJv vfA-x;' in difleufion (as it feems) with all the authorities of R. Stephens. The MS, 72, reads x;TTx;n;^e, ra? xSeXtpa; in Matt. V : 47. But R. Stephens affirms that all his MSS read 230 DR. BENSON. read ra; ipiXH; In this paffage. It alfo reads oi e^vtxoi r&ro TToisfiv in the fame verfe, in oppofitlon both to the text and the margin of R. Stephens. That MS reads exxrovrx^-)(oo in Matt, viii : 13. But ALL the MSS of R. Stephens read exxrovr»^'x;n jn this paffage, That MS reads xtfiemrxi £(3aAA« xya^a in Matt, xii : 2^. And both thefe cafes are contra-, didlons to the margin, ^.s well as to the text of R, Stephens. V, The MS in the Royal Library at Paris, marked No, 47, Is not the INdS, ^, of R, Stephens, Fpr R. Stephens affirms that his MS, ^, read Trar-of v[/.iov 0 ov^xvi^. in Matt. V : 48. But the MS, 47, reads vrxm^ m^uv 0 ev roi;'ov^xv6is in thls vetfe. R. Stephens D R. B E N S O N. 231 R. Stephens declares that his MS, ^, read ro> i^n- ^a[/,l/.ivnv e^ovri mv %ei^x in Matt, xli : 13; of which the MS, 47, does not exhibit a fingle word. R. Stephens remarks that his MS, ^, read xxi^m 8 fl-uKiETE In Matt, xvi : 3. But the MS, 47, reads v.xi^tav s Swx(rh in that paffage. R. Stephens declares that his MS, ^, read ^xtp^S©' tmxiiiv in Matt, xix : 24. But the MS, 47, reads ^x^iS^ Siexhiv in that verfe. R. Stephens affirms that his MS, ^, read SixroXnv fjCKo-i in Matt, xix: 28, neither of which words are found in that paffage in the MS 47. / R. Stephens remarks that his MS, ^, read » fAn ec^xitrn In Matt. XXV : 9. But the MS, 47, reads fAnTtore ux xpxes-n m that verie. R. Stephens declares that his MS, ^, read xxi ev- P(^flsfir?i?ai? in Matt, xxvi : 26. But the MS, 47, reads xxi evXoyngx; in that verfe. R. Stephens affirms that his MS, ^, read xvx^iu;,^ TB Kufia ivo^©^ In 1. Cor. xi : 27. But the MS, 47, reads xvx^ims, evo^©^ only in that paflTage. R. Stephens 232 DR. BENSON* R. Stephens remarks that his MS, {, read x^oi XXI ro xn^vyiAx In I. Cor. XV : 14. But the MS, 47^ reads x^x to xn^vyi^x only in that paflTage. R. Stephens declares that his MS, ^, read ra Sovn in I. Cor. xv : 57, But the MS, 47, reads tw SiSof^rt in that verfe. ' A few examples fhall now be adduced to fhew that the MS, 47, is not any of R. Stephens's MSS. That MS reads exxrovrx^-xf) in Matt.'vni''. 13* But all the MSS of R. Stephens read exxrovru^'xin in this paffage. That MS reads AEyovTEf oTt uSevore in Matt, ix : ^^. But all the MSS of R. Stephens read A£yo»T£s uSetrore Only In this verfe. That MS reads vTra-nnx^oi in i. Cor. ix : 27. But all the MSS of R. Stephens read vtrotrix^u in this paflage. Nor has the MS No. 49, in the fame Library, a better title to be diftinguifhed by the name of R. Stephens than its rival, No. 47. For R. Stephens DR. BENSON. 233 R. Stephens declares that his MS, ^, read 'n-xm^ vfA.tov 0 ov^xvi©' in Matt, v : 48. But the MS 49 reads •n-xm^ v[auv 0 ev Tojj oujavoij in this verfe. jR. Stephens affirms that his MS, ^, read SixroXnv txniy^ in Matt, xix: 28. But the MS 49 has neither of thofe words in this paflTage. R. Stephens affirms that his MS, ^, read u; xoxxov rimTTEwj in Mark iv : 31. But the MS 49 reads Wf xoxxu crivxireu; In that paffage. R. Stephens affirms that his MS, ^, read auTw ivx xxi Swx[/.n; — yii/mrxi in Mark vI : 2, But the MS 49 reads xvru xxi Swxi^es; (only) followed by yivov- rxi in this verfe. R. Stephens affirms that his MS, ^, read cv^x fomQo-x in Mark vii : 26. But the MS 49 reads fl-vja- cpotvixiQa-x In this paffage. A few examples fhall be fubjoined to fhew that the MS 49 is not any of the MSS of R. Stephens. For The MS 49 reads u^emrxi coi «» «iAx^rixi in R Matt. 234 I' R* BENSON. Matt, ix : 2. But all R. Stephens's MSS read xi mi to his text in James v : 19. But the MS 102 does uot exhibit this (or any other) addition to the text of R, Stephens in this paffage. R. Stephens 238 DR. BENSON. R. Stephens affirms that his MS, ;, read ¦n-e^i ay.apriav Jif-tac xtre^xve only in I, 1 et. ui : I o. But the MS 102 adds utte^ in this paffage, reading it ft-f«i xi^xpriuv v-Kt^ ny-m x-wt^xve. R. Stephens affirms that his MS, », read v^«,g c!.SiX¦) " Sic legi^fie invent— fic lego fic difiinguo in omnibus noftris Grs^cu cov)ic.i^vi— quas vidimus — quos infpeximus &c. — P. 194-5 of thefe Letters. (j) The editions of Beza fet forth various readings from R. Ste phens's 'MSS, which are not noted in his margin. This circumftance, in itfelf a prefumption, coupled with the expreffions oi Beza (p. 194) and, ftrengthened by the preceding remarks, becomes a proof, that the MSS themfelves, and not the collations only of them, were in the poffeffion of Be»ia, and confequently of H. Stephens. DR. BENSON- 25q me, quum Pater meus toties operam etfiudium navaf fit variis Tefiamenti Novi Graci editionibus, ab illo ffideri degenerare." And on the latter he makes this ingenuous confeffion — " Nihilo magis me tam praclara Patris mei opera, quam olim Themiftoclera Miltiadis trophceum, finunt requiefcere." (/) If it fhall be enquired, laftly, what Is become of thefe fifteen Greek MSS thus left in the hands , of Beza fingly, or of Beza jointly with Henry Stephens, the following anecdotes will, perhaps, furnlfh a competent anfwer to the enquiry. By the former of them we learn that Beza fold his Library in his old age to G. S. de Ztffriffel, a Mo ravian Nobleman then refident at Geneva — that it was feized on its paffage into Moravia by fome of thofe marauding parties which infefted Germany in the war theh fubfifti^— that this fale and felzure included the MSS of Beza as well as his printed books, for thefe plunderers afterwards fold, or perhaps threw afide with negled, a part at leaft of their pillage, whereby the Fratres Puteani had an opportunity of recovering Beza's Claro- montane MS, which they prefented to the Royal T a Library (/) Cieeron. Lexicon, Introd. p. I. ^6g) DR. BENSON. Library at Paris, where it now remains, {u) And by the latter that H. Stephens, becoming unfor^ tunately deranged in his intelleds towards the clofe of his days, deftroyed many of his MSS. Thefe anecdotes fupply a probable account (and more will not be expeded) of the manner in which the MSS of R. Stephens yvexje loft, whether they are fuppofed to have devolved, after his deceafe, to Henry his fon, or to his friend Theodqre Beza, [v) I wifli (a) This anecdote •will perhaps he heft related in the -words of M. Senebier, (he prefent learned Librarian at Geneva. *' Voici une anecdote affez curieufe fur la bibliotheque de Be%e. George Sigifmond de Zafiriffel, Seigneur Morave, etant en penfion chez Theodore de Beze f ' apperjut que les infirmites de ce vieillard I'empechoient de profiler de ces livres, il refolut de les acheter, et il en paya fix cent ecus d'or. II eft tres-vraifemblable que cette bibliotheque fut pillee dans fon tranfport en Moravie pendant Igs guprres qui defolerent ^ AUemagne ; et c'eft fans-doute cet pvenement qui a placd dans la bibliotheque da Due de Saxe Gotha la colleftion de; lettres de Beze & de Calvin qu'on y trouve : c'eft peut-etre encore ainfi que le fameuxMS du Nouveai? Teftament, portant le nom de Claromontanum, fut achete en Allemagnf par les Du Puy ic tranfportc en France." {v) " II i'eroit a fouhaiterque jes deus MSS, dont nous avons parle ---euflent ete confervez. Henri Etienne, par malheur etant tombe dans une efpece d'alienation d'efprit fur la fin de fes jours, les lailTa perir avec beaucoup d'autres, qu'il ne communiquoit a perfonne, pas meme a fon Gendre Cafaubon." [Bayle, Art. Anacreon, Ed. Rotterd. 1702, Note L.] I am indebted for this quotation to the ^ev. Joha Moore. DR. BeNson, 261 I wifh riow. Sir, to clofe this long, but not uri- importajit, difquifition concerning the Greek MSS of R. Stephens; in which, I truft, it is proved (among other things) beyond the fear of a fe rious contradidion, that the MSS of Le Long, Wetfiein, and Grieffach, are not the MSS of R, Stephens. Independent of the ineffedive imbecility of the ejiternal evidence againft R. Stephens, the difcordances before fpecified alone (even if there were no Others to fupport them) in number more than competent, in nature decifive, render it an abfolute impoffibility to belie'Ve that thefe were the MSS which R. Stephens made ufe of in his New Teftament of A. D. 1550. They are Counter feits, on whofe; unrefifting {)ages fome biify and difhoneft Librarianj or fome other perfon equally forward and difhoneft, has infcribed forged and falfe marks of R. Stephens from fome Undue and improper moti^v'e, moft probably to advance their reputation by the credit of his iiluftrious name; but they are Not the MSS of R. Stephens. It is matter of regret that the clouds,' which have thus thrown a temporary obfcuration over" the fair fame of R. Stephens, could not be difli- pated and difperfed without injury to fome of the moft valuable editions of the New Teftament now T 3 fubfifting. 262 DR. BENSON. fubfiftlng. The depreciation of thofe of Wetfiein and Griff ach, indeed, is the lefs to be lamented, becaufe It has been, on their parts, incurred perti- nacioufly [w) or at leaft by a very great and a very blameable negligence. But thefe regrets are abun dantly compromlfed and compenfated to every in genuous mind by the pleafing refledlon, that through this inveftlgatlon probity traduced has been vindicated, and calumniated integrity has been juftified. The memory of R. Stephens will now be redeemed to its ancient honors. His name will be now renovated, and will remain facred to all pofterity. The hand, which has effeded this renovation, exults, to record it, and pledges itfelf to fuftain and to fupport it. And this confcious fatisfadion Is not leffened by perceiving that the re fult of this inveftigation, — whilft it reftores R. Ste phens to the full enjoyment of the approbation and efteem of thofe who had been taught to hefitate in their judgement, and almoft to withdraw from him their good opinion, whilft it afcertains a fad important to the literary world, whflft it decides, a queftion highly momentous to all futujre editors of the New Teftament, — advances at the fame time, {iv) They, both, afHrm that they have collated many of thefe SS ia the R oy al L ibrary. DR. BENSON 263 time, with almoft equal fteps, toward the efta- bllfliment of the authenticity of that paffage of St. John, which is now in debate in thefe Letters, by difabling the chief impeachment, the only im portant objedion which is, or can be, brought againft it ; the alledged njoant, namely, of the tefii mony of Greek MSS in its fupport* XXX. " Tet it is infifled upon, that Eraf mus fpeaks of a Britiff cOpy, which had the difputed text : and that upon the authority of that MS, he inferted it in his third and fol lowing editions ; though he had left it out in his firfi and fecond editions. But it does not appear that Erafmus ever faw any fuch thing himfelf" M. Simon [x) acknowledges that Erafmus DID fee the Britifij MS in England. And Wetfiein alfo admits the fad (affirming, however, the identity of the Codex Britannicus and Montfortius) adding that he faw it before he publifhed his firft edition. (_)') And thefe admiffions might have been pre- T 4 fumed {,x) Hift. Crit. du N. T. Ed. Rotterd, A.D. 1689, p. 205. (j) Prol. p. I 20. Erafmus was in England in the latter part of the year 1515, and in the month of Auguft in 1516. He alfo declared his intention of revifiting this country in the Spring of 1 5 1 8. [Eraf mi Op. Edit. Lugd, 'Vol. iii, p. 149, 197, and Epif ad Hem. Bavar. 4 Nov. 1517.] ^^4 D ft. BENSON. fumed to have contained the truth, without much enquiry, becaufe they are the confeffions of ene* mies, becaufe Erafmus fpent much time in this country, and becaufe he has quoted this MS in many other parts of his works. But we need not leave any thing, even here, to prefumption. Eraf mus declares that he collated this MS himfelf. " 'fhe MS WHICH I COLLATED IN ENGLAND," (z) are his words when difcourfing on this Britiff Copy* Indeed if no fuch proof as this could have been produced, the fame conclufion muft have been adopted on this fubjed. For to imagine that Erafmus would ever introduce to the world a MS which not only thwarted his own private predi- ledions, but vitiated his two former Editions of the New Teftament, without being firft indubitably fatisfied of its exiftence, — is a fuppofition alto gether 4 Nov. I 517-] See alfo the following qtlotation. " Narravi itli [fcil. Leo] in familiari colloquio me, cum efle m in Aitglia, tum primum ac recens editio Novo Teftamento, reperiffe" — [Refp, ad Leum, p, 160.] (z) " In codice, unde contuli in Ar\^i3., fuife fcriptum, ny-x^ro[*lv pro rtfJi.xP'tov^^'* [viz, in Rom. v : 12.] Collationis negotium peregeram in Anglia, et in Brabantia. Eraf- ¦mi Op. vol. ix, p. 986, " ^tedam annotaram in Britannia — "[In Luc. xiii : 34.] " At ego illi Rhodienfi oppono tot vetufta exemplaria qute nos vidimus fartim in Anglia, pcartim in Brabatitia~~"[ln 2, Cor. ii : 3.] DR. BENSON. 26^ gether InadmiflSble ; becaufe it violates every ruld of probability, and is repugnant to common fenfe. XXXI. " It appears that he [Erafmus] had a bad opinion of it — [the Britiff MS] For he fays, I fufped that copy to have been cor- j7=' reded by ours ; that is, from the latin copies'* The words of Erafmus are' — "' ^tanquam et hunc fufpicor cdf Latinorum codices fuiffe cafiigatum" The evidence however, as far as it can be now col leded, fs diredly adverfe to Erafmus in this matter. The Latin MSS univerfally read Spiritus fandus^ the Holy Spirit, in this Verfe : but the Britiff MS of Erafmus read therein -jsviv^kx, the Spirit, only, without the diftinguifhing epithet of (ayioi/) Holy, This difference, although of a fingle word aloncj is too ftrongly marked to permit any fuppofition of one of thefe authorities having been correded by the other. But even if no proof could have been brought in oppofitlon to it, furely to advance a charge of this kind, unfupported by any evidence, or by any thing like evidence, (a) favoured more of pre tence ia) Erafmi Op. vol, X. p. 352, [Appendix, No. i.] 266 D R. B E N S O N. tence than fincerity; and was unworthy of a writer much Inferior to Erafmus. It is incum bent upon all authors, in all fuch cafes, openly to relate their fufpicions (if they have any) and can didly to affign their reafons for entertaining them ; that the reader may judge for himfelf, as to the degree of credit which they ought to receive from him. It was efpecially incumbent upon Erafmus to have done thus in the prefent Inftance, becaufe he was then in the ad of retrading that imputa tion of impofture, which his condud had firft caufed to be thrown upon this Verfe. At fuch an hour as that, for Erafmus to hint fufpicions with out proof, and to hefitate diflikes without expla nation, gives his readers but too much reafon to confider him as determined to caft fome imputa tion upon the MS, whicji hadfo mortified him ; al-- tho' impotent of the means to cenfure it with effed. Attempts of this nature often prejudice the caufe which they were meant to ferve. The prefent may at leaft convince us of the reality of the exift- ience of this MS at that time ; and of its contain ing the Verfe in queftion. Had there been the fmalleft room to doubt either, the fentence, juft quoted from Erafmus, would have fpoken a very different language. xxxii. DR. BENSON. 267 XXXII. " And he [Erafmus] plainly ac-^ I yknovoledges , that what induced him to infert the . .f'' difputed text, wias, ne fit anfa calumniandi, 'that be might not give a handle to any to call him an Arian, or fufped him of herefy'' I have, Sir, in a former [b) letter, given my fentiments, with fome freedom, on the condud of Erafmus, refpeding this Verfe. It was there ob ferved that " if he were really poffeffed of five ancient MSS In which this verfe had no place, and had thought it his duty to expel it accordingly from his two former editions, he ought not {c) to have reftored it in his third edition upon the bare authority of a fingle MS :" and that It feemed " impollible to account for the behaviour of Eraf mus, in this matter, taking the whole of it into contemplation at once, but upon one of thefe fup- . pofitions : Either he could not produce the ivre MSS {d) in which he had alledged the verfe to be omit ted; [h) Page g, . (f) I am not fingular in this opinion. " Non refte fecit quod es illo uno codice Grseco quern corruptura fufpicatur, corrupit ilia addi- tione Grascos alios codices, quos integros et incorruptos invcnerat, fiquidem addidit Gnecis illam editionem," [Bugenhagius in expof. Jonte. Ed. W'itteb. A.D. I sso] {d) It is remarkable that Erafmus never fpeaks out on the fubjeift of his Greek MSS. His determined referve in thij matter fometimes throws t6B D R, BENSON. ted; or he had other authorities, much fuperiof to tfid teftimony of a fingle MS, for replacing the verfe, which he was not, ho^Wever, ingenuous enough to acknowledge." Now how far it might have been in his power to fulfil the former of thefe alterna^l fives, is not, perhaps, for the prefent age to de-; termine. But this may fortunately be now deter mined ; namely, that Erafmus had Other authori ties, much fuperior to the teftimony of a fingle MS, for replacing the verfe, and that he was not ingenuous enough to aeknowledge them. For, in dependently of^-the authority of Jerome, who de clares his Tranflation to have been made according to the Greek MSS, who accufes certain Latin Tran flators of unfalthfulnefs for having left this verfe out of their copies (for Erafimus believed the pre- . face, which contains this complaint,* to have been ' the genuine work of Jerome) — independently of at leaft fome part of the authorities, which have been ftated in the preceding pages (for Erafmi\ was throws him into fituations whimfically abfurd, as in the follovving inftance. " ^orum [viz. Greek MSS] nonnulla [how many ?] Car* dinalis quidam [who \\ Roma fecum adduxerat, cum illic effet Synodus [what ?] et in itinere moriens [where ?] legavit totam bibliothecam, que Greeca erat, Monafterio Cartufienfium [at what place ?] ac deprehenii quofdam Greecas codices [which, and how many ?] ad noftros effe cafti- gatos, quo de numero fufpicor [why, and on what grounds ?] effe Rhodi- titfem ilium." [Erafm. in 8. Cor. ii : p. 333.] DR. BENSON. 269 was a learned man, and could not be ignorant [e) of them all) — independently of thefe, Erafmus lay under an obligation almoft peculiar to himfelf, ari- fing from the authority pf the MSS of L. Valla, to re-place the verfe in queftion. He had, juft eighteen ye^rs before the publication of this Edi tion of A. D. 1522, obtained poffeffi.on of the then unpublifhed Commentary of Z. Valla. The Greek MSS, on which it was founded, were no lefs Aar; feven in niimber ; and this verfe feems tohavepof^ feffed its place in them all. In the exultation of his mind, arifing from this acquifition, Erafmus firft communicated his difcovery to his learned friend and correfpopdent, Fifcher ; and then in the fame year, A. D. l$o$, publifhed this Commen tary, or permitted it to be publifhed, froir^ the prefs of Jodocus Bcidius at Paris. As the two affirmations juft made — that Valla had feven Greek MSS of this Epiftle of St. John,^ jind that this verfe was found in them all — are in Jhenjfelves difput.able, ^nd withpu^ explanation doubtful, {,«) Erafmus was not ignorant of them all ; fof he has quoted thq works of Cyprian, Walafrid Strabo, Hugo Charenfis, Lyranus and Aqui nas, by whom this verfe (as hath been before proved) is cited as an authentic part pf the facred Canon. [See his N. Teft. of A. D, J1522, paffim.l 270 DR. BENSON. doubtful, It is requifite to beftow fome attentlp^ upon them before any furtlier progrefs be attempted in the argument. Let it then be remarked 1. Th&i Valla did poffefs feven Greek MSS as the leaft. He affirms the fad in his annotations on John vii : 29, 30, And as the expreffions, which he ufes in another part of his commentary, are general [f) he might have accefs occafionally to a ftiU greater number. Without contending, however, for any greater number, it is not only poffible, but probable that thefe feven MSS did all ' contain this Epiftle of St. John. For w^hen prefTed by Ley with the authority of Valla's feven MSS in fupport of this verfe, Erafmus tried to bear down the argument by affirming (^) that his MSS were more than feven which did not fet forth the paffage.-,, The weight of the argument would have borne | lefs heavily upon Erafmus, if he could have light-'? encd it by objeding that any of thofe feven MSS of {f) Tres codices Latinos et totidem Grsecos habeo cum hsec com- pono j et nonnunquam alios codices confulo" [In Matt, xxvii : 22.] (g) " Oh']\dt Leus Vallam, qui vir alioqui diligens, hujus rei' non meminerit, hand dubium quin admoniturus fi quid comperiflet difli- dere. Non hie refpondebo Laurentium hominem fuiffe, ac fieri potu- iffe ut ilium aliquid fuffugerit : tantum illud dicam, mihi diverfis temporibus plura fuiffe exemplaria quam fiptem, nee in ullo horum re- pcrtuin quod in noftris legitur." [Erafm, contra Leum, p. 275 -J DR. BENSON. 271 of Valla did not contain the Epifile. But he does not even breathe an infinuation of that kind. Ha bituated as he was to defenfive argument, and maf ter of all its arts, it is not to be fuppofed that he did not fee this advantage. And it is not to be be lieved that he would not have made ufe of it, if he could have done fo with truth. From whence it is not unfair to infer that he, who was the Edito r of Valla's MS, had found fome notes prefatory or annexed to the work, fignifying that thefe feven MSS did contain the firft Epiftle of St. Jobn. And let it be obferved 2. That the MSS of Valla, whatever their num ber might be, did certainly exhibit this verfe. Vallds plan, as Erafmus allows {h) was to mark in his Annotations thofe paffages in which the Vulgate, then received, differed from the Greek, The Vulgate of Valla's age did, and indeed very long {i) before his age had, fet forth both the fe venth (h) " Laurentius— vertit ea loca qua; damnat ut male reddita a Latino interprete." ^Apol. adv. Debacch. Sut. p. 753.] With thi« honeft acknowledgement he ought not to have faid in another place, •' .^/i^ Laurentius legerit, non fatis liquet." {i) " Pour ce qui eft de I'auteur du Correllorium de Sorbonne, il n'eft pas furprenant qu'il I'ait lue dans fon edition Latine avec le paf fage dont il eft queftion [Jeromes Preface, and the verfe I. John V : 7] puis qu'il ne pent avoir compile fon ouvrage que vers le dixi- eme 37* DR. BENSON*. venth and eighth verfes of this Epiftle of St, John. Erafmus admits [f) this to have been at that time the Bible of the Churches and ofthe Schools, of the learned and of the unlearned : which is further proved (if it fhould need any further proof) by the Moguntine Edition, the firft printed Bible w^hich the world ever faw, which was publifhed at Mentz in A, D. 1450, and there^ fore fifteen years before Valla's deceafe, and which contains both thefe verfes. And Valla's annotation compleatly concords with every part qf this argu ment. It ftands thus ; " Grace efi ei? ro ev iktiv" in unum funt. His annotation is on the final claur fule of the eightl\ -verfe, in which the GreeV MSS vary from the Vulgate, which reads unum funt only. He correded the Latin of the eighth verfe by the Greek. That of the feventh verf^ required, and therefore received, rio corredion. Thefe premifes, then, being admitted (and it feems that they cannot with propriety be denied) w cme ficcle. Or il eft certain qu'cn ce temps-la il y avoit peu d'exem^ plaires Latins du Nouveau Teftament ou la Preface^et ce paflage ne fe trouvaflent, puis qu'on les y avoit inferes des le temps de Cparle- MAGNE." [Simon, Hift. Crit. des Yc^ons, C. ix,] {k) " Cum altera tranflatio locum habeat Templls, in Scholis, qi)< ^eri potuit ut non hanc maxime formulis fuis propagent typographi J". — [Erafm. contra Leum, p. 280.] DR. BENSON. 273 it will follow that Erafmus had the authority of EIGHT Greek MSS, inftead of one (which alone he held forth) for reftoring the verfe. For he had in his own Apology, in A. D, 15 16, mentioned the number of Vallds Greek MSS to be feven, al though he was at that time fecretly meditating the expulfion of this verfe from the- text of St. John,, in dired contradidion to them all. Nor Is this the only inftartce of dlfirigenuouf- nefs, which is difcoverable in the condud of Eraf mus refpeding this verfe. He omitted It, as hath been before ftated, in his Edition of the New Tef tament of A. D. 1516; and, as it appears but too plainly, upon the authority of one MS alone. (/) In A. D. 15 1 8, he publiflied his Treatife, entitled Ratio vera Theologia, which he dedicated to Car dinal Chryfogoni : wherein he eites in ferious ar gument, and as a legitimate portion of Scripture, U this (/) Siquidera in epiftolis Apoftolicis, cum primum ederetur Novum Teftamentum, unicum, mihi aderat exemplar sed venerandse anti- quitatis mireque caftigatum, quod cum frequenter a me citatur in An- notati9nibas, demiror cur hie Stunica meam defiderat diligentiam.'* [Erafm. contra Stunicam, p. 323 ] " In prima Siquidem Novi Teftamenti editione, qua; prodiit anno 1516, tantum haec annotaram in hunc locum : In Grmco codice tan.' tum hoc reperio de teftimonio triplici, ^ioniam tres funt qui tfiificantur fpiritus, aqua et fanguis Sec, nec prasferens Grscam leftionem, nec noftram taxans." [Apol. Adv. Monachos, p. 1031.] 274 I> R« BENSON. this {m) Identical verfe which, only two years be-« fore, he had expelled from the very text of the New Teftament ! Nor is this all. For in the next fucceeding year he condemned the verfe again, by leaving it out of his New Teftament of that year. And yet he continued but a fhort time even in that refolution : — for he not only wrote an ani mated paraphrafe on this verfe (n) in A. D. 1521, but reftored it, finally, to its place in his next Edi tion of the New Teftament, in A. D. 1522. The fads then being thus clear, there feems but one confiftent method of accounting for this in congruity of condud in Erafmus; which is, to fuppofe that he became a profelyte to Arianifm, not before A. D. 1505, but in fome part of the interval betvv^een that year and A.D. 1516. In A. D. 1505 then, not having at that, time Imbibed the tenets of Arianifm, Erafmus gave to the world, in the commentary of L. Valla, the teftimony of feven Greek MSS in favor of the authenticitv of this verfe. In A. D. 151 6, having fuffered that leaven to enter into, and to ferment within his' mind, (m) Appendix, No. xxxvii. (k) " Quoniam et Spiritus Veritas eft, quemadmodum Pater et Fiiius ; una eft omnium Veritas, quemadmodum una eft omnium natura. Tres funt enim in ccelo qui teftimonium praibent Chiifto, Pater, Sernio et Spiritus ; atque horum trium fummus eft confenfus." DR. B E N S O Ni 275 mind, in a long interval of eleven years ; he ex pelled this verfe from the text of his New Tefta ment. But he ventured on this expulfion, as it , feems, under a fecret fear of a fevere attack, on its account, from the Chriftian world in general ; for which the commentary of L. Valla itfelf would furnlfh no inconfiderable weapons : which fear ap parently induced him to provide fome means of retreat, in cafe of neceffity, by bringing this verfe forward again in A.D, 151 8, in his Ratio vera Theologia. In A, D. 1 5 1 9 he hazarded a fecond expulfion : but ftill fearful, as it feems, of the ar gument deducible from Valla s MSS, he gave up the whole conteft formally and finally, but ftill in a moft unchearful and difingenuous manner, in A. D. 1J22. Thus then. Sir, may the whole condud of Erafmus in this matter (which you have attempted to dignify by the appeUation of prudence) be ac counted for at leaft, and explained : — that mean- nefs of which, upon the face of his own apology, he was guilty ; that departure from truth with which, when the fads are fully confidered, he feems to be juftly chargeable ; his hafty expulfion of the verfe, and his fullen re~admiffion of it ; his confeffion of one MS alone in favor of this verfe, TJ 2 when 276 DR. BENSON. when, as it feems, he ought to have acknowledged eight ; and his impotent attempt to depreciate even that one, by charging it with having been correded by the Latin copies, although he did not attempt to produce a fingle inftance of fuch corredion, ia proof of the charge fo alledged. This condud of Erafmus feems, in fome re fpeds, to have been the caufe, and in others the confequence, of his having been feduced, by pre conceived prejudices, to affign an incompetent,' and apparently an untrue, motive for his reftora tion of this verfe in A. D. 1522. And this con dud feems to juftify the cenfure caft upon him by Wetfiein, which is the more fevere becaufe it falls from a friend, and fellow-advocate. " // is an al- mofi intolerable thing (fays he) in Erafmus, that he •will frequently try to ffelter himfelf (0) under ex- cufes, which are even idle, and difhoneft, rather than make an ingenuous confeffion of a fault ^^ or a, viifiake." XXXIII. " A MS has been referred to, which is now lodged in the Library belonging a tQ (0) Illud denique in Emtmo minime ferendum eft, quod fcepe excufati- enib-js parum idoneis nec fatis hon f tis uti, quam erroris calpam fimpUcitSf ' fateri, msluerit," [Wetfiein, Proleg. p. 124.J DR. BENSON. 277 io the Univerfity of Dublin. And Wetfiein reckons that MS to be what Erafmus calls Co dex Britannicus'' The Dublin MS is not the Codex Britannicus of Erafmus ; — becaufe (as Dr. Benfon confeffes in ano ther {p) place) the latter reads nvevfAx only, the for mer xyiov Trvivfji.x, 111 the fevcuth verfe, and becaufe, in the eighth verfe, the article ol is placed before {/.x^rvpuvre; in the MS of Dublin ; but the fame ar ticle is not found at all in the Codex Britannicus. It is impoffible that the fame MS fhould, In the fame given paffage, differ from itfelf ; or, in other words, be thefiame, and yet not thefiame MS. XXXIV. " The learned author of The Me moirs of the Ufe and writings of Dr. Water- land (p. 79) gives this account of it. The Dublin MS now has it [that is, the difputed text f\ voritten (as I am told, by one who has feen it) in a differeift hand (as all the Epifiles are) from the refi of the MS. J have been favored by the learned Dr. Wilfion, of {p) Note on page 640. See alfo Appendi.x No. i : and let the fol lowing words of Erafmus be repeated. " hi codice'unde contuli in Ang- Vu fuiffe fcriptum n^x^rofAev pro nf^x^rov." But the Dublin MS reads ni^xprovf and not n[Ji-xproi/,ev, in this paffage. 278 DR. BENSON. of the Univerfity of Dublin, with the following account of this MS : which diredly contradids the affertion, thus brought from the writer of the Memoirs of Dr. Waterland. " The Dublin MS, as exadly as I can form an opinion, is written by the same hand. In the Gofpel of St. Matthew the letters are fmaller, and the lines more flender, than in the other parts of the MS. In the reft of the whole volume the letters are uniformly larger, but io fimilar as to indicate the same Scribe. It abounds in con- tradions. There are no rasures, " The Scribe, when he had immediately difco vered an erroneous letter or fyflable, drew a line acrofs the miftake, and ftraightway fubjoined the word corredly written. When the error was not obferved until the paragraph, or page, was con cluded, the corredion is exhibited in the margin ; the faulty word croffed, yet ftill legible. But fome of thefe corredions, thus noted in the margin, feem to have been made when the whole work was concluded ; becaufe, in them, the ink is much blacker than in the text, having acquired, by ftand ing longer, a deeper tinge. DR. BENSON. 279 " It Is written with accents, and fpirlts. The Ads are placed after the Epiftles of St.'"Paul. " 2. The contested verse is, indifputably, WRITTEN BY THE SAME PERSON who wrote the rest of THE PAGE, and the rest of the epis tle. This, on infpedion, will appear felf-evi- dent and inconteftible. " 3. As to the antiquity of the MS, I am In capable of giving a decided opinion, further than as follows. That it preceded the sera of Printing feems very clear, from its having many readings not found in any edition prior to Stephens ; therefore not a tranfcrlpt from any of them. But I do not think that it can be carried higher than a century, or two at the- utmoft, before the invention of Printing. For it is certainly written on thick, po- lllhed paper, which Tcard miftook for parchment. Now no paper records have been difcovered ante rior to the clofe of the twelfth century, as I find in the Ada Leipfienfia. It was, therefore, a tranf crlpt from fome MS now perhaps loft ; and on that account claims the authority of an original. Whether correded, and compleated according to a l^atin copy, is more than I know." U 4 I havs aSo DR. BENSON. Before fuch authority as this, the telling of Dr. Benfon, who is told by the Author of certain Me moirs, who is told by one who has no name, that this text is written in a different hand from the reft of the ilC,— vanifhes into nothing. I have hitherto tranfcribed the account given to me by Dr. Wilfon : and from a perfonal examina tion of the MS, taken fince the clofe of my cor refpondence wkh him, I am enabled to declare the very great corrednefs of the preceding ftatement, fave as to the obfervation about contradions ; which it exhibits, but not abundantly. I make myfelf refponfible for the few additions which are about to be made to Dr. V/ilfon's defcrlption, and for the reafonlngs upon them. It is certainly written upon paper, and not upon vellum, becaufe the marks of the wires of the molds, upon which paper is made, are plainly dif- cernible in it. (^) The whole of the MS is evidently written by the fame perfon. Taking every circumftance into confideration, this copy feems to have been made in (y) 'M.x, Richard Nun, a' very intelligent manufafturer of Paper in Dublin, was called in to determine this faft. D R. B E N S O N. 28 1 jn the fourteenth century. But it Is not to be Ughtly efteemed on that account. Every MS of the New Teftament now fubfifting is moft pro bably a copy from fome anterior copy. The auto graphs of the Evangelifts or Apoftles, and they alone, ean be termed originals ; and they have aft perifhed by the effeds of time and accident. The copy, then, from whence the Dublin MS was taken, might have been as ancient as any Greek MS now fubfifting. There is good reafon to be Ueve that It was very ancient, becaufe the vowels » and u are written throughout the MS, with double points placed over them : which method of point ing, by the teftimony of Montfaucon (r) the moft competent of all men to decide a queftion of this nature, fhews a MS to be more than a thoufand years old. This is a ftrong prefumption in favor of the antiquity of that copy, from which this Dub lin MS was taken. From what fiill more ancient copy that antecedent copy was framed, or whether it was taken in part at leaft, from the autographs of the Evangelifts and Apoftles themfelves, is uot to be determined by the prefent age, any more than it can decide the fame queftions as to the Alexan^ drine, or the Cambridge MS. I have the fame right. Sir, to contend on one fide of the queftion as any perfon can have on the other : and I ara not (a-) PalaograpBa Gneca, Ed, Paris. A, D. 1708, Lib, i. p. 33. 282 D R. B E N S O N not fearful of encountering any ferious rebuke, when the^ fubjed fhall have been fully confidered, for this ftatement of this part of the argument. The controverted paffage is exadly reprefented by the oppofite Facffmile, XXXV. " It appears thence probable, that that part of the MS has been added fince the time of Archbffop Uffer. In whofe collations it [the verfe in queftion] Is not found" The premifes, from whence the former part of this objedion Is drawn, having been juft difproved, the former part of this conclufion muft confe quently fall to the ground. And, as to the latter part of it, — the verfe i, John, v : 7 does not ap pear, It is true, in the collations which Archbifhop Uffer made of this MS, becaufe he did not live to carry thofe collations beyond the firft chapter of the Epiftle to the Romans. This circumftance Is evident from the Proleg omena [s) of Dr, Mill : which, however, Dr, Ben fon (j) Mr'//. Proleg. ig7g-8o. This circumftance is further afnrmed by a Memorandum of Dean Tcard, prefixed to this MS : *' The read ings of this MS were not gathered, but to the 22d of the AEts of the Holy Apoftles, and thofe of the firft chapter of the Epiftle to ihsRomans." [See alfo Wetfieitis Proleg. p. 52, and Ernlyns Reply, C. v. p. 269.] 1/ \ I r s 1 1 KOA "ro TTVd- ^ "T C ^ i:/ > v..-! --> 7 ' C ^J'- y^ n }y ^ fi/zLuA' tv TM yu I TTVrt.^ Vd*<m account, which ¦ was addreffed to La Croze, which it was highly incumbent upon him to have contradlded if he could, but which ftands to the prefent hour even uncontroverted,---that he had made to Mr. Martin no fuch manifeftation at all. Nor was it indeed poffible that La Croze could make manifeft his affertion, for 2. This MS is NOT a tranfcript from the Com plutenfian Bible : as will evidently appear by the following obfervations. {b) In the Gofpel of St, Matthew, ii : 13, the MS of Berlin reads xwox-reivxi ; but the reading of the X 2 Bible (a) Martin'i La VeHle, Part ii. C. 7, ta Croze attempted indedd to apologife to Wetftein on this fnbjefl, by faying, that he had not de fended himfelf, becaufe, he was unwilling to off'end Mr. Martin or to treat him harftily. (Proleg. p. 59.) But this was a mere pre tence. Whilft he thought himfelf able to fiipjjort his own affump tions, he made no fcruple of treating Mr. Martin difrefpeftfully fenough. (b) The variations, which were noted in the former editions of thefe Letters, were taken from Smibertus. Thefe, vi/hich follow, are copied from Geo. fheoph. Pappelbaum\ account of this MS publifhed at Berlin in A. D. 178;, a few months after the date of the Letter tAppend. No. xxxviii.J with which I had been obliged and ho nored by M. Zoellner. Several particulars, from M. Pappelbaum's de fcrlption of this MS, are given in Appendix No. xxxix. 292 DR. BENSON. Bible of Complutum is xito'Ke in this paffage. In vii : 24 the Berlin MS reads oi>.oM^ntoA89« xvlu. But the Complutenfian edition reads ev.94 I^ R« BENSON. r(von(rxv. But the Complutenfian edition does not read K«6>i//-£i/ai in this verfe. In xiii : 4 the Berlin MS has rx ¦nermx m ov^xvs. But the Complutenfian edition reads in this paffage rx Ttersivx Ouly. In xiii : 2 2 the Berlin MS has rov Xoyov r^ov' But the Complutenfian edition does not read the word Tsrov in this paffage. In xiii : 47 the Berlin MS has yevs? vuvay^en. But the Complutenfian edition reads a-wxyxysa-n in in this verfe. In XV : 22 the MS of Berlin reads ex^x^ev ottiaia aula. But the Complutenfian edition has in the fame paffage eY.^xvyxiTev xvru. In xvi : 26 the Berlin MS has u(peXn^n(Terxi »i/Ofw-» 7r{^. But the Complutenfian edition reads ufexetlat in the fame paffage. In xvii : 2 the Berlin MS has w? Xiuv. But the Complutenfian edition reads «? ro tpu? in the parallel '' paffage. In DR. BENSON. 295 In xviii : ^^ the Berlin MS has tJa ow xxi o-f. But the Complutenfian edition does not read ow in this verfe. In xix : 24 the Berlin MS has japnJ©^ etcexQ^v. But the Complutenfiidn edition reads JiEAOai/ in this paffage. In XX : 23 the Berlin MS has e^i-ov rSo hvai. But the Complutenfian edition does not read r-Jlo in this verfe. In xxiii : 8 the Berlin MS has SiSxtrxxX©'. But the Complutenfian edition reads nxhynln; (inftead of StSxa-Kxx©^) In this paffage. In xxiii : 9 the Berlin MS has vfjLuv ov^xvii^. But the Complutenfian edition reads ev to*? ov^xvoig in this verfe. In xxiv : 24 the Berlin MS has ure trXxvnhvxi. But the Complutenfian edition reads vxxvwxi in this paffage. In xxiv : 43 the Berlin MS has rov 01x01/ aura. But the Complutenfian edition reads rnv omxv in this verfe. X 4 In 296 DR. BENSON, In xxv : 16 the Berlin MS has iv.i^h(yev xXXx trevle. But the Complutenfian edition reads ettoi^aev in this paffage. In xxvi : 20 the Berlin MS has Suhv.x [/.x^nruv. But the Complutenfian edition does not read fj-xhlm in this verfe. In xxvii : 1 the Berlin MS has etroinTxi ttxvtis. But the Complutenfian edition reads eXx(iov in that paffage. In xxvii : 29 the MS of Berlin reads ev m Se^ix. But the edition of Complutum hath in the parallel paffage «'f' ¦^i" ^e^ixv. In James ii : 25 the Berlin MS has vvoh'^x[j.tvn rm ii.xrxc.wnov(i. But the .Complutenfian edition reads xyyeXov, (not xxrxixo-novi) in that verfe. In Iv : 12 the Berlin MS has voy.ohrn'; xxi -A^irn;. But the Complutenfian edition does not fet forth the words xa* xfirjij in this verfe. In V : 7 the Berlin MS has o-ov x^extpoi jwou. But the Complutenfian edition does not read the word fAou in this paffage, ^ In D R, BENSON. 297 In V : 19 the Berlin MS has xSeXqioi y-ev exv. But the Complutenfian edition omits the word f*ou, as in the laft preceding inftance. In 1 Peter ii : 3 the Berlin MS has Xjtr©^ 0 «ufi©^. But the Complutenfian edition reads 'x^nf<^ in this paffage. In ii : 1 1 the Berlin MS has xhxipoi ¦ttx^xv.xXu. But the Complutenfian edition reads xyxirnroi, an4 not xSeXipoi, in this verfe. In V : 14 the Berlin MS has ev piXni^xn ayiv. But the Complutenfian edition reads ev '' tors had no Vatican MSS, becaufe they varied in many places from the beft (b) Vatican Copy. It would be juft as found a conclufion to affirm, that R. Stephens h'&.d not the Complutenfiian Bible, be caufe [h) The words of the objeflion are here adopted for the faite of ar gument alone. For as the Vatican MSS which were ufed by the Com plutenfian Editors have been long loft to the world, it was not poffible for Wetftein to afi'ert, with any color of propriety, that they were not the beft Vatican copies. The fair prefumption is that thofe MSS which were fent (exemplaria quee Leo eduBa mifit) to the Complutenfian editors on this great occafion, were the beft which the Vatican Library could produce. And on occafiSns like thefe — Stabitur prafumptioni donee probetur in contrarium. D R. B E N S O N, 313 Caufe he has varied in many places from that Edi tion, And, as to there not being a Leo X. at Rome, " time enough to have furnifhed them in Spain with fuch MSS, before they undertook that work ;" it may be anfwered, that there was a Car dinal (i) de Medicis there, time enough to furnlfh thofe MSS to his brother Cardinal, Ximenes, for his affiftance in this undertaking. And becaufe, in that long feries of fifteen years, which faw thefe learned Editors fecluded from the world, and anxi- oufly intent on their great work, their original be- nefador had been exalted to the Papal throne, and had affumed the new name of Leo X ; they would not, in their Preface, mention him by his former, lefs honorable, appeflation, but by the auguft and pre-eminent title which diftinguifhed him in A. D. 1514, when their Polyglott came forth from the Prefs. As men, this leffer kind of Metonymy would be natural. As Papifts, it would be inevitable. XLIII. " Since that. Pope Urban, having recommended thofe MSS in the Vatican to be examined, it was found that all of them, which have the Epifile of St. John, want this feventh verfe of the fifth Chapter" Dr. {)) He was created Cardinal, by Innocent 'VIII, at 14 years of age. 314 DR. BENSON. Dr. Benfon has not been fo juft to his readers^ [li) as to inform them on what authority this af fertion is founded. But admitting for the prefent, and for the fake cf argument alone, that the MSS now in the Va tican have not the text In queftion, — does it fol-' low from thence, that there were no MSS in that Library before the time of Cardinal Ximenes, which had the Verfe ? Dr. Benfon indeed is for ward enough to tell us that thofe MSS, thofe iden- . tical exemplars which were ufed by the Editors of Complutum, were examined, and that " all of them,' which have the Epiftle, want the verfe." Will he prove it to us ? He does not attempt it. He trufts to find readers as full of zeal as himfelf; and then — no proof will be required. The truth Is, the MSS which were fent (not lent — for there is a great difference in the two words, and the expreffion in the original is mifit) to Xi menes, for the ufe of the Complutenfian Editors,*' were not ordered, as far as we know, to be re turned, nor are we certified that they ever were returned, to the Library of the Vatican. We know that (k) The fearch, alledged to have been made by Caryopbilus, is fup pofed to be here alluded to. But even Wetftein pays little or no credit to it. [Prol, p. 6i.) But fee the preface to Birch's Gofpels. DR. BENSON. ^le that the MSS, which were borrowed by R. Ste phens from the Royal Library at Paris, have never found their way back thither (/) and that they are not now in that Library : for the MSS, mentioned hj Le Long, have been already proved (?;?) not to be thofe which had been ufed by R. Stephens. And the fame conclufion may, with far more pro- babflity, for many obvious reafons, be formed as ¦to the Vatican MSS ufed by the Editors of Com- Kplutum. XLIV, " And Father Simon has obferved very jufily. That, when the publiffers ofi the Complutenfian edition publiffed this difputed text, they followed the reading of the Latin copies here" This objedion fuppofes that Ximenes, and his congregated [n) Divines, not finding the text of the (/) Unlefs for a temporary purpofe. See p. 24.9. (ot) Objeft. xxix of Dr. Benfon, p. 204. (a) They were no lefs than 42 in number, as hath been before ob ferved ; and the expences of Ximenes, in the whole of this publica tion, are affirmed to be Ducatorum fexcenties Millena millia. The Writer of the Appendix to the Hift. Lit. of Ca^ve, fays, ^inquaginta millia aureorum. The delighted mind of Ximenes is faid, by Gomez, in his life of this Cardinal, to have expreffed the happinefs which it poffeffed, on / feeing 5l6 DR. BENSON* the heavenly Witneffes in any Greek MSS, coiir' federated to forge this new text, in order to make their Greek correfpond with the Latin Copies; nay, it pofitively affirms that they did fo. > Thus ftands the liberality of this objedion. LeV us now enquire into its truth. The text of the Latin Copies is ". Et hi tresf unum funt," — And thefe three are one. But what ' is the text of the Complutenfian edition in the) pa rallel paffage ? Not outoj oi Tf«f ev eta-i, which would*^ have been exadly confonant to the Latin, text, the/e three are one ; but oi r^sf «? to ev eta-i, thefe three agree in one. Can any perfon be fo much a Bes- otian as to -imagine, that if thefe Editors had meant to forge a Greek text, " to follow the reading of the Latin Copies," they would not have forged one which would have followed (o) thc \* Copies ex adly ? Is it poffible to believe, , that if thefe F.di- tors had intended to frame in the Greek language - a tranflation of the Latin text, they would have produced feeing this great work compleated, in thefe animated words—" Grates tibi ago, fumme Chrifte, quod rem magnopere a me curatam, ad optatam finem perduxeris." [Hody, De Bibl. Text. Orig. p. 462.] (0) If they had forged at all, it would not have been «; to ev in the feventh vcrfe. DR. ,B E N S O N. 317 produced fomething fo utterly diffonant from it J --^that fo many men of learning, who had fpent fifteen years in collating Greek MSS in order to , compile a Greek Teftament, were yet fo utterly ignorant of the Greek language as to bring forth a grofs miftranflation, and withal one fo foreign to their purpofe ? — The truth is that M. Simon^ and Dr. Benfon, would not have argued thus ab^ furdly in any other cafe. There is, upon a fair ftatement of the proofs, every reafon to believe, (as hath been remarked in a former letter) that the verfe ftood, in thofe MSS which the Complu-r tenfian Editors confulted, exadly as they have de-r livered it to us ; and that they did not think them? felves at liberty to vary from their MSS, either to ¦' follow the reading of the Latin Copies," or of any other copies whatfoever, Between this objedion herein laft ftated, and that to which I now proceed, feveral mifcellaneous obfervations intervene, whl^h Dr. Benfion ftiles *' incidental and internal marks which may render der It [the authenticity of the verfe] fufpeded." Some of thefe obfervations are too frivolous to re:- qulre any animadverfion. Thofe, which feem to deferve it, wall receive their anfwer hereafter, XLV. 3l8 DR. BENSON. XLV. " This difputed text was not in the Italic, or old Latin Verfion, before the time of Jerome. The old Italic Verfion, or the Itala Vetus, made in the firft century, and therefore the moft an cient of all Verfions, was received and read as the eftablifhed Bible of the Latin Church until it was compelled to give way to the Tranflation of Je rome. But Jerome's tranflation obtained its afcen*- dancy by flow degrees, and by the tacit confent and approbation of the Church in general, rather than by any public authoritative fandion of Popes or Councils. It had not fully excluded the Old • Italic even in the age of Gregory the great, who died very early in the feventh century. For he ; informs us, in his epiftle to Leander, (p) that as to any point of dodrine, be fometimes ufed the New \that of Jerome] and fometimes the Old Tranfla tion \the Itala Vetus\ by way of proof: in order that the labor of his fiudies might be affified by both thefe tranfiations, (p) " Novam Tranflationem differo ; fed cum probationis caufa exigit, nunc' Novam nunc 'Veterem per teftimonia affumo, ut quia fedes Apoftolica (cui, auftore Deo, praeiideo) utraque utitur, mei quoque labor ftudii ex utraque fidciatur," [Ed. Benedift. 'Vol.i. , page 6 ] He became Pope in or about A. D. 590, and was fucceeded by Sa- liiiianm A. D, 604. Chrift, Hel'vic. p. 107-8, D R. B E N S O N. 319 tranfiations, feeing that both of them were made ufe of by the ApoftoHc Church over vphich, by the favor of God, he prefiided." But he declared, at the fame time, that the Verfion of Jerome had the preference in his efteem, becaufe it was more accurate, and therefore more worthy of general , acceptation. After this avowed preference, and very proba bly in confequence of it in fome degree, the Old Italic Verfion became compleatly fuperfeded, as to general ufe, by the tranflation of Jerome, about the end of the feventh century, or about three hun dred years after Jerome's death. For as M. Simon obferves, who is a very fafe guide in queftions of this nature, " Remigius, Bede, Rabanus — and finally all other ecclefiaftical writers for more than nine "hundred years paft, have adhered fo clofely to the •New \Jerome's\ Edition, that all other Verfions have been utterly loft, at leaft as to their ufe." Let it be here added that the tenor of the au thorities from the Latin Fathers, who were prior to, and coeval with, and from fome who were fub fequent to, the age of Jerome, which have been already fet forth, confirms the preceding obferva tions 320 DR. BENSON, tions. For it may be fafely affirmed that the re ferences to, and the quotations of this verfe, which were made by TertuUian, by Cyprian, by Phceba dius and Marcus Celedenfis, — by Eucherius, Vigi- [^ lius, Fulgentius and Caffodorius, — and which have.; been already produced, were not, in any inftance*.^ taken from Jerome's Verfion. For the three firft \ named of thefe writers lived before Jerome's Ver sion was made. The two next in order were fo nearly the contemporaries of Jerome, that they can hardly be fuppofed even to have feen his Ver fion. It feems moreover certain, from an examina tion of their works, as well as from the affirmation ' of Wetfiein iff) that Vigilius and Fulgentius did not quote from the Verfion of Jerome. And the very learned Maffeius (r) affirms the fame thing of Caf fiodorius In the moft pofitive terms. Thefe re ferences and quotations, then, having been made whilft the old Italic Tranflation was in general ufe in the Latin Church, and not having been taken from that of Jerome, feem to befpeak their own derivation in the cleareft manner, and to prove the very (y) Proleg, p. 81. He admits that all thefe authors, here mea. tioned, ufed the old Italic 'Verfion in their quotations. (r) " E'videnter enim patet, ex quamplurimis harum Complexionum lacis, Cafiiodorium alia 'verfione « Hieronymiana ufum effi'' — are ths words of Maffeius, Appendix No. xijf. DR. BENSON. %lt tety oppofite conclufion to that which is advanced in the objedion : namely, that this difputed text was in the Italic, or old Latin Verfion, not only before the time of Jerome, but from the firft hour of that Verfion being delivered to the Chriftian trorld. XLVl. " It [the verfe in queftion] is not m any of the oriental Verfions, as the Syriac" There were two ancient Syriac Verfions. The latter of them was made in the time of Xenayas (who was Bifhop of Hierapolis, and died in A. D. 520) and confequently in the end of the fifth, or in the beginning of the fixth century. Concern ing the age of the former of thefe Verfions there hath been a great diverfity of opinion. To pafs over the fentiments of more ancient critics, the learned Michaelis [s) wifhes to carry its date up to the third century at leaft ; while Wetfiein (/) de grades It to the feventh century. Truth is, gene rally, a medium between two extremes ; and it feems to be peculiarly fo in the prefent cafe. For from Z the (s) Introd. LeBures, Seft. 49, Ed. Lond. 1 761. {/) Proleg, Tom. I. p. 109. In page 113 he forgets himfelf fo far as to fay that the latter (or fecond)- Syriac 'Verfion was made in A.D. 506; — thus making, by his own account, l\is offspring older than the parent. 322 DR. B E N S O N. the teftlinony of Bar Hebrceus, in his Horreum myfieriorum, that a more accurate Tranflation of the New Teftament into the Syriac language was made in or about the beginning of the fixth cen tury, in the time of Xenayas ; it feems evident that one more ancient, although lefs accurate, fubfifted before that time. Whilft, on the other hand, it feems equally certain that this more ancient Syriac Verfion was made fubfequent to the age of Chry fofom, who died in A. D. 407 ; becaufe it is divided according to the Canons of Eufebius, and contains his letter to Carpianus, {u) The more ancient Syriac Verfion, then, is pofle- rior in point of time to the Italic Tranflation, and to the Verfion of Jerome ; both of which, it has been already fhewn, have eonftantly exhibited the verfe in queftion. The Syriac is, moreover, faulty and incorred almoft beyond belief. Not words, or fentences only, but even whole verfes, are left out or paffed over by the tranflator in various parts of his Verfion (befide the paffage now in difpute) (a) It fets forth the Doxology alfo. Matt, vi : 13; which feems to have been originally the Refponfe of the Choir, or Congregation, after the ufe of the Lord's Prayer in the fervice. Placed originally in the margin of fome MSS, it appears to have crept into the text in the age of Chryfoftom, DR. BENSON. 323 difpute) as will abundantly appear on confulting the Annotations of Beza. {v) Inftances of omlflSons, In copies In general, when brought to prove that the words fo omitted did not exift in the original, are but fufpicions evi dence. Inftances of omiffions, in a copy fo full of omiffions as this, will fcarcely amount to evi dence at aU. [w) XLVII, *' Nor is it in the Arabic^ Mthi- opic, or Perfic," Thefe Verfions Were copied from {x) the Syriac, and therefore muft have adopted its faults, increafed moft probably by others of their own. Z 2 XLVIIL \'v) Bezas Annotations, paffim. Martinis Differt. Part II. C. i. [1x1) In the former edition of thefe letters fome omiffions of paf fages in this 'Verfion were particularifed at large. They are here omitted, partly becaufe Mr, Martin had milled me as to fome of them, but principally for the fake of brevity. This note applies alfo to the Coptic 'Verfion. (x) M.Simon, Hift. des 'Verfions, G. 17 and 18, and Book ii, C. 15 of his Hift. of the Verf. of the Old Teftament : and Du Pin, Differt, Prelim, p. 82. Wetftein however, Proleg. no, afferts thatthe Ethiopic Verfion pro ceeded from the Coptic, And Michaelis affirms (Seft. 54) that fome of the Arabic Verfions alfo were rendered from the Coptic, It is of fmall importance to the prefent difquifition, whether Wetftein and Michaelis are right or not in thefe conclufions. 324 D R, BENSON. XLVIIL " Nor in the Coptic" The Verfion is even more faulty and incorred than the Syriac, The fame remark appHes to both. XLIX. " No, nor in the ancient Copies of the Armenian Verfion," The Armenians were not compleatly converted to the Chriftian faith until the third century; at which time Chriftianity became the eftablifhed re ligion of all Armenia under Tiridates, who was then the King of that country. Until this sera the Armenians had poffeffed no alphabet of their , own ; but had made ufe of Perfian or Greek cha raders in writing. Not very long after the intro dudion of Chriftianity into that country, the fa mous Miefirob (or Mefirop) who flourifhed in the end of the fourth, and in the beginning of the fifth century, invented the charaders which have ever fince been ufed by the Armenians. To this ¦wonderful man Armenia owes the Verfion of the Scriptures alfo, which it now poffeffes, as well as its alphabet ; which Verfion was finifhed {y) early in the fifth century, viz. about A. D, 435. This, [y) Michaelis, Seft. 57, fays that this 'Verfion was finifhed in A. D, ^ Sif DR. B E N S O N. 325 This, however, was not the firft, but the third Tranflation of the Scriptures into the Armenian language, which had then been made by this ex traordinary man, affifted by Ifaac, the great Patri arch of Armenia. The two former Verfions had been rendered from the Syriac ; becaufe Meruzan, ¦vvho was at that time the Perfian Governor of Armenia, and an enemy to Chriftianity, had de ftroyed all the Greek MSS in the land : and had even prohibited the Greeks, who lived in part of Armenia, from ufing {z) any other than the Syriac language. But in a few years afterwards the Ar- menians, being delivered from all fear of Meruzan, and being anxious to know whether their fecond Verfion, having been then rendered from the Syriac alone, contained the true words of life, fent deputies to the Greek Council, which was held at Ephefus in A, D, 43 1 . Thefe deputies, being re turned from Ephefus (fays Mofes Chorenenfis) deli vered to Ifaac and to Miefrob the letters and decrees Z 3 «/ Sir Ifaac Neiuton (Obj. xxviii. hereafter ftated) affirms that it hath been ufed by the Armenians ever fince fhe age of Chryfoftom, who died in A. D. 407. Thefe accounts differ but very little in their sras, and may be reconciled by a very eafy fuppofition : but it will foon be feen that they cannot apply to this third Verfion, and therefore that they have, ftridlly fpeaking, no concern with the prefent difcuffion, (z) Hift, Mosis Chorenensis, Edit, Whifton. Lib. iii. C, 54, p. 300. 326 D R, BENSON. of that Affembly, together with a copy of the Scrip tures moft carefully written. When Ifaac ana Miefrob had received this copy, they chearfully took upon , them the labor of tranffating again that facred volume, which they had tranffated twice before. But finding themfelves fomewhat deficient in know ledge [of the Greek tongue] they fient us to the famous School at Alexandria, there to learn com pleatly that excellent language." [a) Such was the great induftry which the Armenians of the fifth century ufed in order to obtain an accurate Verfion of the Scriptures ; rendering them twice from the Syriac Verfion, and the third time from the Greek MSS. This third Verfion (which has in fad fuperfeded and deftroyed the former two) was not known In any printed Copy untfl the laft century ; when it was committed to the prefs, by order of an Arme nian Council held in A, D. 1662. Ufcan {b) an Armenian Bifhop, was deputed by that Council to fuperlntend in Europe an impreffion of their Bi ble, and of fome other MSS which were fcarce and (a) " Accuratifffmum SS. exemplar iradideri'' are the words of the Hiftorian, as tranflated by the Whiftons, p. 313, (b) Perhaps better written Ofican. D R, BENSON. 327 and valuable, {c) He acccompliflied that part of his commlffion which related to the Bible in A. D. 1669 at Amfierdam: and this inapreffion contains, without any mark of doubt or fufpicion annexed to it, the Verfe i. John v : 7. Thus far, Sir, I have the good fortune to con cur with Michaelis ; who feems to have given by much the beft hlftory^^^ this Verfion, that has yet appeared. I am trmy concerned to feel myfelf compelled to diffent from him in every other part (which fhall hereafter be ftated) of his rea fonlngs in refped to this exceUent Verfion. For I. Michaelis affirms, on the authority of San dius, that " he \Ufcan\ did not find the paffage I. John V : 7 in his MS, although it ftands in his edition," But (f) " Pro hac igitur infita regia magnificentia, potentiffime rex, fnfcipe ferena fronte hoc devotiffima; voluntatis meje monumentum, ac fum'mas obfervantise munus quoddam, quo gratiffimse benignitatis favore exftimulatus alia pmclara MSS Armenica facrae tU2e Regise Ma- jeftati ad nunquam interiturum honorem refervata, pro virili in lucem edere valeam." {Ofian's Dedicat. to Louis xiv. Amftel. zi. May 1669.] The two verfes are in p. 693, 328 DR. BENSON, But the account, fo given by Sandius, was evi dently (to fay the leaft -of it) a miftake. For M. Simon was acquainted at Paris with Ufcan, whilft he was ettiployed in executing his important com mlffion. And M. Simon (who was not only a very learned, but on the whole a candid opponent of this verfe) admits that Ufcan's impreffion could not but be very accurate. " / had fiome conferences at Paris in 1670 with Ufcai*l"#f Armenian Biffop-^- As to the refi, bis editioWof the New Tefament, and indeed of the whole Bible, mufi he exad, becaufe the Biff op, who was a dificreet and judicious man^ brought 'with him very good MSS, which he faith fully followed." [d) There is no difficulty in determining whether the preference, in point of Credit, is to be given to Sandius, or to M. Simon in the prefent cafe. If all other circumftances were equal between thefe two witneffes (which M. Simon's great fund of learning forbids us to fuppofe) the fad of M. Si mons being a ftrenuous opponent of the authen ticity of this verfe, decides the queftion entirely In favor of his teftimony. The account of Sandius is the attack of a zealot fupporting his own par tialities [d) Hift. Crit, des Verfions, C. 17, Millii Proleg. p. 742. DR. BENSON. 329 tlalltles. The teftimony of M. Simon is the con feffion of an adverfary, overthrowing his own pre- poffeffions. The baflance of evidence cannot, for a moment, hefitate in incUnIng to the latter. 2. Michaelis argues, that *' as this verfe was not in the oldeft Armenian MSS, Haitho (King of Ar menia, from A. D. 1224 to 1270) ¦w-ho underftood Latin, feems to have added it from the Vulgate." This is begging the queftion. It does not ap pear, by any kind of proof, that this verfe vvas not in the oldeft Armenian MSS. There is moreover good reafon to infer that Ufcan s edition was not correded by the Vulgate. For the Vulgate reads Luke xxii : 44 thus — And his fweat voas as drops of blood falling to the ground^ But Ufcan's edition on the contrary reads, in this paffage, &pofjt.(ioi 6jojt*(3oj ex^v^evre^ eiri rnv ynv. \e) This example has been here particularly feleded, becaufe it differs not only from the Vulgate, but from the fragments of the Armenian MSS which remain (e) La Croze epif. ad Bengel, p. 68-9. In the latter of thefe pages it feems that La Croze ought to have faid " iifque [non] ufus eft Uf- canu! in editione fua." Bengel, Adpar. Crit. p. 548. S^O DR. BENSON. remain in the Royal Library at Paris: thus fhew ing that Ufcan had MSS of his own which he fol lowed, without turning afide either to the Vulgate, or to thofe fragments. 3, But Michaelis further infifts, that Haitho was " a fuperftitious Prince, that he tranflated all Je romes prefaces, and turned Friar before his death." * And fo he might. To fay that he was fuperfti tious (if there be any meaning in that epithet In the prefent inftance) that he tranflated Jerome, and turned Friar, does not prove that this verfe was not in the MSS of his nation long before he ¦was born. Indeed the exiftence of this paffage in the an cient MSS of Armenia feems clearly to appear from the circumftance of this verfe having been quoted within a few years after Hfitho's death in the ads of a Council held in Armenia, and in other, (/) Armeman {/) Obfervandum eft verfum i.^o, v: 7 jampridem extare in co. dicibus Armtnorum. Nam in epiftola Gregorii Patriarchse, et in Aftis Conciliorum Sinenfis et Adanenfis, quae Armenice extant apud Galanum, par. i. cap. z8, hie verfus ter legitur, p. 436, 461 et 478. A£la vero horum Conciliorum et epiftola Gregorii Patriarchae authentica funt, ee- lebrata 14 fseculo incunte, annis 1306 et 1307." [£«€«««¦, p. 68, Bengel. Adp, Crit. p, 760,] D R. B E N S O N, 33 1 Armenian records. Now this quotation by the Council fo early after the death of Haitho, and without any remark or comment upon it, is a very ftrong argument in favor of this verfe. Had it not exifted in the Armenian Bibles before the time of Haitho, the members of that Council would certainly have annexed to their quotation of It fome notice to the reader, to inform him that it had been once loft out of their MSS ; or fome mark of acknowledgement to the memory of Haitho, for having (as they would in that cafe have expreffed themfelves) refiored this verfe. 4. Michaelis laftly urges that " Ufcan acknow ledges in his Preface, that he had altered fome things from the Vulgate." tt But this obfervation proves nothing as to the prefent queftion. For Ufcan makes no acknow ledgement of that kind refpeding this paffage of St. John, And this fad, that Ufcan had made no alteration as to this verfe, feems to be further eftablifhed by M. Simon: — who relates that (^) an Armenian, named \£\ Lettres Choifies, Ep. 24. (Bibl. Critique, Tom. iv.) The frag ments which remain of Niton's writings are fet forth in Max, Bibl. Patr. 532 DR. BENSON, named Nicon, publifhed a treatife on this fubjed, wherein he accufed his countrymen of having in- tei'polated feveral pafiages in their Bibles. And he alledges the paffage of St. Luke, juft mentioned, as a particular inftance of fuch interpolation. But he has brought no charge of this kind againft the verfe now in debate : — which is a further proof that It anciently was, as it now is, found in that Verfion. Thus then, Sir, I have produced the dired au thority of M. Simon to the exiftence of this paf fage in the ancient Armenian Verfion. I have fur ther enforced that dired teftimony, by circum ftantial proof. In fo doing I have, as I truft, not not only colleded a body of evidence to this point which will not be controverted, or if controverted will not be fet afide : — but have moreover adduced a frefh inftance of Greek authorityy the authority of a Council, in favor of the originality of the text I Jobn, V :' 7. I fhould now. Sir, beg leave to difmlfs this ob jedion, Patr. 'Vol. XXV. p. 328, but more at large, and more corredlly, in the MS No. 1818 in the Royal Ubrary at Paris. If 'Nicon lived (and there is authority that he did live) in the 13th century, the argument, to which this Note refers, is valid. If at an earlier period, it proves nothing. DR. BENSON. %T,\ jedion, did it not feem requifite previoufly to take a fhort general review of the conclufions, at which we feem to have arrived, on this fubjed of the an cient Verfions of the New Teftament. ' The ancient Verfions, then, of the New Tef tament into various languages are — arranging them in order of time — the Old Italic (or Itala Fetus) the Version of Jerome, the Syriac, the Ar menian, and the Coptic. Thefe were all made in, or before the fixth century. Of the reft, fome are too modern, as the French, the Ruffian^ and the Sclavonic (which, however, will be mentioned in the next fucceeding objedions) to deferve the appellation of ancient Verfions, And others, as the Arabic, Perfian, and Ethiopic, are merely tranf^ cripts from fome of thofe which have juft been mentioned, and therefore are not entitled to a fpe cial enumeration. The Frankiff, erroneoufly ftiled the Gothic [h) by fome of the learned, is out of the prefent queftion ; for it contains the Gofpels xjnly. The five, then, herein firft mentioned, are all the ancient Verfions of the Epiftles of the New Teftament from their original Greek, which affed the prefent debate. And here — although Dr. Ben fion. \h) Muhaelis, Sedt. 70, 71. " Continet ifte codex quatuor Evongelia, fied mut'ilaP [Wetftein, Proleg, p. 114.] 334 ^ ^' BENSON. fin has thought proper, in the outfet of (/) his ob* fervYitions on this part of the fubjed, to affirm, that " the ancient verfions have not this difiputed text" yet — it feems, from what has been premifed^ undeniably certain, that three out of the whole f^ five of thefe ancient verfions, and two out of the , , three moft ancient of them all, have uniformly ex hibited the verfe now in queftion. L. " It is not in the Ruffian''* The modern Ruffian is a younger branch of the ' ancient Greek Church. The Ruffans were con verted to Chriftianity, by the Greeks, about the clofe of the tenth century. From the Greeks they received not only the Scriptures, but their ecclefi aftical dlfcipline ; and they acknowledged the Greek Patriarch at Confiantinople as the head of their Church, until the fixteenth Century, when they eleded a Patriarch of their own country (k) but j ftill without caufing, or wifhing to caufe, thereby any abfolute feparation from their Mother-Church. It has been already proved,, that the ancient Greek Church (as it may be ftiled for the fake of diftlndion) (/) Page 643. \k) 'Jan. 25. A. D, is88,- Coxe^s Travels, Vol, i. p. 313. DR. BENSON. ;^^S diftlndion) has given the moft decided judgment in favor of the authenticity of this verfe, by in ferting it in its public Confeffion of Faith, and by reading it in its public fervice. The ufe in that Church of the Airogox©', oi which this verfe formed a part, has been traced up to the fourth, or fifth century after Chrift, without finding even there the time when It began to be fo ufed : from whence, as hath been before remarked, the thinking mind feels itfelf compelled to carry up the commencement of that ufe almoft to, if not entirely as far as, the age of the Apoftles. Thus then the cafe ftands with the ancient Greek Church. It might have been prefumed, without feeking for proofs, that the Ruffian, or modern Greek Church, thus deriving its rudi ments of Chriftianity from the ancient one, would, with its Mother-Church, acknowledge this verfe to be genuine. Accordingly it is found that the verfe in quefdon poffeffes its place In all the Ruffian New Teftaments ; and is, moreover, cited in the Cate- chifm of the Ruffian Church, in the following manner : " What the. Father Is according to his nature, the fame is the Son, and the Holy Ghoft. Now as 33<5 DR. BENSON* as the Father is in his nature true and eternal God, and Creator of all things vifible and invifi ble, fuch is the Son, and fuch the Holy Ghoft, be ing confubftantial one with Another ; according to what the Evangelift St. John teaches when he fays. There are three which bear record in Heaven, the Father, the Word, and the Holy Ghod, andthefi three are one'' This Confeffion (/) or Catechifm, was drawii up by the Ruffans, and approved by Parthenius, • Patriarch of Confiantinople in A. D. 1643, ^^^ printed in Greek and Latin at Leipfic in A. D. 1695, and at Moficow in A. D. 1709. The Sclavonian Bible of A. D. 1663 has the feventh verfe printed in its margin only. But it reads the eighth verfe thus — There are three that •witnefs on earth, the fpirit, &c. It has been be fore [ni) remarked, that wherever this claufule oc curs in the eighth verfe, it neceffarily implies the exiftence of the feventh verfe, having the words, in Heaven, expreffed or underftood in contrapofi tion to them, {n) LI. (/) Martinis La Verite, Part ii. C, lO. («) Page IC9 of thefe letters, («) It has been objefted that the OftrOiu (or Ofiromcenfian) edition Of D R» B E N S O N. •> 337 LI. " Nor in the old French Verfion'' There was no ancient French Verfion of any part of the New Teftament, except the Frankiff, which was formerly called the Gothic through mif take. And that Verfion does not, as was obferved before, affed the prefent queftion. That which was made by the Waldenfes on their feparation from the Church of Rome, about A. D. 1 1 60, feems to have been (/) the next, in point of time, to the Frankifh herein before mentioned. But this Verfion of the Waldenfes, and the Tranflation of Guiart des Moulins in A. D. i'.i94, and of others in ftill later times, have no claim to the ap pellation of ancient Verfions. LII. " And there is even a great number of A a MS of A. D. 158 1, which the above edition of 1663 profeffes to follow, does not exhibit the feventh verfe. But if it ftiall read (for I have not been able to procure it) the eighth verfe with the words, on earth, no refpeft is to be paid to the objeflion. Nay even if this edition of 1581 ftiall, like that of 1663, place the feventh verfe in its margin in compliance with the MS from which it was framed, yet if in that MS the R' BENSON. MS copies ofthe vulgar latin, in various parts of Europe, in which this text is not found," Arid there is a ftill greater number beyond all comparifon, in which this text IS found. («) Dr. Benfon, if living, would not confent to have the caufe decided by the greater number of thefe Latin MSS. The argument therefore was merely ad cap- tandum ; and proves nothing either to the advan tage, or to the credit, of the propofer. LIII. " It [the verfe in queftion] is not once quoted in the genuine works of any of the Greek Fathers. For infiance ; It is not found in Clemens Romanus, Barnabas, Hermas, Ig natius, Juflin Martyr, Irenceus, Clemens Alex andrinus, Eufebius, Athanafius, Epiphanius, Didymus of Alexandria, Bafil the Great, Gre gory Nazianzene, Gregory Nyffene, Chryfofiorne, Cyril of Alexandria'' {y) Before (a) It is fonnd in 126 out of 136 Latin MSS now in the Royal Library at Paris, in all thofe which arc contained in the Palatine Li brary at Vienna, in all thofe of the Libraries of SanSee Cfiuc'is and the B. M. Virginis ad Scotos, in and near Vienna : and in all thofe ten (five of them read the Sth verfe before the 7th, and one has the 7th verfe in its margin) which are now kept in the Library at Dublin. {•v) Several others arc here mentioned by Dr. Benfon ; but it feem? unneceffary to tranfcribe their names. ' Dr. BENSON. 339 Before we enter oh this -wide field of vacuity — this region of night and nothing — let the two fol lowing general rule^ be laid down, as guides to lead us through it with fafety and difpatch. ¦ I. That where a part only (perhaps but a fmall part) of the works of any ancient Father has de fcended to us, -Wd are not at Uberty to conclude that a particular paffage of Scripture has not been quoted at all by fuch ancient Father, merely be caufe it is not found in that part of his works which hath come down to the prefent age. And 1. That where fuch ancient Fathers have not cited, in thofe parts of their works which remain to our times, other texts confeffedly genuine, which would ha-ve been as applicable to the fubjed then in difcuffion as this paffage of St. Jobn, — ^no con clufive argument is to be drawn, from fuch filence, againft the Driginality of the text in queftion. Thefe two general rules being premifed, let us now proceed to particulars. And firft — " It is not found in Clemens Alexandrinus" A a 3 A part 34^ DR. BENSON. A part only of his works hath come down td the prefent age. In that part he occafionally treats of the Trinity ; but he has not, on that fubjed, cited the text ofthe baptifmal inftitution [w) which would have been as applicable to his defign as this paffage of St. John. By both the preceding rules, therefore, no conclufive argument is to he drawn from his filence againft the originality of the verfe in queftion. " Nor In Alexander, Bifhop of Alexandria, Eu febius, or Epiphanius'' Nor has the firft of thefe, in his Epiftle agalnffe. Arius, the fecond, in his Trad againft the Sabel iians, or the third, in- his defence of the Trinity againft Noetus, cited the words of the baptifmal inftitution. [x) The fecond of the preceding ge neral rules applies itfelf to all thefe Fathers. " Nor in Athanafius, or Gregory Nazianzene^' Whether (<>;>:>.:»<>. LETTER IV. SIR, T Now proceed to a confideration of the objec- •*- tions, which have been urged againft the au thenticity of the verfe i . John, v : 7 by the late Sir Isaac Newton." *.xj^ The learned Dr. Horffey has given thefe objec tions to the public, in the fifth volume of his edi tion of the works of this truly great man ; to which he has prefixed the following advertifement. " A. VERY imperfed copy of this trad, 'wanting both the beginning and the end, and erroneous in many places, "was publiffed at London, in the year 1754, under the title of Two Letters from Sir Ifaac Newton to Mr. Le Clerk. But in the Author's MS the whole is one continued difcourfe ; which, although it ^^O N E W T O N. it is conceived in thS epifiolary form, is not addreffed to any particular perfon. " It is now firfi publifioed entirt from a MS in the Author's hand-writing, in the poffeffion of the Rev. Dr. Ekens, Dean of Carlifle." (/') The ob^dlons, urged by this moft refpedable antagonlft of the verfe in queftiortj are, principally, as foflows. t. " The arguitents alledged for the tefii mony of the Three in Heaven, are the autho rities of Cyprian, Athanafius, and Jerome, and of many Greek MSS, and alntofi all the Latin ones." This ehumeration Is Candid, and has no fault but that of not being compleat. Befide thefe au thorities, and within the limit, as to time, of the century in which Jerome lived, the reading of this verfe in the A-no^ox^, the dired references to, ob exprefs citations of it, by Tertullian, Phcebadius, Marcus Celedenfis, Augufiine, Eucherius, and Vi gilius, (/) Dr. llorfiey has obligingly informed me, that he finds nothing|f in the MS to afcertain the time when this traft was compofed, '¦¦'.v. NEWTON. .351 gilus, and its exiftence in the Armenian, and Old Italic, Verfions are concurrent teftimonies of its authenticity : all of which, neverthelefs, are here totally paffed by and omitted. II. *' Cyprian s words run thus : The Lord faith, I and my Father are One. And again of the Father, Son, and Holy Ghoft it is written ; And thefe Three are One. The Socinians here deal too injuriouffy with Cyprian, while they would have this place ^corrupted : for Cyprian in another place [Epif. ad Jubai- anum] repeats the fame thing. Thefe places of Cyprian, being in my opinion genuine, feem fo appofite to prove the tefiimony of the Three in Heaven, that" — This extrad contains another pleafing Inftance of candor in this iiluftrious objedor. Thefe paf fages in Cyprian are as undoubtedly genuine, as they are clearly " appofite to prove the teftimony of the Three in Heaven'' (^) IIL (^) The candor 0^ Erafmus and Newton may, perhaps, be beft com pared together, and greatly to the honor of the latter, by remarking that Erafmus did not think fit to infert thefe words, cum tres unum funt, in his edition of Cypriani epiftle to Juhaianu:, [Bengel, p. 752.] 352 . NEWTON. III. " Iff ould never have fufpeded a mifiah in it [viz. the teftimony of the Three in Heaven, as fet forth by Cyprian^ could I but have reconciled it with the ignorance I meet with of this reading in the next age, amongfi: the Latins of both Africa, and Europe,, as well as among the Greeks." Cyprian fuffered martyrdom in the latter part of the third century. The next age, therefore, to that^bf Cyprian is the fourth century. And In that century Phcebadius among the Latins of Eu rope, Jerome among thofe of Afa, and Marcus Celedenfis and Augufiine among thofe of Africa, have quoted, or referred to this teftimony of the Three in Heaven. The fame century alfo holds forth to us the Synopfis of St. John's Epiftle, the Orations of Gregory Nazianzen, and the ufe of the Arrof oA(^, among the Greeks : {h) all of which ex hibit the fame teftimony. Sir Ifaac Newton's argument, then, is this. *' There is an ignorance of this verfe in the next age to Cyprian, among both Latins and Greeks. Had it not been fo. Iff ould not even have fufpeded a mifiake in Cyprian's quotation." The anfwer to which is — The next age to Cyprian was not igno rant [h) Pages 48—52, 62, i48»— 172, NEWTON. 2>5Z rant of this verfe, as Sir Ifaac Newton imagined. The quotation of it therefore by Cyprian, was not a miftake, as he fufpeded," — The fuppofed ignorance, upon which Sir Ifaac Newton here buflds his fuf picion of a miftake in Cyprian's quotation, not exifting, the fufpicion itfelf falls to the ground. And thus, by Sir Ifaac's own argument, the con teft is already decided in favor of the authenticity of the verfe in queftion. It appears evident, from thefe confiderations, that had Sir Ifaac Newton been acquainted with the whole of the evidence which tends to fupport the authenticity of .this verfe (many parts of which feem to have been entirely unknown to him) he would not have written this treatife, now under confideration, which ftrives to Overthrow it. The plain import of his own argument warrants the former conclufion. His • known candor Infers the latter. " IV. For had it been in Cyprian's Bible, the Latins ofi the next age, when all the world was engaged in difputing about the Trinity, and all arguments that could be thought of, vuere diUgently fought out, and daily brought upon the ' fiage, could never have been ignorant of a text, B b which,, 354 NEWTON. vohich, in our age, now tbe difpute is over, is chiefiy infified upon." Sir Ifaac Newton, in this objedion, ftill preffes the former argument of a fuppofed ignorance of this verfe in the fourth century, and during the Arian controverfy. The fuppofition of fuch an ignorance hath been already refuted. The argu ment, as to the Arian controverfy, will be more properly confidered hereafter, (i) V. /// reconciling this difficulty, I confider, therefore, that the only words of the text quoted by Cyprian in both places, are. And thefe three are one : which words may belong to the eighth verfe as wiell as the feventh. For Eucherius, Biff op of Lion in France, and contemporary to St. Aifiin, reading tbe text -without thc feventh •verfe, tells us, that many then underfiood the Spirit, ihe Water, and tbe Blood, to fignify tht Trinity" Cyprians words are (as hath been before ftated) Of ihe Father, Son, and Holy Ghofi, it is writ ten, «i (i) See objeflion *sxi, of ilt Ifnai Navtoni — vilxtxt this qu?ftior. is conHdered. NEWTON. 355 ten, {k) And thefe three are one" Thefe words cannot be underftood to have been taken by Cyprian from the eighth verfe ; becaufe it is not fo written in the eighth verfe. And as to Eucherius, the argument here infifted upon overthrows itfelf. For Eucherius has, in ano ther part of his works (/) diredly cited the feventh verfe. VI. " And St. Aufiin is one of thofe many, as you may fee in his third book againfi Maxi mus, where he tells us, that the Spirit is the Father, for God is a Spirit ; the Water the Holy Ghofi, for he is the Water, which Chrifi gives to them that thirfi ; and the Blood the Son ; for the word was madefieff" Augufiine may be one of thofe, who have wiflied to underftand the eighth verfe as being typical of the Trinity. And this paffage from the third book of this treatife againft Maximinus (not Maximus) the Arian, may be a proof of it. But it is no proof that he did not read the feventh verfe in his bible. B b 2 VII. " Now (i) Pages 52, 99 and 123. (/) Pages 42, 104 — >i8, and objeftion viii. of M. Griefi'ach, 35^ NEWTON. VII, " Now if it was tbe opinion of many, in the Weftern Churches of thofe times, that the Spirit, the voater, and the blood, fig nified the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghoft, it is plain, that the teftimony of tbe Three in Heaven was not crept into their books." It might have been the opinion of both Euche rius and Augufiine, as hath been already obferved, that the fpirit, water, and blood in the eighth verfe, did fignify (typically) the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghoft, And yet it is plain, that the tefti mony of the Three in Heaven in the feventh verfe had, neverthelefs, then crept into their books. For they not only tell us very plainly that they found that teftimony in their books ; but they give us this information without any marks either of fur- prife, or of indignation : which fhews that they had no doubts either of Its antiquity, or of its au thenticity. VIII. " Even without tbis tefiimony, it was obvious for Cyprian, or any man elfie of that opinion, to fay of the Father, Son, and Holy Ghofl, It is written, And thefe three are one." It NEWTON. 357 It Is obvious that Cyprian, or any other Writer might, and perhaps would, expound the eighth verfe as being typically expreffive of the Trinity, if he really thought fo. But he would not fay at the fame time, "It is written in the eighth verfe, of the Father, Son, and Holy Ghofi, And THESE THREE ARE ONE," — If he paid any regard to truth : becaufe it never was fo written in any part of the eighth verfe. IX. " So then this interpretation fieems to have been invented by the Mantanifis for giving countenance to their Trinity. For Tertullian voas a Montanifi, when he wrote this" This objedion feems to abound In miftakes. It is, in the firft place, far from being clear that TertuIUan was a Montanifi, when he wrote his Treatife againft Praxeas. In the life of Tertullian, prefixed to the Edition of his works by Rigaltius (???) this treatife is afiirmed to have been written, B b 3 before {m) Edit. Paris. A.D. 1675. Alfo—" Verifimile eft Tertullianum fcripfiflie A. D. ccxx. librum adverfus Praxeam. Contigifli'e cenle- mus hoc fere anno [A. D. ccxxi.] ad Montani dogma delapfum," {f'lta Tertull. per Pamel.) 2^S NEWTON. before the opinions of Montanus were adopted by Tertullian. But admitting, for the fake of argument alone, that Tertullian was a follower of Montanus when he wrote his treatife againft , Praxeas — what was the Trinity of the Montanifis ? Epiphanius affirms that the Montanifis [n) held the fame opinion, as to the Trinity, which was entertained by the ca tholic Church In general. While Jerome pofitively afferts that the Montanifis (o) thought like Sabel lius in that refped, — Trinitatem in unius perfoncs angufiias cogentes. And now. Sir, whether of thefe interpretations. of the Trinity of the Montanifis wfll afford any fupport to the preceding objedion ? If the defcrlption of Epiphanius he juft — the Montanifis •wanted no countenance to be given to their Tri nity (») Ilffi (Je Ttar^os Sec. De Patre enim, et Filio, et Spiritu fanfto fimiliter cum ecclefia catholica fentiunt. Epiph. ad-v. Hisr. Lib. ii. Tom. i. Edit. Paris. A. D. 1622, p. 402. (0) Nos Patrem, et Filium, et Spiritum fanflum in fua unumquem- que perfona ponimus. Illi (viz. Montaniftee) dogma Sabelli feftantes, Trinitatem in unius perfonas anguftias cogunt. Hieron, adverfus Monianum, \o\, ii, p. 44 A, (Ed. Erafm, A. D. 546.) NEWTON. 359 nity In particular, becaufe it was the fame with that of the Chriftian Church in general. And if that of Jerome, — the Montanifis had no Trinity to which they could give countenance ; becaufe, being Sabeliians, they did not hold the dodrlne of a Tri nity at all. Upon the whole however, it feems that Jerome's account of the Montanifis Is the true one. For Jerome lived in the vicinity of the ancient Phryr- gia, where the errors of Montanus were almoft unlverfafly followed : from which circumftance the appellation of Cataphryges is frequently applied to the Montanifis by ancient writers. And if fo, Tertullian was not a Montanifi (at leaft as to the ar ticle of the Trinity) when he wrote the treatife againft Praxeas ; but a believer, with Jerome, in the catholic dodrine of three perfons and one God, [p) as then, and now taught by the catholic [or univerfal] Church of Chrift. X. " What isfiaid of the teftimony of Ter tullian, and Cyprian [viz, that their words were only a forced interpretation of the eighth verfe] may be much more faid of that in the B b 4 feigned [p) " Conpexus Patris in Filio, et Filii in Paracleto — qui tres unum funt" are expreffions ufed by Tertullian in this treatife. 360 NEWTON. feigned difputation of Athanafius with Arius at Nice. For there tbe voords cited are only Thefe three are one, without naming the perfons of the Trinity before them." The expreffions of this Dialogue, or Difputation (as hath been before ftated) are [q) " Is not that lively and faving baptifm, whereby we receive re- miff on of fins, adminifiered in the thrice bleffed name \_ofi the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghofi .^] Arid moreover St. John fiays. And thefe three are one." The words thus cited, then, are not Thefie three are one, without naming, for they do name (or ufe expreffions equivalent to the naming) the perfons of tbe Trinity before (and immediately before) them. XI. " They [alfo] are xon 01 r^ei; ro ev na-iv — and they are taken out of the eighth verfef The premifes here ftated are not juft. The words of the dialogue are — 'aoi.i 01 Tf«? ev eia-iv. But even If juft, they would warrant the very contrary dedudion, viz. that the words, cited in this dia logue, are not taken from the eighth verfe. For the claufule here referred to, wherever it ftands in the (?) Page 32. NEWTON. 361 the eighth verfe in the Greek MSS, is (not to ev only, but) «? ro iv univerfally. (r) XII. " Tbe Greeks interpreted the Spirit* Water, and Blood, of the Trinity, as well as the Latins ; as is manifefi firom the an notations they made on this text in the margin of fome of their MSS. For in the margin of one MS in the Library of the King of France (about 500 years old) over againfi the former claufe of the eighth Verfe are , written [s) The Holy Ghoft, and the Father, and he of Himfelf — and over againfi the latter claufe. One Deity, one God. And the margin of the fame verfe, in another in M. Colbert's Li brary, thefe words. One God, one Godhead — The teftimony of God the Father, and of the Holy Ghoft." Some of the Latins did, we know, interpret the expreffions of the eighth verfe in tfiis manner. And fome of the Greeks might do the fame. But it will not follaw from thence that they had not the feventh verfe in their MSS. Eucherius for in ftance, Augufiine, and Facundus have adopted this myftical {r) Pages 142 — 147, (/) This MS is now in the Royal Library at Paris, and marked No, 60, 362 NEWTON. myftical interpretion of the eighth Verfe. And yet it is moft certain that Eucherius did read the feventh verfe in his Bible. The quotations, which have been before referred to from Augufiine, will hardly permit a ferious doubt as to its being found in his Bible likewife. And the fame conclufion has been already drawn (/) in refped to the Bible of Facundus ; and ftands, as it feems, upon the moft folid foundations, XIII. " Thefie marginal notes fufficiently ffew bow the Greeks ufed to apply this text [the eighth verfe] to the Trinity, and by con fequence, how the author of that difputation is to be underfiood," This conclufion is defedive in all its parts. If the two marginal notes In queftion fhall be admitted to fhew that the two refpedive poffeffors, or copy ifts, of thofe two particular MSS applied the eighth verfe to the Trinity ; they will be ftill very far from proving the fame thing of the Greeks in general. But even if both thefe propofitions fhould be granted, the confequence, juft alledged, will be as remote as ever from the premifes. For the author of this Difputation is not to be underftood as applying the eighth {j) Pages 107 — 118. NEWTON. 363 eighth verfe to the Trinity in this paffage ; becaufe, as hath been before obferved, he has not cited in this paffage the words of the eighth verfe. XIV, " But I ff ould tell you alfo, that that Difputation was not written by Athanafius, but by a later author ; and therefore, as a fpurious piece, ufes not to be much infified on" The queftion whether this Difputation is fpuri ous, or in other words whether it was written by Athanafius or not, — has been much debated, but does not feem to be as yet determined. The time when it was written, is of much more importance in the prefent enquiry. And that being admittedly of high antiquity, the additional circumftances of its being written in the Greek language, and of ita referring to St. John by name, will always give a moft powerful influence to the teftimony of this dialogue, or difputation, in favor of the authenti city of the verfe i. John v : 7. XV. " The firfi upon record, that inferted it, is Jerome, if the Preface to the Canonical Epifiles be his," The 364 NEWTON. The preface fo the canonical epiftles, it Is trufted, hath been already proved {u) to be the work of Jerome. And yet he is not the firft upon record that inferted the verfe. It was received by the La tin Church long before Jerome's Tranflation •n^as made, and indeed long before Jerome himfelf was born ; becaufe it hath always ftood in the old Italic Verfion, which was made in the firft century. This matter hath been already ftated at large. XVI. " He [Jerome] compofed not a new tranfiation of the New Tefament, but only cor reded the ancient vulgar Latin" He compofed a new Tranflation of the New Teftament from the Greek. Augufiine calls it fo, who was Jerome's contemporary and correfpon dent. " We heartily thank God for your Trans- l.,ATiON." Nay Jerome himfelf calls it fo, in effed. His expreffion upon this fubjed is not correxi, or cafiigavi, but reddidi [v) repeatedly, XVII. , (a) Pages t 28 — 180. (c) Pages 43, 138 and 175. 'Jerome, it is true,- upon one occafion ufes the word emendations, when fpeaking of his own New Teftament. And the learned Hody, p. 351, has argued from that expreffion, that Jerome did not make a aef-xu Tranflation, but onlv corredled the old one. And indeed, had Jerome NEWTON. ^5^ XVII. " He [Jerome] complains, in the fame Preface, how he was thereupon accufed by fome of the Latins, for falfify ing Scrip ture," Permit me. Sir, to take this objedion In detail. It may affift us perhaps in coming to an early, as wefl as to a fatisfadory conclufion. Jerome, then, in his Preface to the Canonical Epiftles complains of the malicious accufations of his enemies. They pronounce me (fays he) a falfi- fier of Scripture — " me falfarium pronunciant^ But have they fpecified their accufations, and men tioned the particular parts of Scripture which they affirm to have been falfified by him?— They have fpecified them. As to the Old Teftament, they have accufed him of having attempted to Introduce Judaifm into the Church by altering the Scriptures, They have afferted that he brought forward his own tranflation with a fecret defign to difcredit the Septuagint. They have cenfured him for ufing the word bcedera inftead of cucurbit a in the Book of Jonah ; and they have condemned his objedions as Jerome never ufed any other expreflion refpefting his work, Hodys ar- gument would have been as ftrong and valid, as it now feems weak and unfatisfadory. 366 NEWTON. as to the prophet Daniel. And as to the New Teftament, among other charges, they have ac cufed him of wilfully leaving out of his text the words without a caufe In St. Matthew, of mifre- prefenting the difpute between St. Peter and St. Paul, and of following the tenets of Origen in his commentary on St. Paul's Epiftle to the Ephefians. They have objeded to his notions concerning pre- deftination — his interpretation of No man ever yet bated his own fieff — his expofition of From whom the whole body fitly framed together — his opinioil concerning the remiffion of fins by baptifm — his conjedures as to the condition and office of angels, ' — and his explanation of the refurredion of the body. — But have they faid any thing againft his retention of the verfe i. John v : 7 in his Tranfla tion ? Not a fingle fyllable. How then do thefe accufations prove that the accufers of Jerome were offended with his infertion (or, to fpeak more pro perly, his retention) of this verfe in his Teftament ? They do not prove it at all in any manner, or in any refped whatfoever ! Nor have we, further, any reafon even to fufped that thefe, or any other accufations were brought againft Jerome, on account of any part of his tranflation NEWTON. 367 tranflation of the firft Epiftle of St, John. Thofe accufations are thus recorded by Jerome himfelf. " But now becaufe, according to our Saviour's precept, I am defirous to labor for the meat which perifheth not, and to clear the primitive paths of the Scriptures from thorns and brambles, an accu- cufation doubly injurious is brought againft me- Anxious to corred the falfifications of others, I am myfelf called a falfifier of Scripture ; and am charged with fowing errors, inftead of plucking them up." [w) " Inafmuch as I am called a falfary, I am con tented to deny, without retorting the accufa- tion. [x) I will beg leave. Sir, to ftate the reft of Jeromes complaints of this kind in his own language. My own may not do him juftice. (j) Thefe (ou) " Nunc autem, ^uia juxta fententiam Salvatoris, iiolo cperari u.is docet apertius? ^is deleBat urbanius? ^is moutt effcacius ? ^is laudat candidius ? ^is fiuadet gra'vius ? ^is hortatur /irdentius ? ^is recenfit fiiblimius ? ^is inftituit fianBius ? ^is cum amicis fabulatur humanius ? Nullum eft enim argumenti genus in quo ille tioK luferit : nufquam fui diffimilis." [Vita Hieronymi per Erafm\ Vol. i. Ed. Paris J And again — " Multis dfuit linguarum peritia, nonnullis fidei fincer'i- tas, quibufdam 'vit-e integritas : — Hieronymus, et unus Hieronymus, ^c omnia praftitit, ut fi non non ad unam aliquam 'virtutem, fed ad omnium concentMxa et fiimmam refficias: dicam audaBer fed 'vere, nihil haheat rho require their teftimony. But they fhall, neverthelefs, be examined in relation to Jerome, in like manner as if fuch an accufation had . been aduaUy brought : not only for the fake of the very refpedable author of this objedion, but for the fake of truth ; which generally appears to the greateft advantage when put the moft fe- yerely to the trial. C c 4 Firft 376 NEWTON. Firft, then, it is afledged — -(to ftate this objec tion in parts) — that " // appears by the unanimous evidence of all tbe ancient Tranflators of the Scriptures into the various languages, that the tefiimony of tbe Three in Heaven, was want ing in the Greek MSS, from whence Jerome pretends to have borrowed it" The evidence of thefe ancient tranflators of the Scriptures into the various languages is fo far from being unanimous, that tbe tefiimony of the Three in Heaven was wanting in thofe ancient Greek MSS, from which even their own refpedive Verfions were derived ; that, on the contrary, three [f) out of the whole five (as hath been already proved) and two of thofe the moft ancient of them, have uniformly contained the teftimony of thefe heavenly witneffes. And the two [g) of thofe five ancient Verfions which have not exhibited this difputed text, if we admit their evidence to the utmoft, do not eftablifh any part of the propofition advanced in the objedion. Thofe two Verfions may give room for prefumptions as to the readings of the particular MSS, from whence they themfelves were (/) The Italic, that of Jerome, and the Armenian. \g) The Syriac, and Coptic, NEWTON. 377 were derived. But they prove nothing as to the MSS which Jerome ufed in his tranflation ; and from which he not only pretends to have borrowed, but undoubtedly did borrow, the verfe in queftion. 2. " Thefiame appears alfo by the unanimous evidence of all the -writers of Jerome's own age, and of tbe ages next before, and after him." There is not one Writer in all thofe ages, who , wfll juftify this affertion. Some of them, indeed, have not mentioned this verfe (as hath been before remarked) in fuch parts of their writings as have defcended to the prefent times. But other writers of the fame ages have cited it in the moft pointed terms. The mere filence of the former, as to this Verfe, will not prove that it voas wanting even in their own Greek MSS. Far lefs wfll fuch filence prove that this verfe was wanting in thofe MSS, by which Jerome regulated his tranflation. 3. " The fame appears by the unanimous evi dence of all the Scribes, voho have copied out the Greek MSS of the Scriptures in all ages." How 37^ N E WTO N. How a Scribe, who copied out a Greek MS at Paris or at Rome, in the tenth century for in ftance, In which the teftimony of the Three in Heaven was admittedly wanting, can be a proof that the Greek MSS, which Jerome ufed in Pa- lefiine in the fourth century, did not contain that teftimony, — is utterly inconceivable. Such affer tions (for they are not arguments) are too extra vagant for a ferious confutation. If it fhall be afked what Is become of Jerome'^ MSS, — let it be confidered, that he executed his tranflation of the New Teftament in a Monaftery at Bethlehem, near Jerufalem ; where he alfo died. When we recoiled, how foon after Jerome's death the Saracens invaded the Holy Land, and kept its territory under their iron rule for nearly five hundred years, until their ftrong holds were re taken by ftorm from them, by the foldiers of the Croifade, under the command of Robert Duke of Normandy, in the laft year of the eleventh century ; we need not be very doubtful as to the fate which, befel the MSS of Jerome. XXVI, " The ancient Interpreters which I / cite as witneffes Qf^ainfi him, are chiefiy the au thors NEWTON, 379 thors of the ancient vulgar Latin, of the Sy riac, and the Ethiopic Verfions." Thefe. three witneffes are, in the firft place, only two. For the Ethiopic is no more than a tran fcript from the Syriac; which reduces them to a fingle teftimony. Of thefe three, thus reduced to two witneffes, the ancient vulgar Latin, the moft ancient Verfion in the world, is a witnefs on the other fide of the queftion. For it hath already been proved, that this Verfion hath uniformly contaiiied the paffage i . John v : 7. XXVIII. " For as he [Jerome] tells us, that the Latins omitted the tefiimony of theThree in, Heaven in their Verfion before his time'' Jerome tells us no fuch thing. He complains indeed of certain unfaithful tranflators, who had omitted this paffage of St. John ; but who might be, and (if we may judge by the vaft majority of La,tin MSS which read the verfe at this day) were few in number, compared with thofe which re tained it. He makes no complaints of this kind againft the Latin Verfions in general ; or againft the public Verfion of that age, the Old Latin, in particular, [h) xxvin. [h) Page 173. 580 NEWTON. XXVIIL " // [i.Jobny.y.] is want^ ing alfo in other ancient Verfions; as in the Egyptian Arabic [and] in. the Armenian Ver fion, ufied ever fince Chryfofiom's age, by the Armenian nations'' Tills objedion is true of the Coptic, here called the Egyptian Arabic. But it is not true of the Armenian : for that Verfion feems to have always read this verfe, {i) XXIX. " And that it [the verfe in quef tion] voas not voritten in the ancient Verfions—' Nor in the Greek" [viz. original of this Epiftle,] Every ancient Verfion which contained this verfe, every ancient Church which received it, and (j) The only objeftion to this conclufion, which I am able to ftate in addition to the former difcuflion of this queftion, is contained in the following extrad of a letter which I have lately received from F. C, Jlter. " Plurimum Rev. Bibliothecarius Meghitarenfium in infula S , Lazari Venetiis P , Johari'nes Zorab Armenus, Viennse 1790 negotia agens, mihi afiirma^vit k 'm naWo codice MS Armeno N, T, quos tamen multos et varios in Conventus bibliothecae habent, 1. Joh, V : 7 reperiffe, illumque in nuUo adhuc codice Armeno MS' repertum fuiffe." This teftimony, a: far as it goes, is an impeachment of Ofians in tegrity, and of my argument, which ftsnds on that fuppofed integrity 39 its ftrongeft foundation. NEWTON. 381 and every individual writer (of ancient times at leaft) who quoted it, is a gofitive proof againft this objedion. To ftate them here at large would be to recapitulate the whole of the preceding pages. The evidence (or rather the prefumption) to the contrary is merely conjedural, arifing from omiffi ons. The difference in degree, between thefe two ¦kinds of evidence, fhall be appreciated hereafter. XXX. " But was wholly unknown to the firfi Churches" It was not unknown to the firft Latin Churches. For their public Verfions, the Itala Vetus and that of Jerome, have eonftantly exhibited this paffage of St. John, from the firft hour of the exiftence of that Church to the prefent moment. It was not unknown to the firft Armenian Church. For it hath been proved that its public verfion hath moft probably, if not certainly, con tained this verfe, from its final adjuftment at the council oiEphefius, foon after the age of Chryfiofiom, to the prefent times. It was not unkpown to the Greek church. For it hath been proved by the ufe of the Am^oKoi;, that this 3S2 NEWTON. this paffage was read in that church even in the eariieft ages of Chrifljanity. Nor was it, laftly, unknown to the African church. The citation of it fo early as. A, D, 484, ty no lefs than (nearly) four hundred Bifhops ; the reliance upon its evidence by thofe Bifhops, in oppofitlon both to the fraud and force of Huneric and Cyrila ; and the utter inability of the Tyrant, and his mock-patriarch, to repel its teftimony but by violence and perfecution ; — prove that this paf-' fage was known, read, and received in that church,' even from the eariieft aera of its converfion to the Chriftian faith. The plain truth therefore is, that this verfe was unknown to none of the firft churches of Chrif tians ; except, perhaps, to the Syriac and the Cop tic, with their few and comparatively unimportant derivatives. XXXI. " In all that vehement, univerfal, and lafiing, controverfy, about the Trinity in Jerome'j time, and both before and long enough after it, this text of the T'hree in Heaven was never once thought of." This NEWTON. 3^3 This objedion is inaccurate in its form (but it is not worth the time to ftop for inaccuracies only) and untrue in its fubftance. The text of the Three in Heaven was not only thought of but adually quoted and' infifted upon, not only a lit tle; after the age of Jerome, by Fulgentius and Vigilius ; and in the fame century with Jerome, by Eucherius, and Augufiine, and by the African Bi fhops under Huneric ; but alfo before Jerome s time, by Tertullian, Cyprian, Phcebadius, and as it feems, by Marcus Celedenfis. And all thefe quota tions of this verfe (thofe by Tertullian and Cyprian alone excepted) were exprefsly made in the con troverfy about the Trinity, and in open and avowed oppofitlon to the Arians of thofe ages, XXXII. " And therefore if tbis reading voere once out [viz. in Jerome's age] we are bound in jufiice to believe, that- it voas out from the beginning ; unlefs tbe razing of it out can be proved by fome better argument, than that of pretence and clamour.' It was out of fome copies In Jerome's age, and in others ; as Jerome himfelf informs us. And this fingle circumftance does more than confute the objedion, — by turning it againft its author. For 384 NEWTON. For (to ufe this iiluftrious objedor's own fFfle) if this reading were once IN [viz. in Jeromes age,— which Cyprian's Bible as well as Jerome's informa tion affure us of] we are bound in jufiice to believe- that it was in from the beginning ; — unlefs'- the putting of it in, at fome later period, can be proved by fiome better argument, than unfair and violent confirudions. [k) XXXIII. " 'itbe Greeks received it not [viz. Jerome's reading of i. Jobn v : 7.] till this prefient age, when the Venetians fent it amongfi them in printed books,' Was the octroqoXoi, then, not known to the Greeks untfl this prefent age ? Was the aTrosoAos a printed book ? Did Euthymius Zygabenus live only in this prefent age ? Was the treatife containing the debate (whether real or feigned) between Arius and Athanafius, the Synopfis of the latter, and the confeffion of faith of the Greek Church, written in this prefent age ? Were any of thefe works {k) 'Whenever Mr. Gihlon fliall find himfelf difpofed to attempt a refutation of thefe ftriftures, the preceding one is particularly recom mended to his notice. It will require his moft ferious attention. I fpeak thus of it without dreading the imputation of vanity. For it is not roy own ; it was fuggefted to me hy Dr, Horsley ! ilsr E W T o N. 385 $rfi known to the Greeks in printed books ? It is irkfOme to fee fuch affertions brought forward ; and to lie under the neceffity of repeUing them. XXXIV. " It [the verfe in queftion] is wanting in MSS of all languages but the Latin" It was perhaps wanting in thOfe particular Greek MSS, from whence the Syriac and Coptic Verfions were tranflated. But even that is not certain ; be caufe the omiffion of this paffage in thofe ancient Verfions might have been, and probably was, the fault of the tranflator or tranfcriber : who have, or one of them hath, been guUty of much greater miftakes and omiffions than this, in thofe refped ive Verfions. This is all that can be granted to this objedion. For the Arabic, Pcrfian, and Ethiopic Verfions are (as hath been before remarked) tranfcripts only from the Syriac and the Coptic, And the Greek and Armenian MSS (as well as the Latin) both deny the truth of the objedion, as applied to them, D d The 386 NEWTON. The queftion of omiffions, in , general, wfll be confidered hereafter, XXXV. Tbe 'L2itexa.n Council A. D. 1215, mentions Joachim quoting the text in thefe voords : ^oniam in canonica Johannis epifiola ; Quia Tres funt, qui teftimonium dant in ccelo, Pater, et Verbum, et Spiritus ; et hi tres unum funt ; fiatimque fubjungitur, Et tres funt qui teftimonium dant in terra, fpiritus, aqua, et fanguis, et tres unum funt ; ficut in codici bus quibufdam invenitur. Therefore this read ing [i, John V : 7] was then got but into feme ' books. For the words Sicut in codicibus qui bufdam invenitur, refer as well to the firfi voords of Joachim [about the three heavenly ¦witneffes] as to the fecond part [about the three witneffes on earth.] Joachim'inteT^xeted the final claufe of the feventh verfe Iff res unumfunt'\ to fignifiy an unity of con- fent only, in thofe heavenly witneffes. And he attempted to juftifiy that interpretation, by alledg- ihg that the fame words \ftres unumfiunt^ ftood in fome copies \_ficut in codicibus quibufdam inveniturj in the eighth verfe, as well as in the feventh ; — that being there appUed to the fpirit, water, and blood. NEWTON. 387 blood, they could import an unity of confent alone , in that verfe ; and that, being fo interpreted in the eighth, he had a right to give the fame interpreta tion to them in the feventh ,verfe likewife. This, Sir, was the argument of Joachim : — in which by the expreffions, Sicut in codicibus quibuf dam invenitur, he referred not to the three hea venly witneffes, but to the three witneffes on earth, fingly and exclufively. And I am hippy in being able further to alledge the moft refpedable autho rity againft Sir Ifaac Newton on this head, which is the teftimony of Sir Ifaac Newton\\\mi€ii : who has, in another part of this treatife (/) given to the words of Joachim a fimilar interpretation. XXXVI. " Eugenius, Biff of of Carthage, in the feventh year of Huneric, anno Chrifi 484, in the fummary of his faith exhibited to the King, cited it the firfi of any man, fo far as I can find" I have no objedion to this remark, fave that the fummary of faith, here fpoken of, is defcrlbed as the Creed of Eugenius alone : — and that he is faid D d 2 to (/) Page 521, 388 NEWTON, to have been the firft who cited this text. It doea not appear to have been the Creed of Eugenius alone, in any fenfe ; for although prefented by him to Huneric, it does not carry his fignature, but {m) that of four othei: African Bifhops : who were moft probably, from that circumftance, the perfons deputed by their brethren to compofe, and prepare it. And Eugenius, or the perfon or perfons who drew up this fummary, was not (or rather were not) the firft who cited this text ; becaufe the ci- tationsan d references of Tertullian, Cyprian, Phce badius, Marcus Celedenfis, Augufiine and Eucherius ; the ufe of the aTroroA®^ in the Greek Church, the Synopfis attributed to Athanafius, together with the Old Italic and Armenian Verfions, as well as the Verfion of Jerome (all of which have recognife4 this dlfputed text) were all antecedent to the yeai;'' 484. XXXVII. " Of the MSS which have not the tefiimony of the Three in Heaven, feme- have the words in terra in the eighth verfe,^ but the mofi want it. Of thofe which have the tefiimony of the Three in Heaven, feme in the eighth verfie have hi tres unum funt. Others not Xm) Pages 57—60, i8i — 5, NEWTON, 389 ^ot. And that tefiimony is in mofi books fet before the tefiimony of the Three in earth ; in fome it is fit after. So Erafmus notes two old books, in which it is fet after ; Lucas Bru- genfis a third; and Heffelius a fourth ; and fo Vigflius Tapfenfis (adverfi Varlm. Cap. v.) fets it after : which fieems to prhceed from hence, that it was fometimes fio noted in . the margin, that the reader or tranfcriber knew not fwhether it voere to come before or after. Now thefe dificords, as they detrad from the authority qf tbe Latin MSS, fo they confirm to us, that the old vulgar Latin has in thefe things been tampered with, and correded by Jerome'j Yerfion," The difcords, which are here complained of, feem to have been entirely owing to the ofcitanpy and negligence of tranfcribers. Had they origi nated, in the tranfcribers of thefe MSS, from a de- fire of correding them by Jerome's Verfion, it feems very difficult to affign a reafon why thefe fuppofed tamperers ceafed from tampering, until |;hey had rendered their MSS exad copies, in this paffage. at leaft (which ex confeffo they are not) of the Verfion of Jeroirie, But, 390 NEWTON. But, takli^g the objedion as granted for the prefent, and for the fake of argument, — let It be obferved that, before it can be imputed as a fault to any Latin MS that it has been correded by Jerome's Verfion, — it muft be proved that the Verfion of J.erome is, in itfelf, erroneous and of no authority. This ifluftrlous objedor has indeed endeavoured to difparage this Verfion, as we have already feen, — by affirming that Jerome was ac cufed by his contemporaries of having altered the public reading, in refped to the paffage in quef tion, — that he wrote the fabulous lives of Paul and Hilarion, and that Erafmus called him impu dent. But it hath been already proved that thefe intended difparagements of that Verfion have no folid foundation ; and cannot, therefore, fupport the inference which is thus attempted to be buil^ upon them. XXXVIII. " The original MSS [of R. Stephens'] he \^Beza'\ does not here [in the preface to his annotations] pretend to have ; nor could he have them, for they were not Ste- phens'j MSS ; but belonged to feveral libraries in France, and It^Aj." Beza N E WT ON. 3gi Beza has expreffed himfelf with fo little pre- cifion in this preface, on the fubjed ofi?. Stephens's original MSS, that it might be doubted whether he had, or had not, the ufe of thofe MSS, did he not, in other parts of his works, clear up thofe doubts in the moft fatisfadory manner {n) by ex preffions which are fo plain as to need no comment. Nor does the fad of Beza's poffeffing thefe ori ginal MSS depend on his own affertion alone, however truly refpedable that may be. Fori?. Stephens has in effed given us the fame informa tion (as hath been already remarked) in his poft- fcript, or advertifement fubjoined to Beza's edition of A, D, 1556, (0) XL, " Four of them [R. Stephens's MSS] noted y, r, ) note itfelf will amply juftify this obfervation. XLVI. " A third reafon why I conceive the Complutenfian Greek to have been in this place a tranfiation from the Latin, is becaufe Stunica, when in his objedions he comes to this text, cites not one Greek MS for it againfi Erafmus, but argues wholly from the authority of the Latin. I am ready. Sir, to acknowledge the truth of this objedion. And as far as the condud of Stunica can affed the authenticity of the verfe in queftion, 1 own myfelf unable fatisfadorlly to account for it. But \p) Appendix, No, xl. NEWTON. 395 But /o ?^j Stunica (as Sir Ifaac properly obferves of Aquinas) is no Apofile. Whether the reft of Stunica's writings, if they had furvived tO the pre fent times, would have diffipated thefe doubts or not, — cannot now be determined. But this may be now, and indeed has {q) been already deter mined, and in truth it is the chief point which re quires determination in the prefent difquifition : viz. that the Complutenfian Greek was 'HOT a tranf lation from the Latin, as is affumed in the pre ceding objedion, XLVII. " So then the Complutenfian Di vines did fometimes corred the Greek by the Latin, without the authority of any Greek MS; as appears by their pradice in Matthew vi ; The marginal note, in Matthew vi : 13 contains an account, given by the Complutenfian Editors, of their having omitted the Doxology in that verfe. And the reafon which they affign for the omiffion does them infinite honor, as it fhews them to E e 2 havc (q) Pages 290 — 305. Thefe Editors pofitively affirm that they had [hoiu many they do not mention) Greek MSS from the Vatican. And we are certified by va rious authorities, that they had another Greek MS from Rhodes, com monly called the Codex Jihodienfis. 396 NEWTON. have been confcientioufly fcrupulous in not admit* ting any thing to ftand in the facred canon, which had not, in their judgment, an indubitable claim to originality. Had they entertained any doubts of its authenticity, it muft be prefumed that they would have aded in the fame manner with the verfe i John v : 7. XLVIII, " Nor has all the zeal for this text been able fince to difcover one [viz. Greek MS which contained the verfe 1 John y : 7.] cither in Spain, or any where elfe" Two Greek MSS have been difcovered fmce tha date of the Complutenfian edition, which contain the verfe i Johtt v : 7, and are ftill extant (r) namely, the MSS of Dublin and Berlin. A third, unwillingly acknowledged by Erafmus, the Codex Britannicus, muft be added to thefe, together with the Codex Rhodienfis, both now probably loft. As l^eza affirms that the whole of R,. Stephens's fix^ teen, (r) Mifled by the ambiguity of Wetfiein^s exprefiions, it was afl'un)e4 by mc, in the fecond edition of thefe Letters, p. 283, and 32Z, thai he admitted three other Greeic MSS to contain this difputed paflage, This affumption was an error, and it is now withdrawn. NEWTON. 397 teen (j-) MSS contained the firft epiftle to the Co-> rinthians, it feems probable, efpecially when the general belief of that age (/) is taken into the ac count, that all the fixteen might have alfo exhi bited the Canonical Epiftles. And Valla's MSS have been already [u) computed to be feven. On the other hand all the reft of the Greek MSS of the Canonical Epiftles, which have been collated or examined fince the publication of the Complutenfian edition, amounting to one hundred and nineteen in number (as I compute them) in cluding the twenty three [y) which are now in the Royal [s) Page 195. It is evident from this declaration, admitting ('aw;/ wjho 'vuill deny ? ) its truth, that R. Stephens had in his poffeffion the MS j3, ^"aA Tiot 'various leBions coUeBed out of it by his friends in Italy, as Sir Ifaac Neivton argues in p 516. This point is ftill further efta blifhed by R. Stephens % declaration to the Sorbonne — Refpondeo'- effe quin- jdecim relata in bibliothecam regiam : the latter number being exclufive ©f the Complutenfian edition. The words of R, Stephens, then, in his Preface, exemplar 'vetuftiffmum in Italia ab amicis collatum, muft im port that the exemplar, the book itfelf was procured (and not the lec- tjons out of it colleBed) for R. Stephens by his friends in Italy, (/) Anfwer to Objeftion i. of M. Griejbach, hereafter ftated. (a) Pages 269 — 271, ('v) There are 26-Greek MSS in the Royal Library at Paris wjiich jcontain a part at leaft of the firft epiftle of St. John: 23 of which fet forth the 5 th Chapter, but do ko/ exhibit the 7th verfe. And they all, except thofe numbered 58 and 60 (if my collations be, as I think they are, correft) read tig to iv in the Sth verfe. Out of three of the 26 (yiz. No. io6o, 103 and 105) thc leaf, or 3 part of it, is torn 398 NEWTON. Royal Library at Paris, do not exhibit the feventh verfe. The Parifian MSS are not to be wholly added to Grieffach' s lift, becaufe many of them are already numbered in it, Upon this mode of calculation, if juft. It ap pears that more than one Greek MS out of five of this epiftle, now known by any fpecial defcripr tion to have exifted fince, or about the time of the compflation of the Complutenfian edition, — did, or dp now, exhibit the verfe i. John v : 7, XLIX. " The differences [of terms, in thefe two verfes, in different MSS] are too great to fpriiig from the bare errors of Scribes, and arife rather from the various tranfiations of the place, out of Latin into Greek, by dfferent perfons. This objedion confines itfelf to the readings of the Codex Britannicus and the Complutenfian Poly^ glott. But in order to give all poffible force to the objedion, all the different readings which have been mentioned in this treatife, fhall be here com bined together in one view. The torn which contained that part of St, John'j epiftle. In No. 1060 this appears to be the only page of the whole book, which has fuffered lace- Tation ! It feems certain that this violence was not inflifted upon them, becaufe they did not contain the 7th verfe .' NEWTON. O 1) 4-1 rt O u •o a ou .a o<1— ( pq X wQ o U CO ¦Si oo < Pi w < K l- 5>i s < ... ^^.^ «£ t — Ovi .^ S3 V- 3 _ O 1- ?- 3 ¦< 3 Qyi 00 C 8 ?>. 3 § « 8 s 5 so 3 I" i ° ,M w 8 IT §- tw Ul W ?- I- ^ s. ^ 8 CLn 8 UJ _ ^3 I- o *o b 5 - .- 8Q./I O 8 8 3. 3 b S 3 5 b Krt *M «T. 399 " h tj. E , 3 «^ ^ 3 so _, o ' ¦ Q.rt O O W t- CO 8 :3 -« 1=5 8 S 8 3, ?5 I— < O ^-'* 1- _ 8 oi 5C fe t= 1- w fe: b =k pq Ul o Kj* 6 o S e ^ 8 6 =" 3 A I" ^ 8 o5 8 S 3 b »: «J i- s a -* o> Z\ _ Ul ts UJ Ul s fe br " Qvi Ol l- u« f^ ^ 5 O o 1"^ 8 •< O Q-n ST 8 .« Ul CO s ^ 8 a 8*^ S" t" 1- b **i l-s fi Ul g 5 p s Q-n « Q./1 O ^ 1 :\ V- ? 8" r" 3- ps! C 1 ?* b 8 O ><> a OJ ^ ?- 8 3 o s o I- h WJ t- I. I- H O O Ph ?-I o U s « 8 l3 8 \~- 3 » 3 8 _ 3. 8 o =» 3 8 !; 8 8 ^ 8 ST O 400 NEWTON; Upon the face of this coUedion 6f the Gree^ readings of this contefted paffage, com^pared with the Latin copies, the following obfervations offer themfelves to the mind. r. The Latin copies univerfally read Spiritu^ Sandiis [the Holy Spirit] in the feventh verfe • which epithet is not found in the Codex Britan nicus, 2. The fame Latin copies univerfally read Tres ttnum fiunt [Three are one"] in the conclufion of the feventh verfe. But the Complutenfian Polyglott and the Berlin MS read r^m eu to w eio-i, which is equivalent to Tres in unum fiunt, or Thefie three agree in one, 3. The Latin copies have univerfally the condud* ing claufe of the eighth verfe, with fo few excep tions as not to merit any notice, (ic) But the Dub" Un MS, the Codex Britannicus, the Edition of Com plutum, and the Berlin MS, do not contain this concluding claufe under any terms, or mode of expreffion whatfoever. Now (w) There are but feven exceptions, if I have not mifreckoned them, in the great number of Latin MSS now in the Royal Library Paris. N E W T O N. 461 Now thefe differences, from their nature. Cannot be imputed to any tranflators with any reafonable degree of probability* For if thefe expreffions (nay whole claufes) were loft by any tranflatorsj they muft have fo loft them by incapacity, or by inadvertence. Now no tranflator can be fujppofed tb have been fo incapable, as not to knoW how to render thefe omitted expreffions and claufes^ from the Latin into the Greek language. And the omifliions feem to be too large, and to contain too many words, to permit a well-grounded idea of their having been loft through inadvertence by a tranflator ; whofe office, verbum de verbo reddere^ requires him to yield an inceffant attention to his original, and to give to his tranflation frequent and painful revifals, left he fliould injure or betray the meaning of his author* It appears therefore to be almoft an Impoffibl-^ llty, that thefe aberrations fhould have arifen from any [fuppofed,— iox there is no proof that there ever were any fuch) tranflators. From whence It feems to follow, that they have arifen from the other caufe, ftated in the objedion, — namely, the bare errors of tranfcribers, whofe objed hath al-^ ways been to hurry through their tafk as faft as F f poffible, 4<^2 NEWTON. pofliible, without much regard to any thing, be yond the reward expeded at the clofe of it. L. " Erafmus tells us, that he never faw it [the verfe i. John v : 7] in any Greek MS ; and, by confequence, not in that correded one . [the Codex Britannicus^ which fell into his bands" Erafmus did, in the earlier part of his contro verfy on this fubjed, affirm, that he had, at that time, never feen any Greek MS which contained this difputed paffage. But he admits, in another place, that he did afterwards find this verfe In the Codex Britannicus ; which HE collated in Eng land, [ff) LI. " He that ffall hereafter meet with it [this difputed text] in any [Greek^ book, ought firft, before he infift upon the authority of that book, to examine, whether it has not been cor reded by the Latin, and whether it be ancienter than the Lateran Council ; for if it be liable to either of thefe two exceptions, it can fignify no thing to produce it. ' This {x) Page 264, NEWTON. 403 This conclufion, although in general juft, is Ua- ble to many exceptions. One of them at leaft, ought here to be mentioned : which is, — that where any Greek MS now exifts, which was pro bably, or even confeffedly, copied or written fince the thirteenth century (the asra of the Lateran Council) — ^fuch MS is not to take its eftimatlon ftridly from the time when it was fo copied ; but from fome higher sera, which gave date to that Copy from which it was fo tranfcribed. But, Sir, I am contented to take the conclufion in its ftrldeft terms, as to feveral parts of the evi dence herein before adduced to the originality of this verfe. For I find myfelf, even in that fitua tion, at liberty to affirpa that the Attotox©', the Sy nopfis of Athanafius, the Orations of Gregory Na zianzen, the Confeflion of Faith of th^e Greek Church, the Difputation herein before afcribed to Maximus, the Greek MSS of Walafrid Strabo and of Jerome, the quotation of Euthymius Zygabenus, — and the authority of the Council of Ephefus, upon which the Armenian Verfion was framed and adjufted, form an accumulation of Greek tefti monies, the authority of which cannot be denied even upon the terms of the objedion itfelf. For there is no color of reafon to affert that any of F f 2 them 404 NEWTON. them -have been correded by the Latin. And there is no ground to fuppofe that they are not all more ancient, in point of date, than the Lateran Council, This moft refpedable objedor, laftly, ftates his own paraphrafe of this paffage, in order to fhew that the fenfe of St. Jobn, without the teftimony of the Three in Heaven, is (to ufe his own words) plain and firong; but if you infert that tefiimony ^ you fpoil it. This fenfe, or internal evidence of the paffage, wfll be confidered hereafter : in which confiderai tion, I truft, the very oppofite conclufion will ap^. pear. At the fame time I moft freely admit, in common with this iiluftrious objedor [y) that I *' have that honor for St. John, as to believe that he wrote good fenfe ; and therefore do moft impli-. citly take that fenfe to be his which is [or which at leaft appears tp me to be] the befi." And here. Sir, I wifh to take my leave of the objedions urged by this great ornament of human nature, this ''''firfi and chief efi of tbe race of men :" from whom it wfll detrad little that he cherlfhed ^n erroneous opinion as to this difputed paffage ; his 0') Page 530, NEWTON. 405 his errors being more than redeemed by his can dor, his miftakes by his unaffeded magnanimity. His own declaration, ftated in the outfet of thefe obfervations, affords the falreft reafon, the moft available pretenfions to conclude, that if Sir Ifaac Newton had been apprifed of all the pofitive evi dence, which has been alledged in the preceding pages on behalf of the authenticity of this text (a great part of which was utterly unknown to him) he would not have caft the weight of his name into that fcale, which (as it feems he would then have confeffed) ought not to preponderate in the prefent queftion, It feems neceffary now to attend to M. Grief bach, and Mr. Bowyer, according to the plan here tofore laid down. But as the objedions, infifted upon by thefe writers, ftand on foundations very fimilar to thofe of Dr. Benfon and Sir Ifaac New ton, which have been already difcuffed ; they wfll fortunately require no more than a very brief con fideration. And, firft, for M. Grieffach, I. " R. 4o6 griesbach. I. *' R. Stephens confulted indeed feme [Greek] MSS, but they were few : viz, in the Go/pels ten ; in the Ads and EpiUles eight; and two in the Apocalypfe. (z) This Is but an Indifferent fpecimen of the accu racy of M. Grieffach. In the Gofpels R. Stephens confulted fourteen MSS at leaft (exclufive of the Complutenfian edition) inftead of ten, as here al ledged ; in the Ads ten at leaft, inftead of eight ; in the Epiftles twelve at leaft, inftead of eight ; p,nd in the Apocalypfe four at leaft, inftead of two. The margins of R. Stephens's edition prove [a] thefe allegations beyond all contradidion. And there is no room to conclude, either from R. Ste phens's preface, or from any mode of found argu mentation, that thefe particular MSS thus cited were all the MSS of R. Stephens, which contained thofe feveral portions of Scripture. Fourteen MSS only are ^iredly cited by him to the Gofpels ; but that ¦ (z) "Vol. ii. Preface, page 25. 1 (a) To the Gofpels R, Stephens has cited the MSS /3, y, S, £, ^, 71, 9, i, r, la, ij3, ty, i^, and -Hf. To the Adls, j3, S, i, (^, r, 6, 1, la, ty, and jJ". To the Epiftles, |3, S, i, ^, 6, (, la, i^, ty, tS, if, and tf. And to the Apocalypfe, i, toe, tt, and if. GRIESBACH. 407 that circumftance does not prove that the whole fixteen did not contain thc Gofpels. Twelve MSS only are diredly cited to the Epiftles ; but that circumftance does not prove that the Epiftles were not exhibited in all the fixteen MSS poffeffed by R. Stephens. It is certain from the teftimony of Beza [b) that one of thefe Epiftles, the firft to the Corinthians, was exhibited by all the fixteen. And the Divines of the Univerfity of Louvaine, who were contemporaries with R. Stephens, in their Bible of A. D. 1574, affirm the fame thing of the Epiftle of St. John, and, by inference, of {c) this difputed paffage alfo. This teftimony at leaft proves that fuch was the general belief, and reputation of that age and time. II. III. IV. " And thefe MSS {d) were not collated by R. Stephens himfelf, but by Henry his Son, a boy of eighteen years of age : There are (b) Page 195. {c) Inter omnes Stephani ne unus efi qui diffideat, niji quad feptem duntaxat to in ccelo confodiunt, fi tamen femicirculus leBionis defignans ter- minum fuo loco fit collocatus," It has been already fliewn (p. 190 — 204) that thefe femicircles could not, morally fpeaking, be placed im properly in refpeft to this paflage. (d ) Ic is fuppofed that M. Griefbach here alludes to the MSS now in the Royal Library at Paris ; not to thc gleanings of H, Stephens and Besict. 4o8 6 R I E S B A C II. are very many good and valuable readings iH R. Stephens's MSS ( I. The edition of Eucherius, of which Braffi canus thus complains, was that of Johannes Si- cbardus. And fo remote is this ftory of mutila- H h 2 tion - (;») " Oculatus ipfe mihi teftis es, amiciflime mi Jane, quantum mihi laboris exhauriendum, imo, ut verius dicam, quantum tasdii exfor- bendum fuerit in reftituendis ac repurgandis ^a^y^m/ fpiritalibus .iilis. Formulis. Nam exemplum recens editum non tantum mutilum, verum etiam eximie mendofura fuit. — Nos autem exemplo et integro et egregie fincero ufi — primum id quod deerat adjecimus, et qus de- pravata fuerunt religiofe c3.&\giL\'mMS,"—[Viennes ex Collegio Reg. A.D. 1530, menfe Decembris.] 42a GRIESBACH, tion from the truth, that even this firft edition of Eucherius exhibits the verfe i, John v : 7. [ti) 2. Brafficanus did not interpolate this verfe in his edition without any autht)rity from his MSS ; of which the moft fatisfadory proof may be given from the following circumftance. In that Library at Vienna, over w^hich Brafficanus prefided, there yet remain two (0) MSS of Eucherius : both of vohich contain the paffage, in quefiion. I am in- debted for this information to M. Profeffor Alter, to whom I have before acknowledged, in other refpeds, my obligations. It is to be prefumed that one of thefe was the exemplum Hartmannenfe, which Brafficanus profeffes chiefly to have fol lowed in his edition. If not, Brafficanus was poffeffed of three MSS at leaft of Eucherius con-. taining the verfe i. John v : 7. (/) IX. " % (k) See the book itfelf, p. 33. One copy of it is in the Library at Dublin, DD. vi. 19. See alio Max. Bibl. Patr. Tom. vi. p. 822. The dedication of this edition to Cardinal Albert, Abp. of Magde-, hurgh, bears date at Bafil, in March 1530. (ff) Thefe MSS are numbered Ixiv and cxix. Erafmus correfponded with, but did not relifli, Brafficanus, He might have regarded him more perhaps, if he had not publiflied this edition of Eucherius, [Erafmi epif. ad V. Zuichem. Phryfium,' 1533-] [p) As to Eucherius, in general, confult Claud. Ecdic, Mamertus de ftatu animac, Ed. Melch, Gopner, A. D. 1655, p. 140, l, Sidonius, Lib. iX; Epift, \\.—Jo, Fran, Bernardi Difl'ert, Venet. 1762, p. i— 91 GRIESBACH. 42 1 IX. " The preface of Jerome is not found in any MS, voritten before the time of Charles the Bald, in the ninth century" If this allegation were true (which hbwever [f) is not the cafe) it would not prove that this preface was not written by Jerome. A confidera- ^le fpace of time muft elapfe, after the writing of this preface in Afa, before the Latins of Europe in general could know (by the flow and expenfive method of propagating books then in ufe) that fuch a preface even exifted. And when the fad became in fome meafure known, the MSS which were written prior to that time could not receive it j for it was too large a piece of compofition to be in terlined, or written in the margins of MSS. As it was no part of the facred Canon, many would refufe to infert it even in the MSS written after the know ledge of it became general. Thofe Chriftians who favored the Arian, Seml-Arian, Sabellian, or even the Eunomian, and Eutychian fyftems, would cer tainly deny it a place in their books. And thus it is poffible that fome few MSS (for they cannot be fj^any) written before the ninth century, may now be iq) M. Simon, B'ft, Du Texte. p. 208. Hift. des Verfiions, p. 105.— Martianay, Proleg, Vol. i. Op, Hieron. Dr. Burnet, Letter 1. 422 BOWYER. be produced, in which this preface Ts not found. But this circumftance (as before obferved) is far from proving the preface to be fpurious : — efpe.. ciafly when it is further confidered that, in the ninth century, this preface was publickly admitted ;' to be the work of Jerome ; as appears by the Gloffd Ordinaria of Walafrid Strabo, which hath been al ready called (r) in evidence to this point, in the preceding pages. And now. Sir, I beg to be difmlffed from M, Griesbach, in order that I may, laftly, attend to Mr. Bo'vvyER, as was originally propofed. — An4 his objedtlons are, chiefly, thefe w^hich foflow. I. " St. Cyprian does not quote the verfie totidem verbis, as the text is now read, though Biff op Pearfon [Fell] (Not. ad Cyprian, de Unitate Ecclefia, p. 1 09) rather too firongly afferts Cyprianum citaffe ante Hieronymi tem pora. The voords of Cyprian are — Et hi tres IN unUm funt." Cyprian does quote the verfe totidem verbis (as fer (r) Page 180. Bengelius, p. 763. BOWYER, 423 far as his words are meant to be a quotation) and the Bifhop's affertion is not too ftrong. Cyprian's words are not Et hi tres in unum funt, but " Et hi tres [s) unum funt" an exad tranfcript of thc Latin text of St. John, II. " And in another place, Cyprian ' (Epif ad p. Julianum, p. 223, Ed. Pearfon) Quse- ro cujus Dei Sffc. — Cum tres unum funt. It is certain St. Cyprian does not 'cite it in terms from the text, nor yet in both places agreeably to himfelf" The Epiftle here referred to is ad Jubaianum, not julianum. In the former inftance,, which has been confidered under the laft preceding objedion, Cy prian, cites the claufe in dired terms from the text of St. John. The latter inftance is rather an allu- fion, or a reference, than a dired quotation. III. " He docs not fay in either, the Father, the Word, and the Holy Ghofi : but in the for mer, the Father, Son, and Holy Ghofi ; and in the latter, the Creator, Chrifi, and the Holy Ghofi." ¦ Cyprian (i) Pages 52, 53, 99—128. 4^4 fi o w Y E li. Cyprian only meant to quote, diredly, the cOri-» eluding claufe of the verfe, Et hi tres unum funt'.. And this he has literafly done in the former of thefe examples. IV. " The Montanifis, foon after this fmt^ generally interpreted the Spirit, Water, and the Blood, in the eighth verfe, to denote, in their myfiical fenfe, the Father, Son, and Holy Ghofi. And if fo, it will be no hard thing to fuppofe Cyprian to do the fiame." The Herefy of Montanus began long before (not after) the time of Cyprian. What the Montanifis : interpreted of the eighth verfe is of no confe quence, unlefs it could be proved that the feventh verfe did not exift in the times of the Montanifis. V. " It [the verfe in queftion] firfi ap peared to the public in Greek, in the Compluten fian Edition, upon the authority of Thomas Aquinas, whofe note is printed in tbe margin cf the Greek." If Mr. Bowyer here meant that the Compluten lian editors firft exhibited this verfe to the public In fi d v fxifted at a time when the Art of Printing, then recently invented, was beginning to extend itfelf to the Greek Teftament. Efteemed as thtie writ ten Copies, or MSS, muft be before the invention of Printing, the books, multiplied by that invalu able art, were fo much more compendloufly cor reded (a fingle revifion ferving for a thoufand co pies) were fo, much lefs expenfive, fo much more eafy to be obtained, and fo much more convenient for ufe, that the value, at that time, of MSS muft be fo exceedingly depreciated at once, as almoft to fink into nothing. All thefe early editors, when ^heir MSS had ferved the purpofe of fettUng the text 438 LETTER V. text of their refpedive editions, would confider them as defund in fome degree {a) and negled them accordingly. This muft be the cafe, in ge neral, for a long feafon after the printed copies began to fpread themfelves over the Chriftian world. It was not untfl more modern times, when a tafte for critical enquiries of this kind arofe, that thefe MSS (or rather the remnants of them) have been fo much fought for, and fo highly valued. In this Interx'al of negled the MSS of L. Valla* and of the Complutenfian Editors ; the MSS which Erafmus ufed as to the Apocalypfe, and his Codex Britannicus ; and the MSS of [fi) R. Stephens : — ¦ have perifhed. Had it not been for a fortunate [c) adventure of Erafmus, the MS commentary of L. Valla had, in all probability, been utterly loft. Had it not been for Maffius, it can hardly be imagined that the Complexiones of Caffodorius would ever have feen the light. But we need not travel Into Italy for inftances to ifluftrate this argument. Our own country exhibits an example fufficiendy con-r elufive, {a) R. Stephens, and lienry his Son, feem to have been rnqre careful as to the prefervatlon of their MSS. than any other editors of thole times. But they were printers by profeffion, as well as editors. {b) Accident feems to have had its fhare in the deftruiSion of thef? J^SS. (p. 259,) (c) " Forte in caffes meos ingidit prseda." — {Erafm. epif, ad Tifiber,) LETTER v. 439 dufive. There was not a Cathedral, a Parifli- Church, a Monaftery, Nunnery or Chantry (not to bring private families into the account) within this kingdom, which may not be fuppofed to have poffeffed, at the a;ra of the invention of Printing, one MS copy of the Scriptures, in the Latin lan guage at leaft. And yet, where are thofe MSS now? — Out ofthe many thousands which then exifted, it may be doubted whether there is a fingle hundred which can now be produced, [d) Let us hear, then, no more of the improbability of loft MSS, or of queftions framed on the idea of fuch an Improbability. If the MSS of Dublin, and Berlin had been annihilated fome centuries fince, and if it could be now fatisfadorlly proved that there did not fubfift, at this hour, a fingle Greek MS which exhibited the verfe in queftion : yet ftfll the teftimonies of its former exiftence, which have been already produced, would greatly over-ballance any prefumption which might arife from fuch a circumftance ; would controul, would fubdue, would govern every unprejudiced mind. Thefe [d) One of Dr. Mill's MSS has been loft fince the beginning of the orefent century. And Chr. Theoph, Heyne thus fpeaks of one of the MSS of Virgil. " Adfervabatur ille olim in bibliotheca 'Vaticana, in qua tamen fruftra earn quarebat Bottarius, prsef, ad fragm, 'Vatic. p. V." [Ed, Lips. 1767, vol, I. p. 29.] 440 LETTER V. Thefe refledions on the lofs of thofe ancleril Greek MSS, which contained this verfe, will de rive additional ftrength perhaps ffom a recolledlon of fimilar deftrudions which have befaflen other monuments of ecclefiaftical, as Well as profane learning ; for which no adequate account can be given. If the demand be made, Whdt is become of thofe ancient Greek MSS which contained this verfe ; and -why are they in general lofi, rather than thofe which did not contain it ? It may, in return, be afked, what Is become of the loft books of Livy ? What of the reft of the Hiftory of Poly-^ bins ? Why hath the whole of Claudian's Poem on the Gildonic War periflied, the firft book only excepted ? Why of Cyril's commentaries on the four great Prophets is that on Ifaiah alone pre ferved, while we are left to regret the want of the other three ? Why hath Origen's confutation of Celfius furvived to our times ; although the work itfelf is loft which Origen fo confuted ? Why have we a part only of the Chronicon of Eufiebius ; and that fcarcely the hundredth part, if Jofeph Scaliger may be credited?' Why have we Tacitus only in part ? And why have these particular MSS, or PARTS of afl thefe MSS, been loft, rather THAN THE OTHERS whlch have come down to our hands ? Such queftions as thefe may be infi nitely LETTER V. 441 nltely multiplied, whether they relate to the records of things facred or profane in general, or to thofe, now loft, Greek MSS of the New Teftament in pardcular, which contained this verfe of St. John'. but they wfll prove nothing, and therefore wifl deferve no attention. Whether thefe particular MSS laft mentioned have perifhed by the flowly, yet furely, deftrudive efforts of Time ; or by ac cident, negligence, or fraud : it matters not to en quire. Although " dead," they " yet fpeak" to us in thofe faithful tranfcripts and quotations, which are ftated in the preceding Letters. And their tef timony will be rejeded only by prejudice ; becaufe it cannot be fo rejeded, but by a violation of all thofe rules of reafoning, and ading, by which men govern themfelves on all other occafions. The THIRD, and laft, of thefe objedion^ is — the fuppofed injury done to the context ofthe Apofile, by the admiffion of the verfe in quefiion. But this objedion feems to have ftill lefs foun dation than either of thofe which preceded it. Be fore this Epiftle was written, the two oppofite He refies of the Cerinthians, and the Doceta, had arifen, to the great annoyance of the Chriftian Church. The Doceta denied the incarnation of Chrift ; L 1 refufing. 442 L E T T E R V. refufing to admit that he was ever cloathed with human flefh, or ever took our nature upon him. The Cerinthians, on the contrary, denied his di vinity ; affirming that Jefus Chrifi had no other nature than the human. Againft fuch errors as thefe it was highly needful to proteft, and to con tend for the faith once delivered to the Saints : and St. John alone probably then remained, of the fa cred College of Apoftles, to undertake the work with the authority of an infpired writer. In a few of the firft verfes of his Gofpel he afferts the God head of the Word, the Almighty and Eternal Word, in confutation of the errors of Cerinthus, " In the beginning was the Word, and the- Word was with God, and the Word was God. Thefiame voas in the beginning voith God. All things were made by him ; and in him fwas life'' And in a fuc ceeding verfe he ftops to affirm the incarnation of Chrifi, with a plalnnefs and precifion equally fatal to the oppofite error of the Docetce. " And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us" He condemns the Doceta alfo in his fecond epiftle. For many deceivers are entered into the world, who confefs not [e) that Jefus Chrift is come in the flefti. This is a deceiver and an Antichrifi" He repeats this (e) Ireneeus adv. Haer. lib. iii. c. i8. Tertullian, de prsfeript Hser. c. xxxiii. LETTER V. 443 this condemnation in the exordium of this Epiftle, That which voas firom the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our EYES, and our hands have handled of the Word of life : declare we unto you'' He con founds the Cerinthians in the clofe of it. ," And we know that the Son of God is come, and hath given us an underfianding that we may know him that is true, and we are in him that is true, even in .his Son Jefus Chrifi: This is the true God, and eternal life." Thefe feparate condemnations are found united together, and are urged in conjundion, in that paffage of this Epiftle which is the objed of this prefent difquifition, and in a few words antece dent, and fubfequent to it. The paffage ftands, literally, thus : " This is the vidory that overcometh the world ; even our faith. Who is he that overcometh the world, but he that believeth that Jefus is the Son of God .? This is he that came by water and blood, even Jefus Chrifi, not by water only, but by wa ter and blood. And it is the Spirit that beareth witnefs, becaufe the Spirit is truth. For there are three that bear record in Heaven ; the Father, the Word, and tbe Holy Ghofi : , and thefe three are L 1 2 one. 444 letter v. one. And there are three that bear witnefis in earth ; the fpirit, the water, and the blood : and thefe three agree in one. . If we receive the witnefs of men, the voitnefs of God is greater ; for this is the voitnefs of God, which he bath teftified of his Son." And thefe words may, in the fenfe juft ftated, be thus paraphrafed. *' It is this convidion, which giveth us that vidory vohich overcometh tbe voorld, which rifes fuperior to its terrors, as well as to its temptations, even our faith that Jefus is the Son of, a partaker of the fame nature with, God. But this Jefus is not a partaker of the divine nature only ; for, when he came on earth, he took our human na ture alfo upon him, as appeared by the water and blood which flowed from his fide, when pierced . by the fpear upon the Crofs. To thefe two truths, overthrowing both your errors, ye Cerinthians and ye Docetce, it is the Spirit that beareth wit nefs In the Scriptures, thofe words which the Holy Ghoft teacheth, becaufe the Spirit is truth. For thofe Scriptures fhew that there are three in Heaven, that bear record to mankind of the divine nature of Chrift : namely, the Father, who de clared by his own voice from Heaven, This is my beloved LETTER V. 445 beloved Son, in whom I am wefl pleafed ; the Word \fKoyi^'\ who continually affirmed of himfelf that he was the predided Meffiah, that he had exifted before Abraham, that he was the true Chrift, the Son of God ; and the Holy Ghofi, who defcend ed, in bodily prefence like a Dove, upon his head at his baptifm, and fat in cloven tongues, like as of fire, upon the heads of his Apoftles after his refurredion. And thefe three are one in nature, or at leaft in unity of teftimony, proving againft you, ye Cerinthians, the divinity of Jefus Chrifl". And the fame Scriptures moreover fhew that there are three vohich bear witnefs on earth, againft you, ye Doceta ; and thefe three agree in one, as to the reality of Chrlft's taking our human nature upon him : namely, the fpirit (/) or life (fpiritus hu- manus) (/¦) The laft words of the firft Martyr, St. Stephen, were Kujis Inra, ^i^xt to tcvim^i.x ju.a. Which are rendered, in our Tranllad_n, as to the word tti/sv^x, by the fame expreffion, fpirit, as in this paf fage, and in the fame fenfe : " Lord Jefus, receive my fpirit." (Adls vii: 59.) To which the following examples may not improperly be added. r HeyielJed up [the ghoft. Matt, xxvii : ^o—x(pmt ro irvivixx — | ^^-j ^.^ sfikit. SHe borwed his head, and ga've up [the ghoft, orj 431S SPIRIT. Luke xxiii : 46 — «s %«?«'? ""^ Traj a6»io-of/.ai J I^to thy hands I com- ¦to TTvevf/.x iJi.il — t find my spirit. ^ viii; 5J_K«l tTTirpi^/t TO 7rl/£b7*« J ^«'^'^*'" SPIRIT f«».-f ^jUT'dS— t again, and fhe arofe. 44^ LETTER v. manus) which he breathed forth upon the crofs when he gave up the ghoft ; and the water and the blood, which flowed from his fide (as was be fore obferved) when they looked on him whom they pierced. Thefe, ye Cerinthians, thefe, ye Docetcs, are the teftimonies which overthrow both your eirors ; proving Jefus Chrifi to have a di vine, as wefl as a human nature ; to be God as well as man. If y^ receive the witnefs of Men^ fhe witnefs of God is greater : for this is the wit nefs of God, which he hath tefiified of his Son" If this comment and paraphrafe be juft, the context of the Apoftle is fo far from receiving any injury by the retention of the verfe in queftion ; that it would lofe all its genuine fpirit, would be come unapt and feeble in its application, and therefore could hardly be faid to fubfift, without it. Indeed the exiftence of the feventh verfe appears to be effential to the context under any interpre tation whatfoever which may be annexed to this part of the Epiftle of St. John. In whatever point of view we place thefe fix fucceffive verfes, the expreffions, Witnefs of God, In the ninth verie, can find no due antecedent in any of them, can in deed letter v. 447 deed bear no proper reference to any preceding paffage of the whole chapter, fave to the feventh verfe. {g) So that if this verfe ffiould be ex punged from the Epiftle, it feems that the other muft neceffarily be involved in the like profcrip- tion. In corroboration of thefe arguments drawn from the internal fenfe of the paffage, and its congrulty with the context, let it be next obferved that the terms, the expreffions which St. John ufes in the eighth prefuppofe, and In grammatical conftrudion demand, the precedency of the feventh verfe now in queftion. If St. Jobn had written the fixth and eighth verfes alone (as is contended by the ad verfaries of the feventh verfe) this part of his epiftle would have ftood thus : Kai TO TrvrufACt Efi to jjLX^TVoav oti 'to irviiiy-a trtv ji aArjSsia' OTI Tp£i? iiatv 01 iJ,xpTvp-dvri; to Tr^fu^a xxt to moco^ xxt to xtjAX' xxt Ot r^zi; tt; to tv Et(rtv. But {g) " 9. Et TTW y,xpTVptxv. Argumentum a comparatis fump- tum. Refertur autem hoc ad verficulum feptimum." IBeza, in loc.]' " Cum enim ita fibi utraque refpondeat, tamque arete junfta fint ambse inferiori contextui, ut feries, ubi alterutra defideretur, manca omnino fit atque hiulca, minime poiu'n"—[Vallarfius, in loc] Heinfius. An oppofite opinion is advanced (but feebly fupported) in the Com- mentaries and Effays of (or about) the year 1786. 448 letter V. But it is not poffible to fuppofe that St. John, after his introdudion of one of the witneffes of whom he meant to fpeak, irvt'jy.x, in the neuter gender, and an immediate addition to that witnefs of two others ixTu^ and a)jM,a (as the opponents of the feventh verfe affirm) both of them of the neuter gender likewife,, would have placed, as well before as after thefe three neutral nouns, articles, adjedives and participles of the mafculine gender, t^eis ot pajTUfou>T£s— -and ot t^ei; Ei? TO tv Eiff-iv. But- when we replace the feventh verfe in its proper and precedent ftation, the dif ficulty ceafes to fubfift. The t^ei? ot f^x^Tv^owTi, and the fucceeding outoi ot T^ttq are applied with ftrid grammatical propriety by St. Jobn [h) to the wit neffes of the feventh verfe. And, having been once ufed by him in that paffage, we are prepared to meet a repetition of them in the foflowing fen tence, in conformity with his ufual ftfle and mode of {h) " Illud torquebit Grammaticos, quomodo de fpiritu, aqua, et fan- guine dicitur tres funt qui, et hi [tres] unum funt : priefertim quum fpiritus aqua et fanguis apud Gracos fiunt neutrius generis'' [Moft cer tainly, on the fuppofition that St. John wrote the fixth and eighth verfes alone.] " Verum Apoftolus magis refpexit fenfum quam iierba, fro tribus teftibus, quafi trihus' perfionis, fuppofuit tres res, fpiritum aquam tt fanguinem." The previous admiffion orthe feventh verfe into the text of St. John converts the latter part of this argument into good fenfe: which it is not without that verfe. Erafm, in loc, Ed. Lugd, Bat, A. D. 1705. LETTER V. 449 of writing : who frequently recurs to paft expref- . fions, and fuddenly recalls ideas and argunients which feemed to have been before difmlffed, with a pleafing and dignified, but fometimes unexpeded, reduplication. If, Sir, it ftiall be further required that fome probable account be given of the abfence of the text, now in debate, from fome of the ancient MSS of this Epiftle of St, Jdhn, — I feel no repugnance in believing, I fee no abfurdity - in concluding, that this verfe was thus, partially, loft in fome period of that interval which elapfed between the death of St. Jobn in A. D. loi, and the revifion of the New Teftament by Jerome about A. D. 384. Whether this defalcation happened by ac cident, or fraud : Whether fome hafty and heed lefs Scribe, having juft inferted the ot [Axplupsvln of the feventh [i) verfe in his copy, fuffered his eye Mm in [i) The only objeftion to this argument is — that fuch erroneous copy would have read the eighth verfe thus : xxt t^ a? eta-tv- ot (ax^- IuphvIej IV Tn yn -no Trvtvi^x — which is not the cafe with any Greek MS now extant. Bengelius, at the clofe of his diJfertation on this paf fage, admits that this argument alone (if cleared from this objeftion) would be decifive of the whole queftion as to the authenticity of this Verfe. The objeflion may be removed by an eafy fuppofition ; which i«, that the words iv th yn fitood in the margin of that MS from whence this firft erroneous copy was made, and therefote were not attended 450 LETTER v. in Its next glance from his tranfcript to the origi nal, to fix itfelf on the fame words, ot [Axfu^svlig, which alfo occur in the eighth verfe ; and, being fatisfied with the identity of the expreffion, tra velled onwards through his tafk without perceiving the error into which he had fallen ; or, whether, in the violent coUtefts which arofe within this pe riod between the opponents of Arius and his abettors, the Arian writers purpofely left out of their own tranfcripts the words which ftood, in the original, between thofe two Greek participles (together with the fubfequent claufule tv rr, yn) and which are the very words now in difpute, hoping i that attended to' by this precipitate copyift. It is even poffible that the MS might not read the words tv toi boxvu in the feventh verfe, as .was the cafe with feven MSS of R. Stephens ; which would contribute ftill more to the deception of a hafty fcribe. But this latter fuppofi- tion is not neceffary to the argument. The former alone is fufficlent. And this moderate and very probable affumption will not only remove the difficulty under which Bengelius lay, but every other doubt as to Greek evidence : and thofe are the only real difficulties which embar- rafs the prefent difcuffion. For from an erroneous copy like this, or from its tranfcripts, it is pofiible at leaft that the Syriac and the Coptic . yerfions of this Epiftle might have proceeded, together with all the Greek MSS (about one hundred) which are known to have remained to the prefent times. i- The Appendix, No. xli. fupplies various inftances of omiffions of this kind by hafty copyifts. See alfo the works of Bifliop Bull, by Grabe, A.D. 1703, p. 138-9: and Delany'% Difcourfes, Lond, Ed, 1766, p. 69—80. L E T T E R -v. 45 I that their copies might In time be followed as ori ginals, and divide at leaft, if not govern, the Chriftian world : — is not now very important to ^enquire, becaufe it is not poffible to determine the fad with precifion at this diftance of time. But as Arianifm, during a confiderable part of this in terval, fat upon the throne of the Cafars ; as the Emperors Confiantius and Valens, in particular, had their Arian Archbifbops and Bifhops, who for a long time poffeffed the fupreme ecclefiaftical power, and banilhed their opponents : it is perhaps not utterly impoffible to conceive, that fome of the wairmeft of the followers of Arius fliould confpire, at that time, to devife fome fubdolous means of ba- niffilng this obnoxious verfe [fi) along with its fupporters. Far be it, however, from the prefent age abfolutely to affirm that this latter was the real truth of the cafe. Either caufe is equal to the effed ; and each is at leaft poffible. For as one, fingle, miftaken copy might, with perfed purity of intention in the feveral fucceffive copyifts, gene- M m 2 rate [k) It has been faid that, as the final claufule of the feventh verfe may be interpreted into unity of teftimony alone, the oppofition, which the Socinians of this and the laft century have given to the reception of this verfe, muft not be imputed to their tenets, as Socinians. Some credit might be due to this apology, if that (co them moft diftreffmg) word -Koy^ did not form a part of this verfe. 452 LETTER V. rate all the erroneous MSS of this kind which have ever yet been produced : So the Arians, on the other hand, are not fo free (/) from imputations of the oppofite nature as to be entitled to demand, from an impartial Hiftorian, a certification of their innocence. And when a fingle erroneous tran fcript of this kind had been once made, whether through intention or inadvertence, within any part of the interval herein before mentioned ; it would certainly propagate Its own errors for fome time unchecked, and uncorreded, on account of the various and continued perfecutions of the Chriftians, which prevafled through the greateft part of that period ; and oftentimes prevented them from meeting together but by ftealth, ante lucem, and In too much terror and trepidation to think, at fuch meetings, of comparing their MSS with each other. But when the rage of perfecution began [ni) to abate, and when the different affem blies (/) The Arians are exprefsly accufed of having mutilated the Scrip tures during this, their reign. (Ambrofe, De Fide, Lib. ii. C. 15, p, 494 : — And Lib. v. C. xvi, p. 586. — Alfo Epf. Claffis i. pa. 795.) And Socrates (Hifi. Eccl. vii, 32 — and Tripart. xii, 4.) direftly charges them with having garbled this very Epiftle of St. 'John, for the purpofe of detaching, if poffible, the Di-vinity of Chrift from his human nature. See alfo Witfius [Vol. iii : Exercitat. De Sermone Deo, pa, 113 — Edit. Herbor, Naficfv, A.D. 1712.] (ot) Thefe impediments were not compleatly removed, until the fixth century ; for Arianifim was net con^pleatly fubdued until that time. LETTER V. 453 biles of Chriftians had leifure to communicate to gether, and to^ confult in fecurity their originals, or fuch authentic tranfcripts thereof as held with them the place of originals — then the abfence of this verfe was difcovered, and the omiffions of it were In fome degree redified. Private perfons correded their erroneous MSS in the moft com pendious, as well as leaft expenfive method : namely, by interlining the omitted verfe in the text, or by adding it in the margin («). cf their copies of this Epiftle, The public Bibles, the- old Italic (and afterwards the Vulgate of Jerome) of the Latins, are proved — the Ver fion of the Armenians, and the x-no^o7^(^' of the Greeks, are believed — to have needed no corredion as to the text In^ queftion, and confequently to have received none. And this verfe hath ever fince maintained its place in every ancient public Verfion {n) The adverfaries of this verfe have founded, on thi^ latter cir cumftance, their idea of a marginal glofs, or comment. But ftireJy, nothing can be more affefted or abfurd. When the poffeffor of a MS of this Epiftle had difcovered the omiffion of this verfe in his copy, how is it to be fuppofed that he would aft ? He would not re-copy his MS, beginning with' this omiffion ; for that expedient would be too troublefome, or too expenfive He muft, of neceffity, correft his erroneous MS, either by an interlineation (which however would be imprafticable 'm fome MSS) or by inferting the omiffion in its mar gin. And this feems to be the true, the obvious, and the only rea fon why fome MSS have interliped, and others have exhibited in their margins, this verfe of St. John, 454 LETTER V. Verfion of this Epiftle, wherefoever the name of Chrfi hath been profeffed, except in the Syriac (o) and the Coptic : both of which, however, may be fuppofed, with great probability, to have been framed from MSS erroneous and incorred as to this verfe ; and moreover omit fo many other verfes, as to render their omiffion of this paffage not even a matter of furprife. Thus, Sir, I have travelled through the taflc, which I at firft prefcribed to myfelf, of ftating, and replying to, the chief objedions which have been urged againft the originality of the verfe i. John V : 7. The undertaking hath been, occafionally, rendered arduous by adual difficulties caft in its way by the adverfaries of this verfe. But it hath been much more frequently made difguftfulj by their fophiftical (as it feems) perverfions of the truth. The labor and adivity, which were found requifite to encounter the former, have borne no comparifon with the patience and forbearance, which became neceffary to endure the latter. But whether originating in truth or fallacy, whether holding forth real or feigned perplexities, thofe ob jedions (0) The Arabic, Ethiopic, and Perfic, are no more than copies of thefe Verfions ; and therefore not entitled to a fpecial enumeration in his place. LETTER V. 455 jedions have been (fuch of them at leaft as ap peared deferving of notice) all fairly ftated, and fully confidered. I have not fuppreffed, I have not flirunk back from, even one of them. And now, Sir, let me intreat you to eftimate for me, for yourfelf, for the public, the real value of fuch objedions, when compared with the anfwers which they have received. Left, however, you fliould through modefty (our language will not convey the full import of the Latin word, pudor) decline the unpleafing office — I muft of neceffity take it upon myfelf. The employment may, in fome fenfe, be affumed improperl;'^ ; but it IhaU , be difcharged impartially. The refult, then, from the whole is, — that the VERSE in queftion seems, beyond all degree of serious doubt, to have stood in this epistle, when it originally proceeded FROM THEJPEN OF St. John. In the Latin, or Weftern Church, the fuffrages of Tertullian and Cyprian, oi Marcus Celedenfis and Phabadius, in its favor, aided by the early, the folemn, the pub lic appeal to its authority by the African [p) Bi fhops (4) The authority of Viaor Vitenfis, as a hiftorian, will not be re- > , fifted 45& letter v. Ihops under Huneric ; the Preface, Bible, and cOH" fcripta fides of Jerome ; the frequent, and dired citations of the verfe by Eucherius, Fulgentius, Vi gilius and Caffiodorius :-— thefe, fupported as to the Greek, or Eaftern Churches by the dialogue im puted to Arius and Athanafius, as well as by the Synopfis of this Epiftle : by the Armenian Verfion, which was framed from Greek MSS ; by the very early, and conftant ufe of the xiro^oxt^ in the fame Greek Church (an ufage which feems to be dedu cible even from the Apoftles [q] themfelves) and by Its public Confeffion of Faith : — All thefe evi dences, arifing within the limit of the fixth cen tury (to pafs over the Immenfe accumulation of teftimony which has' been produced fubfequent to that aera) offering themfelves to the teft of the judgement, combined in one point of view, tin- checked fifted by Mr. Gibbon, when he turns to pages 337, 342, 343, 348, 393, and 442, of the third Volume of his own Hiftory. It is remarkable that thefe African Bifliops, in their public Con feffion of Faith, ftile the diibelief of a Trinity of perfons in the God head, quandam no'uitatem, a new opikion j and that this defcrlption was given in A.D. 484, [Appendix, No.xxxi.] (17) Fabricius, treating" of this a7roroA@J, affirms — " Epiftolartim hiijufmodi led'ionem non effe No'uatorum innjentum, fed ab Apoftolis ipfis ed nos tranfmifam." — And he quotes on this fubjeft, Clement. Conftit. Lib. ii. Cap. 57 — Jacobus in Liturgia — and Juftini Mart, Apolog. 2. \_Fabricius, Bibl. Grac. vol, V, Diff. I . p. 36— Edit. Hamb. A, D. 171 2,] LETTER V. 457 checked by a fingle negation, unrebuked by any pofitive contradidion, unrefifted by any the fmalleft dired impeachment (r) of the authenti city of the verfe, throughout all the annals of afl antiquity: — all these circumstances feize the mind as it were by violence, and compel it to acknowledge the verity, the original exiftence of the verfe in queftion. For although it undoubt edly appears ftrange, on a firft confideration of the fubjed, that feveral ancient Greek, and Latin Fa thers have not quoted, or commented upon this verfe, in thofe parts of their works which have defcended to the prefent age ; although it appears, on a primary view, ftifl more ftrange, that thofe numerous Greek MSS (not Latin, for a vaft ma jority of thefe have always read the verfe) which formerly exhibited this paffage of St. John, fhould be now in general (not totally) loft, rather than thofe few which did not contain it : Yet both thefe objedlons, when aggravated to the utmoft, are but prefumptions, amount to no more than negative evidence ; and they have been already, as it fliould N n feem, (r) Omifjions of the verfe in ancient MSS, or by ancient writers, are tie.\l\\tr pofiti've contradiaions to, nor direB impeachments of, its au thenticity. They are /o«ii//oriro»;'f nable on the other, than the worffiip of Calves and Serpents, — ^Monkies, and Onions I It may be granted that part, at leaft, of thefe ADORABLE EXISTENCES belong properly to the elegant My thology of the Egyptians. But are the Serpents, and the Monkies of the Borderers upon the Nile, more prepofterous, as objeds of worffiip, than Gods and Goddeffes [d) in Hell— 'than Dog-Gods, Horfe-Gods, Fiff-Gods, and Goat-Gods f And yet this hideous hoft, this beaftly herd, this contemp tible [e) " crew, debafed with every human weak nefs, and pofluted with every human vice," are in your opinion, it feems, fit compeers, as objeds of worffiip, with the felf-exiftent, omnipotent and eternal God : and the Jews are, as you inform us, guilty manaconditione traftavit, cafibus et paffionib'us humanis deos imbuens, qui de illis favore diverfis gladiatoria quodammodo paria commifit, Venerem fauciat fagitta humana, Martem tredecim menfibus in vinculis detinet fortaffe periturum, eadem Jo'vem pene perpeffum a caelituin plebe traducit, aut lacrymas ejus fuper Sarpedonem excutit, aut luxuri- antem cum ya»o»£ fsediffime inducit, commendato libidinis defiderio per commemorationem amicarum." \flertull, ad Nationes, Lib. i.] yd) Pluto, Proferpine, Cerberus, Pegafus, Triton, Pan,' and the Sa tyrs &c. (e) Sermons by the prefent Biihop of London, Ed„ the 6th. LETTER V. 467 guflty of Inexcufable obftinacy, in refufing to place on the throne of Heaven, this elegant Mythology, and to yield to both a like adoration ! This then. Sir, it feems, is your fyftem (if any thing fo mutable, now Deiftical now Pagan, can merit the name of a fyftem) of Theology. And your plan of morality is the amiable offspring (/) of fo engaging a parent. It expofes itfelf to your readers occafionally, and as it were in momentary glances, in the preceding parts of your Hiftory ; but it feems to look out at full upon them in the following paffage. [g) The Sifter of Valentlnian was educated in the Palace at Ravenna ; and as her marriage might be produdive of fome danger to the State, ffie was raifed, by the title of Augufta, above the hopes of the moft prefumptuous fubjed. But the fair Honoria had no fooner attained the fixteenth year of her age, than ffie detefted the importunate greatnefs, which muft forever [h) exclude her O o 2 from (/) O Matre pukhra Tilia pulchrior i HoR. (^) Hiftory, Vol. iii. pa. 404. {h) Why forever ? She was only raifed, by the title of Augufla, above the " honorable love" of fubjefts. Foreign Princes of any country might (as indeed Attila afterwards did) alk her in marriage. 468 LETTER v. from the comforts of honorable love : in the midft of vain and unfatisfadory pomp, Honoria fighed, yielded to the impulfe of nature, and threw her- felf into the arms of her Chamberlain, Eugenius. Her guilt, and ffiame (fuch is the abfurd language of imperious man) were foon betrayed by the ap pearances of pregnancy : but the difgrace of the royal family was publiffied to the world by the im prudence of the Emprefs Placidia ; who difmiffed her daughter, after a ftrid, and ffiameful confine^ ment, to a remote exile at Confiantinople." To the condud of Honoria, then, in thus fore going every confideration that was due to her rank and ftation ; in thus betraying her own perfonal honor, and, at fo early an age, breaking through all the baffiful reftraints of virgin modefty; in thus equally difregarding the laws of God and man, and proftituting herfelf to one of her do- meftics, merely becaufe the dignity of her tide (the only poor apology held out for her) placed her above the fubjeds of her Brother, the Empe ror : to fuch a condud neither guilt, nor ffiame is, in your opinion, to be imputed ; for fuch impu tation, in fuch a cafe, you affirm to be abfurd lan guage. It is even proper, In your judgement, that other Honorias of diftinguiffied birth and high race. LETTER V. 469 race, of the prefent and future ages, ffiould be in- ftruded to ad, or at leaft to reafon, in this man ner : for, if they ffiould become your readers, they are here told, that to apply the expreffions of guilt and ffiame to fuch a condud, would be only the abfurd language of imperious man. It is, it feems, a fufficlent juftification for thofe prefent, or future Honorias, when they have thus played the ftrumpet with (pardon, Sir, the inadvertency — " when they have thus yielded to the impulfe of nature, and throvon themfelves into the arms of'^) their Footmen, or their Chamberlains, to fay, that they were in their fix teenth year, and that they fighed. — And the indig nation, and afflidlon of a Royal parent, anxious to interrupt fo offenfive a commerce, by feparating her daughter from the objed of her libidinous, and criminal attachment, — ought, it feems, to be re probated as afirid and ffameful confinement, end ing in a remote exile ! Surely, Sir, the honeft bluffi of ingenuous ffiame hath long fince ' forfaken your cheek. Are thefe the grave inftrudlons of the hlftoric matron, combining truth with majefty ; or are they the meretricious artifices of an abandoned Procurefs, pleading, in her choiceft terms, the caufe of proftltutlon ? I intreat your aid, Sir, to affift me in folving the difficulties which you have thus thrown around me. If left to my own guid- ¦ ance. 470 LETTER v. f ance, J can find but one way of extricating my_ felf from them : which is — to fuppofe that, in Mr. Gibbon, the School-boy is not yet loft in the Man ; that, although when he was a child, it was allow able for him (even by the fuffrage of an Apoftle) to think as a child, and to fpeak as a child, yet that when he became a man, he could not put away childiff things, but even now underfiands as a child, and beheves in the fenfelefs, and idolatrous Poly- theifm of the ancients. In this point of view, Mr. Gibbon is, indeed, entitled to claim one merit, that of being confiftent with himfelf. Beyond all doubt, a writer teaches fuch morals as thefe with the moft perfed confiftency, who announces his partiality for a Theology, which reprefents them as the pradice of its Deities ; who openly declares, that the claims of feme of thefe Deities are harm- lefs at leaft (although they are claims of divinity In themfelves, and of worffip from men) and who feems to lament, in terms not very ambiguous or obfcure, that the elegant mythology, which contains them, is no longer the eftabUffied religion of the world ! If, Sir, this delineation, the outlines of which have been fketched by your own hand, be a juft reprefentation of your mind, your Creed is already known : LETTER v. 471 known : and the prefent age may, future ages moft certainly wifl, be at no lofs to form their judgment of you accordingly. If it be not juft, if either your own text, or my comment have wronged you, — do juftice to yourfelf. You have the re medy in your own power. Favor the public with your fyftems of Theology and Morals. Delineate them at full length. Defcribe them at large. Stand forth in the open field. The world is weary of feeing you fight fo long in ambuffi. Walk no more forth with your ftiletto in the twflight. Seek your adverfary honorably, with your naked fword, in the face of day. Afpire to the credit of Toland and Tindal, — of Chubb and Morgan, — oiVanini and Spinoza, by a dired attempt to break this yoke of the Gofpel. Take to yourfelf the honors of Rouf- feau at leaft, and give us the Creed of your Sa voyard Curate alfo. Affume the diftlndion of Voltaire, and favor us with your Didionnaire Phi- lofophique Portatif. DIftlnguIffi the grounds of your oppofition to Chrifiianity with plalnnefs and perfpicuity. Leave your readers no longer at li berty to confound, in you, modern Deifm with ancient Polythelfm, or either of them with Athe- ifm. If auy of thefe Baals be God with you, — tell us which of them you worffiip. Your friends exped from you fome plan of unbelief, which may 47^ L E T T £ R ti may at leaft appear to be tolerably regular and cori-i fiftent, or they will foon defpair (i) of being able in any degree, to enter upon your defence. The impartial public demand it from you ; or the per- fuafion, already entertained by many, will foon be come univerfal, that you conceived a certain modi-^ cum of infidelity, no matter how prepared, to be ne ceffary to give faffiion to a work, pompous yet not fubftantial, — fpecious yet not fatisfadory, — labored yet not accurate. And Chriftianity calls you to the teft, dares you to the onfet ; it being her fu preme wiffi, her only prayer, where ffie hath any enemies, that ffie may, like the Grecian Warrior fo well defcrlbed by the Grecian Bard, be per mitted to confront her adverfaries in open day. She [i) One of the moft (perhaps the mofi) truly refpeftable of them feems already to have loft the very hope of your defence, in defpair, 'I'hink not my verfe means blindly to engage In rafli defence of thy profaner page ! Though keen her fpirit, her attachment fond, Bafe fervice cannot fuit with Friendlhip's bond ; Too firm from duty's facred path to turn, She breathes an honeft Cgh of deep concern. And pities Genius, when his wild career Gives faith a wound, or innocence a tear. Humility herfelf, divinely mild. Sublime Religion's meek and modeft child. Like the dumb fon of Crafus, in the ftrife. When force affailcd his Father's facred life. Breaks filence, and, with filial duty warm. Bids thee revere his Parent's hallow'd form. H.wley's Effay on Hiftory, Epift. iii. ad f mul. LETTER V. 473 She chaflenges your ftrldeft fcrutiny. She loveth not darknefs rather than light, becaufe her deeds are evil; ffie hateth not the iight, lefi her works ffould be reproved : but ffie doeth the truth, and therefore wiffieth to come to the light, that her deeds may be made manifefi that they are wrought in God ! [fi) But, Sir, your Hiftory, In general, is not my principal concern. I leave that fubjed to the im partial tribunal of future times, which wfll do it ample juftice, A particular part, only, of your work is my proper objed. Let me then ceafe from purfuing this digreffion any longer. Let me return for a few moments to my original defign, and then conclude this long, perhaps to you tedi ous, addrefs. In addition to the Note (/) which has caufed you the trouble of thefe letters, you declare, in the body of the correfpondent pages and in their Notes, with Dr. Benfion, that this text, which afferts the unity of the three in Heaven, is condemned by the univerfal filence of the orthodox fathers, ancient verfions, and ancient MSS ; and that tbe two MSS, of Dublin and Berlin, are unworthy to form an P p exception. {k) John iii: 19—21. [I) Vol. iii. p. 545- 474 LETTER v. exception. You then refer to Mr. Emlyn s works, and infinuate rather than affirm (for your expref fions are conftrained and obfcure) that this text owes its prefent exiftence to an allegorical inter pretation, in the form perhaps of a marginal Note, invading the text of the Latin Bibles, which were renewed and correded in a dark period of ten centu- turies. You affirm, with Sir Ifaac Newton, that this verfe voas firft alledged by the Catholic Biff ops, ixibom Huneric fummoned to the conference of Car thage. And from your own treafures you pro duce a confident affertion, that Gennadius, Patriarch of Confiantinople, was fo much amazed at the ex traordinary compofition (the Creed of Athanafius, commonly fo called) that he frankly pronounced it to be the voork of a drunken man : in fupport ef which remark you refer to the Dogmata Theologiccn oi Petavius. Thefe, Slr,^ are your affertions. And It feems that they ought not to pafs without fome (but they ffiafl be brief) animadverfions. In the firft place, then, let it be obferved, that by having thus adopted the objedions juft ftated, you are now become refponfible for them as your own. If this adoption were, originally, no more than the refult LETTER V. 475 refult of a curfory and imperfed examination of the fubjed, and if any part of the preceding let ters (in which, I truft, thofe objedions have been proved to be in general falfe, and univerfally in conclufive) ffiall have been fortunate enough to con vince you of your error ; you will without doubt, as the beft reparation in your power, haften to ef face the ftigma with which you have endeavoured to brand this text, by cancelling thofe pages which contain it. Such a proceeding would do juftice to the text, and honor to yourfelf. But if upon a patient, and attentive review of the fubjed you fliall fee no reafon to reverfe your former fentence, lhall ftill pronounce the verfe in queftion to be fpurious ; — it wfll be highly incumbent upon you to demonftrate to the world the incompetency of the fads ftated, and the infufficiency of the argu ments urged in the preceding letters in fupport of its authenticity.- Attempt this confutation, then without delay. Silence will be a proof of con fcious impotence. And attempt it with candor and ferioufnefs. Tinfelled phrafes and empty farcafms will have no effed, but to double the load which now lies heavy upon you. I prefs not, however^ this caution through private, or perfonal confider ations. It is a matter of no fmall indifference to the Writer of thefe pages, whether (to ufe your .. P p 2 own 476 LETTER V. own language) you falute him [rn) voith gentle courtefy, or fiern defiance. Your fads, if you ffiall produce any to explain the queftion, ffiall be re ceived -with complacence. Your arguments, if you ffiall urge any to flluminate the fubjed, ffiall be weighed with, candor and coolnefs. But your ' cavils, if you ffiall pradlfe any, ffiall be checked with fteadinefs ; and your infolence, if you ffiall affed any, ffiall be repelled with difdaln. Let me in the next place. Sir, but ftill more briefly, remark on thefe extrads, that they convey no very favorable idea of your impartiality as a Hiftorian. You have in them brought forward Mr. Emlyn on the fubjed of this verfe, becaufe he is your fellow-advocate. And you have configned even the name of Mr. Martin, his refpedable an tagonlft, to deep filence — no friendly Note to tell vohere his work lies — becaufe his opinions were di redly adverfe to yours, and becaufe he has over thrown many of Emlyn s mifreprefentations. But, Sir, is this the part of an impartial Hiftorian ? To ftate authorities, and to urge arguments, on one fide of a queftion alone, is but barely tolerable in a hired advocate. A Hiftorian who ads in this manner (in) Vindication— Edit, A. D. 1779, LETTER v. 477 manner is but his defcrlption wifl be beft given in your own words. " Whatever fubjed he has chofen, whatever perfons he introduces, he owes ta himfelf, to the prefent age, and to pofierity, a jufi and perfied delineation of all that may be praifed^ of all that may be excufed, and of all that mufi be cenfured. If he fails in the difcharge of his im portant office, he partially violates the sacred obligations of truth." [ll) But, Sir, this is not all. Let me In the third, and laft place remark, that the extrads In queftion fupply the moft palpable proof of your partiality and prejudice, in refped to the great queftion of , the authenticity of this verfe of St, John. They ffiew you to be capable even oi forging authorities in a matter which bears no more than a collateral, or rather an implied relation to it. You have wil fully (for your reference is too exad to allow you ffielter under any fuppofed inadvertence) mifre prefented both Petavius and Gennadius, in the laft of thofe extrads. Your own words have beea already fet forth. The words of Petavius may be thus tranflated. " It is certain that the Creed, which paffes under the (b) Vindication— Edit. 1779, p. i39- 478 letter v. the name of Athanafius, was not Only read, but had in great authority, by the Greek as well as by the Latin Church. In this Creed are thefe expref fions, as is known to all : The Holy Ghofi is of the Father, and of the Son, neither made, nor created, nor begotten, but proceeding. Which plain and weighty teftimony was fo offenfive to the Greeks, that they carried up their frantic and fooliffi rage even to Athanafius himfelf ; which Gennadius re lates and laments. They fear not (fays he) to affirm that Athanafius was a drunkard, and that he was drunk when he wrote this paffage: a senseless and RIDICULOUS calumny, which merits filent contempt rather than a ferious confutation." (0) May \p) " Symbolum dico quod vulgo Athanafii dicitur — Certe fub Athanafiii nomine, non modo ab noftris, fed a Graecis etiam et legitur, et in magnam auftoritatem alTumitur. Eft autem in eo ita fcriptum, quod ignorat nemo : Spiritus fan£ius a Patre, et Filio, non f alius, nec creatus, nec genitus, fed procedens . Quod tam grave ac difertum tefti monium Greeculos fic oiFendit, ut in Athanafium ipfum ftolide debac- chati fint : quod refert ac deplorat Gennadius. lion "verentur, inquit, dicere fanSlum Athanafium ebriofum fuiffe, et cum ifita ficriberet 'uino plenum. Stulta et inepta calumnia, rifque potius et contemptu quam feria expoftulatione digna." \_Peta) Xx^tXXtou ffvvxt^Krti, xxt ri AfHou Stxtets-ti, rx ix StxfAtr^ov xxxx, xxt ciAortfAK rw Cice^etxv, rt yxp Set Qeov ?i (TuvxXeifeiv xxxta;, ti x«ST«T£jM.v«i; Bt; xvttrortrx ; V[Atti Se £ij fiio; o •trxrrto, i^ om rx ttxvrx, xxt Elf xv^t(^ ln Omnia enim ex nihilo, Fiiius vero de Pa tre, De duobus eligat quifque quod velit : aut det ei fubftantiam de Patre^ aut fateatur ex nihilo fubftitiffe; Sed Propheticium forfitan obijcitur teftimonium : Gls- nerationem ejus quis enarrabit ? Cum ego non dixeriiii> ; Enarra mihi mod urn vel qyalitatem dlvins!? generatipniS;^ ' et tanti fecreti archanum humanis verbis enuntia, quo niam unde natus fit, non quem ad modura natus fit^ requifivi. Divjna enim generatio inenarrabilis eft, non , ignorabilis. Nam ufque adeo non eft ignorabilis, id, ef non ignorat ur unde fit, ut & Pater de ipfo genuiffe^ & Fiiius de Patre fe natum fsepiffime proteftetur. Quod nullus omnino ambigit Chrlftianus, ficut in Evangelio demonftratur, ipfo Filio dicente : Qui auteni non credit jam judicatus eft, quia non credidit in nomine unigenid. Filii Dei. Item Toannes Evaneelifta dicit : Et.vidimBS .J o gloriam ejus, gloriam quafi unlgeniti a Patre-. Ergo APPENDIX, NO. XXXI. 3)r Ergo profeffionem noftram brevi fermone concludi- mus. Si vere de' Patfe natus eft, unius fubftantiae eft, & verus Fiiius eft, Sed fi unius fubftantia non eft, nec verus Fiiius eft : Et fi verus FiUus non eft, nec verus Deus eft : aut fi verus Deus eft, & tamen de pa tris fubftantise non eft, ingenitus ergo & ipfe eft, Sed quia ingenitus non eft, fadura ergo eft ut putatur all. unde fubfiftens, fi de Patris fubftantias non eft, Sed abfit hoc ita credere, Nos enim unius fubftantise cum Patre filium profitemur, deteftantes Sabellianam hsere- , fim, quas Ita Sandam Trinitatem confundit, ut eum dem dicat effe Patrem quem Filium, eumdemque credat effe Spiritum fandum, non fervans. tres in unitate per- - fonaSi , ' Sed forfitan obijtitur, cum ingenitus Pater fit, .geni tus Fiiius, non fieri poffe unam eamdetnque effe fub ftantiam geniti atque ingeniti ; cum utique, fi ficut in genitus Pater eft, ingenitus effet & Fiiius, tunc magis diverfa poffet effe fubftantia, quia unufquifque a feipfo- fubfiftenft communem fubftantiam cum altero non ha beret. Cum vero ingenitus Pater de feipfo-, id eft, de eo quod ipfe eft, fi quid illud eft aut dici poteft (immo quia ut eft dici omnino non poteft) Filium generavit, "^ajjparet unarn effe gignentis genitique fubftantiam : quia Deum de Deb, lumen de lurnine, Filium efle veraciter profitemur. Nam lucem effe Patrem Joannes apoftolus teftis eft, dicens : Quia Deus lux eft, & tenebrae in eo Hon funt ullae. Item de FiUo ait : Et vita erat lux ho- minum^ & lux in tenebris lucet, & tenebrae eam noil comprehenderunt. 38 Appendix, no. xxXi. comprehenderunt, Et infra : Erat lumen verum, qUod ll|unilnat omnem hominem venlentem In hunc mun dum, Unde apparet Patrem & Filium unius effe fub ftantias, dum lucis & luminis diverfa non poteft effe fub ftantia, ejus fcilicet quas de fe gignit, &c quae de gig- nente exiftlti Denique ne aliquls Inter Patrem, & FiHum, dlverfi- tatem naturaUs luminis introducat, Ideo apoftolus de eodem FIHq dicit : Qui cum fit fplendor glorisj & figura fubftantiae ejus. In quo evidentius & coseternus Patri, & infeparabilis a Patre, & unius cum eo effe fub- ftsmtias perdoCetur : , dum lucl fplendor eft femper co- jeterniis, dum fplendor a luce nunquam feparatus eft, dmn fplendor a luce, natura fubftantise, nunquam poteft effe diverfus. Qu,i enim fplendor lucis eft, idem & Dei Fatris virtus eft : S.empitef nus ergo propter virtutis a;ternita.tem,. infeparabilis propter claritiidlnls unitatem, Et hoc eft q.uo4 nos fideliter profitemur, Filium de Pa tris fubftantia natuiil ; ficut ipfe Pater Deus apertiffi- ffluin perhibet teftira.onium.. Qui ut de fua ineffabiUs naturae fubftantia proprium Filium genuiffe monftraret, ad inftruendam fragilitatis noftras imperitiam,, ut nos ex vifibilibus ad invifibilia erigeret, tefrenss nativitatis vo cabulum ad divina; generjtionis iraxit exemplum, di cens t Ex utero ante luciferum geniii te. Quid clarius, quid luculentius effari divinitas dignaretur ? Quibus indiciis,, quibus exiftentium rerum exempHs proprieta tem getier-ationis potuit intimare, quam ut, per uteri appeltationenl, proprietatem genitricis oftenderet ? Non quia APPENDIX, NO, XXXI. 39 quia corporeis compofitus eft membris, aut aliquibus artuum lineamentls diftindus ; fed quia nos aliter veri_ tateili divinse generatianis auditu mentis percipere non poffemus, nifi humani uteri provocaremur vocabulo, ut ambigi ultra non poffet de Dei fubftantia natum effe, quem conftat ex Patris utero exftitiffe, Credentes ergo Deum Patrem de fua fubftantia impaffibiliter Filium generaffe, no.n dicimus ipfam fubftantiam aut divifani effe in FiUo, aut dimihutionem pertuflffe in Patre : et per hoc paffionis potuifle vi'cio fubjacere, Abfit enim a nobis ut talia vel opinemur, vel cogltemus de Deo : quia nos perfedum Patrem, perfedum Filium, fine fui dimlnutione, fine aliqua derivatione, fine omni omnino paffionis Infirmitate, genuiffe fideliter profitemur. Nam qui abljcit Deo, quod fi de feipfo genuit divifionis vi- elura pertullt : poteft dicere, quia et laborem fenfit quando umverfa condidit, et ob hoc die feptima ah omni fuo opeFe requievit, Sed nec In* generando de feipfo paffionem, vel dimlnutioneqi aliquam fenfit, nec ' in condendo. unlverfa fatigationem, aliquam pertuUt. Namque ut evidentius nobis divine, generationis impaf- fibllitas Infinuaretur, Deum ex Deo, himen ex lumine, fiUum profitendum accepimus. Si ergo In efficientia vlfibilis ac mundani luminis tale aliquid invenitur, ut lumine ex lumine fumpta, et per quamdam generationis natlvitatem exorto, Ipfa luminis origo, qus ex fe lumeR aUud dedIt, nec minul nec ullum omnino detrimentuni miniftrati ex fe luminis perpeti contlngat : quanto rec- tlus et melius de divini et IneffabiUs luminis natura cre- dcQdum eft, qu^ ex felpfa lumen generans, minul om nino 4® APPENDIX, NO, XXXI, nino non potuit ? Unde sequalis eft Patri FiUus, non natus ex tempore, fed gignenti coasternus : ficut fplen- dor, ab Igne genitus, gignenti manifeftatur aequalis, Haec de Patris et FIIU aequalltate, Vel de fubftantifs unitate (quantum brevitatis ratib finit) dixiffe fufficiat i fupereft ut de Spiritu fando, quem Patri ac Filio con- fubftantlvum credimus, coaequalem et coseternum dica^ mus, et teftlmonils approbemusi Licet enim hsec ve neranda Trinitas perfonis ac nominibus diftinda fit, non tamen ob hoc a fe^ atque a fiia Kternitate, difcres- pare credenda eft, fed manens atite fascula divinitas ifi Patre et Filio et Spiritu fando, vere ac proprie credl- tur, nec dividi noftris interpretationibus poteft, ttec rur fus verfa in Unam perfonam Trinitas ipfa confundi, Hsec fides plena, hsec noftra credulitas eft. IdCirco Deos nec aeftlmari patimur nec vocari, fed unum Deum in praedidls p6rfonIs ac nominibus confitemiir. Inenar- rablUs enim divinitas, non ut concllidi aut apprehend! velut vocabulis pofltet. Intra noniina perfonafque fe pras- ftltlt : fed ut Id qUod erat effe nofceretur, intelligen tiam fui ex parte quam cdpere humanae mentis auguftise prsvalebant credentibus dedit, Propheta dicente : Nifi crediderltis, non Intefllgetis, Una eft ergo Trinltatis deltas, et in hujus vocabuli appellatione fignificatio eft tinius fubftantise, non -unius perfons. Ad quani rem fidelibus comprobandam In teftimonium fui divinitas Ipfa multis et creberrlmis conteftatlonibus femper affuiti LIceat ergo ob brevitatis compendia, ex multis pauca proferre, quoniam vers probatlo majeftatis," tametfi 41 habet plurarltatem teftlmoniorum, pluralltate tamen non Indiget, quoniam credenti pauca fufficiunt. Primum igitur de Veteris teftamenti libris, poft etiam novi, Patrem et Filium et Spiritum fandum unius do- cebimus effe fubftantise, libro' Genefis fic inchoante: In principio fecit Deus coelum et terram. Terra autem erat Invltibllis et incompofita, et tenebrse erant fuper abyffum, et fpiritus Del ferebatur fuper aquas^ Ille princlpium, qui Judaeis quis effet Interrogantibus dixit : Princlpium qui et loquor vobis. Superferebatur fpiritus Del fuper aquas, ucpote creator virtute potentiae fuse contlnens creaturam, ut ex his viva omnia produdurus, ipfe rudlbus dementis ignis proprii fomenta praftaret, et jam tunc myfterlo emicante baptifmatis, virtutem fandlficatlonis liquorls • natura perciperet, primaque ad vitam corpora animata produceret : David pro inde afplrante : Verbo Domini ccell firmati funt, et fpiritu oris ejus omnis virtus eorum. Vide quam plena fit brevltas, et quatn dare In facramentum unitatis re- currlt. Patrem In Domino, In verbl fignlficatlone Fi lium ponens, Spiritum fandum altlffimi ex ore nuncu- pavlt. Et ne vpcis editio acclperetur in Verbo, coelos per eum afferit feffe firmatos. Ne autem flatus in Spi ritu reputetur, coeleftis in eo virtutis plenitudinem de- monftravlt. Nam ubi virtus, ibi neceffe eft perfona fubfiftens. Ubi omnis non ablata a Patre et Filio, fed confummata fignlficatur In Spiritu fando, non ut folus habeat quod I|i Patre et FiUo eft, fed ut totum habeat cum utroque. Et Iterum cum de vocatlone gentium Dominus loqueretur, intra unum divinitatis nomen * F Spiritum 42 APPENDIX, No. XXXt. Spiritum fandum prasdicans, ait : Euntes docete omnes gentes, bapti,zantes eos in nomine Patris et FiUi et Spi ritus fandi. Et iterum coeleftia Corlnthlis precatus Apoftolus (hasc fubdidit: Gratia Domini noftri Jefu Chrifti, et charltas Dei, et communicatio fandi Spiritus, cum omnibus vobis. Et ut apertius In hac Trinitate unitatem fubftantias fateamur, illud etiam nobis eft in- tuendumy quomodo Deus, cum- de mundi et hominis ereatlone difponeret, facramentum Trinltatis oftenderet, dicens : Faciamus hominem ad Imaginem et fimilitudi- nem noftram. Cum dicit noftram, ©ftendit utique non miius. Cum vero Imaginem et fimllltudinem profert, asqualitatem diftlndionis perfonarum Infinuat, ut iu eodem opere Trinltatis fit aperta cognltio, in quo nec pluralltas caffa eft, nec fimflltudo diffentiens, dum tt confequentia fic loquuntur : Ef dixit Deus, et fecit, et benedixit Deus. Et neceffe eft ut creati©nis totius audor Deus unus fit. Quam fidei rationem antiqua denique per Mofen benedldio pandit et comprobat, qua benedkere populum facramento trinse invocationis ju- betur« Ait enim Deus ad Mofen : Sic benedlces pe- pulum meum et ego benedlcam illos. Benedieat tc Dominus, et cuftodiat te. riluinlnet Dominus faclem fuam fuper te, et mifereatur tui. Attoflat Dominus faclem fuam fuper te, et det tibi pacem. Quod hoc ipfum Propheta David affirmat, dicens : Benedieat nos Deys, Deus nofter, benedieat nos Deus, et metuant eum omnes fines terras. Quam Trinltatis unitatem fu- pernae Angelorum virtutes hymno venerantur, et ter numero, Sandus, Sandus, Sandus Dominus Deus Sa baoth APPENDIX, NO. XXXI. 43 baoth, Indefinenti canentes ore, In unius faftigium do^ minatlonis gloriam ejus exaltant. Qiiod ut adhuc aper, tius fideUum fenfibus inculcetur, coeleftium myfteriorum confcium producimus Paulum. Ait enim : Divifiones autem donationum funt, idem autem Spiritus ; et divi- vlfiones miniftrationum funt, idem autem Dominus : et divifiones operationum funt, idem vero Deus qui operatur omnia In omnibus, Et certe has divifionum differentias pro quaUtate ac merito partlclpatitlum, Spi ritum fandum docuit operarl, cum Ipfarum gratiarum differentias partiretur, in ultimis Intulit, dicens : Haec autem omnia operatur unus atque Idem Spiritus, divi- dens propria unlcuIqUe prout vult. Unde nulUus am- biguitatl rellnqultur locus, quin clareat Spiritum fanc- tum et Deum effe, et fuse voluntatis adorem, qui cunc- ta operarl, et fecundum proprise voluntatis arbitrium divinae difpenfatlonis dona largiri apertiffime demonftra tur. Quia ubi voluntaria diftributio prsdicatur, non poteft videri conditio fervitutis. In. creatura enim fer- vitus intelllgenda eft, in Trinitate. vero dominatio ac libertas, Et ut adhuc luce clarius unius di vinitatis ESSE CUM Patre et Filio Spiritum sanctum doceamus, Joannis Evangelists tes- timonio comprobatur, ait namqxie : Tres sunt QUI testimonium perhibent in coelo. Pater, Verbum, et Spiritus sanctus, et hi tres un um SUNT, Numquid ait tres in differentiae quaUtate fejundi, aut quibuflibet diverfitatum gradibus longo fe- parationis intervaflo divifi ? Sed tres, inquit, unum funt, Ut autem magis magifque fandi Spiritus cum ? F 2 Patre, 44 appendix, no, xxxi. Patre, et Fflio, una divinitas in creandls rebus omnibus demonftraretur, habes creatorem Spiritum fandum in libro Job primo: Spiritus, inquit, divlnus eft' qui fecit me, et Spiritus omnipotentis qui docet me. Et David dicit : Emitte Spiritum tuum et creabuntur, et reno- vabis faclem terras. Si renovatio et creatio per Spirit um erit, fine dubio et principlum creatlonis fine fpiritu non fuit. Poft creationem igitur oftendamus, quia vi vlficat etiam Spiritus fandus ficut Pater et FiUus. Equi- dem de perfona Patris refert Apoftolus : Teftor In con- fpedu Dei qui vivificat omnia. Vitam vero dat Chrif tus : Oves, Inquit, meae vocem meam audlunt, et ego vitam seternam do Illis, VIvificamur vero a Spiritu fando, ipfo dicente Domino : Spiritus eft qui vivificat. Ecce una vivificatio Patris, et FiUi, et Spiritus fanfti aperte monftrata eft. Praefcientiam rerum omnium in Domino effe et occultorum cognitionem fleet nemo Chriftanus Ignoret, tamen ex DanieUs libro monftran- dum eft. Deus, inquit, qui occultorum cognitor es, qui prsefclus omnium antequam nafcantur. Hsc eadem prasfcientia In Chrifto eft, ficut refert Evangelifta : Ab initio autem fciebat Jefus quis effet eum tradlturus, vel qui effent non credentes in eum. Quod fit autem oc cultorum cognitor, ex hoc manlfeftum eft, cum obfcura confilia Judaeorum traducens dicebat : Quid cogitatis nequam In cordibus veftris ? Similiter prsefcire omnia Spiritum fandum Ipfe manlfeftavit dicens ad apoftolos : Cum venerit Spiritus veritatis, docebit vos omnia & Ventura annunciabit vobis. Qui ventura nuntiare per- hibetur, prasfcire omnia non dubitatur, quia Ipfe fcru- tatur appendix, no. XXXI, 45 tatur etiam altltudines Del, & novit omnia quae in Deo funt : ficut memorat Paulus dicens : Spiritus enim om nia fcrutatur etiam altitudines Dei. Item in eodem loco : Sicut nemo fcit hominum quae funt hominis nifi fpiritus ejus qui in ipfo eft : ita nem.o fcit qus funt Dei nifi Spiritus Dei. Ad Inrelligendam vero potentlam Spiritus fandi, pauca de terribilibus proferamus. Vendiderat poffeffio- nem, ut fcriptum eft in Adibus Apoftolorum, fuppreffa parte pecuniae dolofus difcipulus, reUquum pro toto antfe pedes ponens Apoftolorum. Offendit Spiritum fandum quem putabat latere, Sed quid ad eum dixit contlnuo beatus Petrus : Anania, quare fatanas replevit cor tuum, ut mentlrerls Splritui Sando .'* & infra : non es mentitus hominibus, fed Deo, Atque ita percuffus virtute ejus cui mentiri voluerat, expiravit. Quid hic vult beatus Petrus intelligi Spiritum Sandum ? Uti que clarum eft, cum dicit : Non es mentitus hominibus, fed Deo. Manlfeftum eft ergo, quoniam qui mentitur Splritui fando, Deo mentitur : & qui credit in Spiritum fandum, credit in Deum. Tale aliquid, Imo fortius quiddam, dominus in Evangelio oftendit : omnepecca- tum & blafphemia remittitur hominibus : qui autem blafphemat In Spiritum fandum, non remittetur el ne que in hoc feculo neque In futuro. Ecce terrlblli fen- tentia Irremiffibile dicit effe peccatum ei qui in Spiritum fandum blafphemaverit. Compara huic fententi^ flIud quod fcriptum eft In libro Regum : Si peccando pecca- verit vir In vIrum, orabunt pro eo : fi autem In Domi num 46num peccaverit, quis orabit pro eo ? SI ergo blafphe- mare in Spiritum fandum, & peccare in Deum fimile, id eft inexpiabfle crimen eft, jam quantus fit Spiritus fandus unufquifque cognofcit. Deus, quod ubique fit prasfens, impleat omnia, ore difcimus Efaias : Ego, in- quit, Deus approximans, & non de longlnquo ? Si abfconditus fuerit homo In abfconditis, ergo ego non videbo eum ? nonne ccelum & terram ego impleo ? Quod autem Deus fit ubique, falvator in evangqlio : Ubicunque, ait, fuerint duo vel tres coUedi in nomine meo, ibi & ego fum In medio eorupi, De fpiritu adse- que fando, quod ad fit ubique, dicit Propheta ex per fona Dei : Ego in vobis, & fpiritus meus.ftat in medio veftrum. Et Salomon ait : Spiritus domini replevit orbem terrarum, & hoc, quod continet omnia, fcien^ tiam habet vocis. Item David dicit : Qiio Ibo a Spiritu^ tuo, & a facie tua quo fugiam ? fi afcendero in coelum, tu illic es ; fi defcendero in Infernum, ades : Si fump- fero pennas meas In diredum, et habitavero in extremi? marls : Etenim iUic manus tua deducet me, & contine- bit me dextera tua. Habitat Deus in fandis fuis fecun dum promiffionem, quia dixerat : Habitabo in iUis, Quod vero dominus Jefus dicit in evangelio : Manete in me, & ego in vobis : probat hoc Paulus dicens : An nefcitis quia Jefus Chriftus eft in vobis ? Hoc autem tatiim in Spiritus habitatione adimpletur, ficut memo- rat Joannes : Ex hoc, inquit, fcimus quia In nobis eft, quia de Spiritu fuo dedit nobis. Similiter & Paulus : Nefcitis quia templum Dei eftis, & Spiritus Dei habitat , in vobl-s ? Et iterum dicit : Glorlficate et portate Deum Il\ APPENDIX, NO, XXXI. 47 In corpore veftro. Quem Deum? Utique Spiritum fandum, cujus templum effe videmur. Nam quod ar- guat Pater, arguat Fiiius, arguat Spiritus fandus, ita probatum eft. In Pfalmo quadragefimo nono legitur : Peccatori autem dicit Deus, Et infra : Arguam te, et ftatuam contra faciem luam. David fimiliter orans di cit ad Chriftum : Domine, ne In ira tua arguas me, quia ipfe venturus eft arguere omnem carnem. Quod vero de Spiritu fando falvator in evangelio : cum vene rit Inquit, ParacUtus, Ille arguet mundum de peccato, et de juftitia, et de judicio. Hoc providens David cla- mabat Dominum : Quo Ibo a Spiritu tuo, et a facie tua quo fugiam ? Nam et quod bonus fit Pater, bonus Fiiius, bonus Spiritus fandus, fic probatur. Dicit Propheta : Bonus es tu, Domine, et in bonitate tua doee me juftifi- cationes tuas* De fe autem ipfe unigenitus : Ego fum paftor bonus. De Spiritu seque fando David in pfalmo dicit : Spiritus tuus bonus deducet me in terram redam. Quis autem illam dignitatem Spiritus fandi poffit tacere ? AntlquI enim Prophetas clamabant : Hasc dicit Dominus. Hanc vocem Chriftus adveniens in fuam perfonam revocavit dicens : Ego autem dico vobis. Novi autem Prophetas quid clamabant ? fic Agabus Propheta In Adibus apoftolorum : Hasc dicit Spiritus fandus. Et Paulus ad Timotheum : Spiritus, inquit, manlfefte dicit. Quae vox omnino demonftrat indiffe- rentlam Trinltatis. Dicit fe Paulus a Deo Patre & Chrifto vocatum fuiffe et miffum. Paulus, inquit, Apoftolus non ab hominibus, neque per hominem, fed per Jefuni Chriftum et Dominum patrem. In adibus autem' 4^ APPENDIX, NO, xxxr. autem apoftolorum legitur quod a Spiritu fando fit fegregatus et miffus. Sic enim fcriptum eft : Haec Apocalypfe. J The whole Bible. The whole Bible. r Part of the Old and the 1 i whole of the New Tefta- > [ ment. J The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The -n-hole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. 1-he whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole BiWe. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. 'J-he whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. , The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. —except a part of Genefis. — except the Pfalms. 5 — except a part of St. Paul's I Epiftles. — pages occafionally loft. Its fuppofed age. The Preface 8cc. 9 Century. 13 Century. 10 Century. II Century. II Century. II Century. I,-? Century. 13 Century. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has not the Pro logue, (i) Has the Prologue, Has the Prologue. 13 Century. Has the Prolog-ae. I. i Century. Has the Prologue. 13 Century. Has the Prologue. 13 Century. Has the Prologue. 13 Century. Has the Prologue. 13 Century. Has the Prologue. Bihlia Pap/e^ vocata (fcil. | pjavii.) A. >I^=«''^'=P'"<''°S"|'^ D. 1378 ad I :*M 1394- J 14 Century. Has the Prologue., 14 Century. Has the Prologue. 14 Century. Has the Prologue. 14 Century. Has the Prol.iguc. 14 Century. Plas the Prologue. 14 Century. Has the Prologue. 14 Century. Has the Prologue., 14 Century. Has the Prologue. 14 Century. Has the Prologu?., 14 Century. Has the Prologver 14 Century. Has the Prologiiel 14 Century. Has the Prologue. 14 Century. Has the Prologue. 14 Century. Has the Prologue. 14 Century. Has the Prologue. 14 Century. Has the Prologue. 14 Century. Has the Prologue. 14 Century. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. 14 Century. 14 Century. 14 Century. 14 Century. 14 Century. 14 Century. II Centui-y. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. 80 Part (b) rrfnv ihe 'Prologue -waj not found hi its ufual flofion, viz. hnmed'iately before the Epijtle of St, J^mjs, it ivas prefumed, without further examination, that the MS did not contain it. APPENDIX, NO. XXXIII. 55 Tae Namber Ste. JMo. 93 The Contents of each MS. It! fuppofed age. The Preface &tu 104 III Il6 J3S m 140 IJO 156 161 i6z 163164 165166 167168169170171172 173174175176177178179180 181 i8j {Part only of the Old Tefta-") ment & the A&&, the feven / Canonical Epiftles, the Splf- > la tie to the Romans and the 1 Apocalypfe. J r Imperfecft — the i. Epiftle of -^ < St. John is mutilated in par- > I ticular. j 5 Part of the Old and all the / J New Teftament. J Part of Old, all New Teft. Part of Old, all New Teft. r Part of the Old, and all theT i New Teftament, except the C I Gofpels. 3 SPart of the Old, and all theT New Teftament, except the ( Gofpel of St. Matiheti) and f the A / ment. j rPart of the Old, and theT J AiSls, the Canonical Epiftles, ( "land the Apocalypfe of the C LNew Teftament. J r Part of the Old, and the"] i whole of the ^ew Tefta- > l_ ment. J The whole Bible. 13 The whole Bible. . 13 The whole Bible. 10 The whole Bible. 13 The whole Bible. 13 The whole Bible. 13 The whole Bible. li The whole Bible. 14 The whole Bible. 14 The whole Bible. 14 The whole Bible. "^4 The whole Bible. 14 The whole Bible. 14 Century, Has the Prologue. 9 Century. Has not the PrcL Century.Century. Century. Has the Prdbgae. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. I a Century. Has the Prologue. 13 Century. Has the Prologue. 15 Century. Has the Prologac 13 Century. Has the Prologue, 14 Century. Has the Prologue. Century. Century.Century.Century.Century. Century. Century. Century.Century. Century.Century.Century.Century. The whole Bible. 14 Cent. The whole Bible, 14 Century. The whole Bible. 14 Century. The whole Bible. 14 Century. The whole Bible. 14 Century The whole Bible. 14 Century. — ^:-ccpt -1 ¦ Pfalms. 14 Century. rPart of the Old, and tlif-^ ^ whole ofthe New 'icfta-V 14 Century. ^ment. J The whole Bible, except Apoc. 14 Century. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has not the ProL Has the Prologue, Has the Prologue, Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has not the ProL Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. C ^he leaf lofi ivhere < the Prologue is ufu- C aly inferted. Has die Prologue, Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. C'Tivo leaves lofi < -where the Prol. is (_iijua'ly inferted. Hasthe Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. 198 The 56 The Number &c. No, 198 199200 201201 203 204205 206 207 2o8 209 210211 212aij214 SI .5 2.16 (a Vols.) 217 siS 219 220 331 22Z 223 224 425326 227328229330 33133a 333 233 A. 234 242 247 Thc Contents of each MS. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible, The whole Bible, The whole Bible, The whole Bible, The whole Bible. The whole Bible, The whole Bible. The whole Bible, The whole Bible. The whole Bible, The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible, The whole Bi'Dle, The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible. The whole Bible, The whole Bible, The whole Bible. The whole Bible, The whole BiJ)le, rPart of the Old Te.fc?.ment,-^ .^the Epiftle to the Romans >¦ tand the Canonical Epiftles.J rPart of the Old, and thei -< whole of the New Tefta- > traent. j Its fuppofed age. The Preface Sc. 10 Century. 10 Century, 13 Century, 14 Century, 14 Century, 14 Century, 14 Century. 14 Century, 14 Century, 14 Century. 14 Century, 14 Century, 14 Century, 14 Century. 14 Century. 14 Century. 14 Century. 14 Century. 14 Century, 14 Century, 14 Century, 14 Century. 14 Century. 14 Century. 14 Centur /. 14 Century. 14 Century. 14 Century. 14 Century. 14 Century. 14 Century. 14 Centuiy. 14 Century. 14 Century. 14 Century, 1,'- Century, 15 Cer.tury. 14 Century. Hasthe Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue, Has the Prologue. Hasthe Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. Hasthe Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. His the Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue, Has the Prologue. Has not the Pro. Has the Prologue. Hus the Prologue.'',! Has the Prologue.', Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. V Has the Prologue, ' Has the Prologue. Has not the Pro. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has the Pi-ologus. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. 13 Century. Has not the Pro. 14 Century. Has the Prologue 3.50 351252253 254 255 305 5 The whole of the New 7 J Teftament. J The whole New Teft. The whole New Teft. Part of Old, all New Teft. All Ne-w Teft. except Apoc. f The whole of the New Tef- 7 / tament. ^ f The Aifts, the Canonical E-^ J piftles, the Epiftles of St.^ l^Paut, and the Apocalypfe.} 9 Century, 13 Century, 13 Century, 13 Century, 13 Century, IJ Century, Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue, Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue. Has the Prologue.' Has the Prologue. 12 Century. Has the Prologue. 306 Tht Appendix, no. xxxiii. 57 The Kumber &c. The Contents of each MS. J f The Adls, the Apoci.lypfe," o5 • (_ Ordinaria. ) i ¦ Aas, Canonical Epiftles, A--^ 308 . ' pocalypfe with the Glofl'a V 1 Ordinaria. 3 "St. Paul's Epiftles, Afls," 309 . Canonical Epiftles, Apoca- ¦ Llypfe. rCanonical Epiftles, Afts," 315 i Apocalypfe, Epiftle to Ro- ¦ j_mans. 316 Canonical Epiftles. 319 The whole New Teftament. 320 The whole Bible. 321 The whole Bible. 322 The whole Bible. 338 Catholic Epiftles. 339 Catholic Epiftles. 3;ll 343 344 j88 4328 Its fuppofed age. The Preface &c, 12 Century. Has the Prologue. 14 Century. Has not the Prol. 14 Century. Has the Prologue. 12 Century. Has the Prologus. 12 Century, Has not the Prol, The whole New Teftament, The whole Bible, The whole Bible, fSt. Paul's Epift;les, Canoni- 7 ical Epiftles. J AApocalypfe, CathoUc Epif--? itks. 5 Canonical Epiftles. 14 Century. 14 Century, 14 Century, 14 Century; A. D. 1422. 12 Century, 14 Century, UN.B. This Ifour.d in the 13 Century, 14 Century. 15 Century. Has the Prologue. Has not the Prol. Has not the Prol. Has not the Prol. Has the Prologue. Has not the Prol. Has the Prologue. Book could not he Summer of 1791../ Has not the Prol. Has the Prologue. Hasthe Prologue. 13 Century. Has not the Prol. 5 Century. Has not the Prol. The Number 8tc. I 1723 50 51 6364 81 83 93 ^ 457687 In the Palatine Library at Vienna. its fuppofed age. The Preface 8tc. 13 Century. Has thc Prologue. A. D. 1333. Has the Prologue. 15 Century. Has the Prologi-e. 9 Century. Has not the Prol., 14 Century. Has the Prologue, 14 Century. Has the Prologue; 14 Century. Has the Prologue. 14 Century. Has the Prologue. 13 Century; Has the Prr-logue; 14 Century. Has the Pr logue; 14 Century. Has the Prologue. 12 Century. Has the Prologue; 14 Century. His the Prologue; A.D. 1247. Has the Prologue. k. u, «u ci Ih^^ N. B. There are ten Latin MSS of this kind in the Library of iia, of -which nine antain the Prologue. Trinity College Dub- * H No, XXXIV. 58 APPENDIX, NO, XXXIV. N" -XXXIV, N, B, 277^ introdudory, and conneding (or com mentarious) parts of this Synopfis are here included, within brackets. INTROD. [^TauT)]!/ auT(^ 0 loioivvti; 0 ro cvoiyycXtov yoait' (ra; nrts-eXhet, VTro^t^vnTVMv tbj r]Sr\ TrtfivirotvTtXi «f TOI/ Kufiiov" xai TrpuTov ^f-iv cainrep ev tw EVocyliXiu, 1 : I. s]w nott tv TaJJn tTTiroAr) OEoAoya Trtpt T8 Xoyoij, — a, J. fi!7ro(5'£ix!/i)c'] a,VTOV «« ai/ai £V tw ©fw, nasi StSatrnav rov TTOirepoi ipw? ai/«i rii/os )t«i ktwj yvoi[jt,£v rov Xo- COMMENT. yov Wf oc7rx-iiya.irfj.ot, t^ ccvrs mat, ^toAoyuv St t^Ji- yHTXi] (/.Yi vttiiTtpov ai/ai ro xa6' «|IA«j (/.Vfripiov, II : 7. aXX £0 oiP^rii [x,iv xoct otBt r\)y^a.vnv avro, vuv St — 8. -TTttpCCVlpiOIT^at tv TW Kupiw []of Tt? ffl ^wj] aiwn®* jcai ©£(^ «A5i6ti'^. xat to odltov Si rr,; risls troi- III; S. ^aQtoii -iioct iitttpocvttocq aura Tifirxri^ Afywi/ fii/ai ts]* £771 tw KoIaAuo-ai Ta £C'yfl; tb Stoi^oXs Fxai Jijuaf £A£u6£fw9»i^at aTTO rs flati/aTa, xat yii/wo-Jtfii' iijt*a; rov ttot.rtpoo noct ocvjov rov vtov rov Kvptov niAtav lr,(T»v Xpirov,] ypoctpet ow 7rf©»' trairoiv riXtxia,v, Tr^©^ II: 12—15. ttaiSta, ttp©^ Vfantrxs?, ttp^ ytpovloc;, [_olt 0 [tttv ©£©-• iyvo](T^r], 71 Se StocQoXmn tvepyeioi Aoittoii vevt- xrirat xoilccpyn^evl©^ rn flavala, arot XotTtov St oXrt( rri; £9rtroA»)j TTfei ayaTrJij StSoiiTKet, ^eXuv TfAot,; «A- AnAa; ot,yoi,Tro!,v, tTre-tSn >£ai 0 Xf ij-^ 5iya7r»i(r£i' ))/*«?, i^r\yetlxt o\jv Tttpt Sioi,cpopocg poSa )cai ayaTrri?, Jtai T£Ki'Wi' ©£a x«i TSKVwv J'i«6oAaj x«j TttPt ajixajliaf OccifKltxt!; APPENDIX, NO, XXXV. 59 V-xvaltx.rii; y.oct [/.n Savati>c)i?, rnxt wspt Stotcpo^x; ttviv- f^ocldjv,] xoit XotTTov Stoitskt TTOtov [Atv 7rvevfA.a, ex ts ©£a £,ri, -rotov Sl THS w-Aamf, jtai zrore [/.ev ytvu v: 7,9,10. Diov, o\jSe rov Ttrocltpx t^tt, VSixxptvii Ss ev rri fuyt;-o- Xr\ rxvlri, Xtyuv xxt rsjo tStov xxt rs xvli^Pifs] tt- — 10, vxt ro Xeyetv fi,ti\ ttvxt to> uiov x-o\ov rov Xpt^ov In- csv, tvx SiXov olt co; [j.-^ ov1(^ exstvs, txujov efsrri tt vxt 0 ^JtVfri;. VTSfxpxtvet St St'oXr,; rn; fsrtroX?,; ttT) — 10. K^v[^etv rs; ¦srtftvovjx; roi Kufiw, et fj.ta'svlxt ev rot Koo-jiAW' xXXx [jtxXXov yjaipetv, ort ro |U.iir@J Ta xoir[/.s Sttxvvtrt rs; TStftvovrx; iJ,tTxQeQnxivxt xsr xvls Ta Xoir[Jt,s, xxt ttvxt XoiTXtov thj ovpavisTSTOAtritx;.] v.xt fv fw teAei St rn; fsttfoXn; ¦mxXtv VT^oiMtjj.v?i(Txei, Xe- ywv ort 0 rs ©£a ui©^ cwi xtuvt(^ srt, xxt u; xXt, 20. hvov, xxt tvx rsioi SsXtuaiAev xxt ip\jXxTlaf/,tv ixvrs; — 21. Kwo ruv ttSciiXoiv, N° XXXV. ' Non idem ordo eft apud Grsecos, qui integre fapiunt et fidem reftam feftantur, epiftolarum feptem quas Ca- nonicEE nuncupantur, qui in Latinis codicibus invenitur, Ut quia Petrus primus eft in numero Apoftolorum, priraEC fiilt etiam ejus epiftolse in ordine cssterarum, * H 2 Sed 6o APPENDIX, NO, xxxv. Bed ficut Evangeliftas dudum ad veritatis lineam cor- reximus, ita has proprio ordini, Deo nos ju-vante, red- didimus. , Eft enim prima earum una Jacobi ; Petri duEe ; Johannis tres ; et Juda una : Quas fi ut ab eis di, geftse funt, ita quoque ab interpretibus fideliter in La tinum verterentur eloquium, nec ambiguitatem legehti, bus facerent, nec fermonum fefe varietas impugnaret ; illo prascique loco ubi de unitate Trinltatis in prim^ Johannis epiftola pofitum legimus. In qua etiam ah infidelibus tranfiatoribus multum erratum effe a fidei ve, ritate comperimus ; trium, tantum vocabula, hoc eft, ^quae, fanguinis, et fpiritus in fua editione ponentibus, et Patris Verbique ac Spiritus teftimonium omittenti- bus (f) in quo maxime et fideS Catholica roboratur, et Patris ac Filii ac Spiritus Sanfti una divinitatis fubftan tia comprobatur. In cEcteris vero Epiftolis, quantum ^ noftra aliorura diftet editio, ieftoris prudentige dere- linquo. Sed tu virgo Chrifti, Eufiochium, dura a me impenfius Scripturas veritatem inquiris, meam quodammodo fe-; neftutem invidorum dentibus corrodendam exponis, qui me falfarium corruptoremque facrarum fcripturarum pronunciant, Sed ego in tali opere,, nec semulorum meorura invidentiam pertimefco, nec fanCtas fcriptuias yeritatem pofcentibus denegabo. No, XXXVL ((?) V^llcitfus reads omi(Untes and fonenlfs. APPENDIX, NO. XXXVI. (6l N°. XXXVI. Note. The Greek MSS, now in the Royal Li brary at Paris, which have been attributed to R, Stephens by Le Long, Wetftein and Griefbach, have tables of contents, or indexes, written on paper, annexed to them. Thefie paper-indexes are generally fxed with pafie, or wafers, to the infide of the cover of each MS. It is not now known who compofed them : but they are, modern. They do not afiirm the MSS to have belonged to R. Stephens ; but fome fubfequent fcribe has fuper added that affertion (for the hand-writing is palpia- hly different J to fiome of them. If a conjedure may be hazarded on the fubjed, thefe paper-indexes feem to have been made about the middle of the lafi, and the fuperadditions at the be ginning of the prefent, century. Thefie obfiervations being premifed, a very brief ac count lhall now he fubjoined of all thofie Greek MSS in t^jis Library, which are (erroneoully J imputed te JI, Stephens, MS NO. 84 Is a thick quarto, formerly marked 1508, and under another 62 APPENDIX, NO. XXXVI; another numeration 2867. It contains the four Gof pels. It was once marked cioccclxxx, and number 118 has been -written on its firft page. It carries the coro netted F and the fieur de lis. The paper-jndex was made whilft the MS was inark- ed 1508, for it bears that number at its head. It is of the eleventh century. There is no Memo randum, Note, or indorfement upon or within thi? MS, affirming it to have belonged to R. Stephens, MS NO, 106 Is a very thick quarto, and contains the whole of the New Teftament, the Apocalypfe excepted. It was formerly marked 1523 and 2871. It carries the H, but not coronetted. The writer of the pafted paper-index attributes it to the twelfth cen.- tury, " Is codex olim Monachi cujufdam, Rhacendyta nomine, quartufque ex eorum numero quos R.^St(pha-! nus exhibuit." MS NO, 112 Is a thick o(3avo, formerly marked 2205 and 34^5. It APPENDIX, NO. XXXVI. 63 It contains the four Gofpels, the A£ls, and all the Epif tles, and carries the coronetted H. It has few abbreviations. The ink is very pale in the Gofpel of St. Matthew, but becomes ftronger to wards the end of the volume, as is the cafe with the Dublin MS. It refembles that MS in another inftance, namely in having double dots over its i and ii. It Is of the eleventh century, and the writer of the paper-index fays it is the e of R. Stephens. ! MS NO. 72 Is a thick quarto, formerly belonging to the Colber tine Library, and there marked 2467. It was after wards numbered in the Royal Library 2244. It contains the four Gofpels ; but that of St. Mat thew is defeftive, beginning at the words zrx^xSta 0 xv\t- Stx©^ in the fifth chapter. It has not the pundulum fiubjedum, but writes twj deut, rut x^rint &c. and is of the eleventh century. It has not the coronetted H or F, or the fieur de lis. Nor is there any note or indorfement upon or within it, affirming it to have belonged to R, Stephens. MS 64 MS NO, 47 Is a very thick, but fhort folio, formerly marked 2241. It contains the Acts, all the Epiftles, and the Apocalypfe. It has not the coronetted H or F, or the fieur de Us. Nor is there any note or indorfement upon or within it, affirming it to have belonged to R. Stephens. At the clofe of the book the fcribe declares himfelf to be Nicephorus Cannavius, and that he finifhed his work at Confiantinople in A, M. 6872, according to the Grecian computation,' or in A. D, 1364. It came into the Royal Library by purchafe in A, D. 1687. MS NO. 49 Is a thin folio, formerly marked 734 and 2242. It contains the four Gofpels, and has not the coronetted H. The writer of the pafted paper-index fays — " in lu cem protuUt R. Stephanus ;" but he ventures no further. A more modern hand writes on this index, that this MS is of the eleventh century. Ic Is certainly of a later date. MS .APPENDIX, NO. XXXVK- 6^ MS NO. 62, Is a thick quarto, formerly marked 1558 and 2861, and has the coronetted H and the fieur de lis. It contains the four Gofpels, with a few defalcafldlig'. It is written in uncial letters-, and thefe not inclined, and feems to be of the eighth century. The manus rficenfior hys, " Roberto Stephano rt." '.7i, MS NO. 102. Is a quarto volume, formerly marked 1641 and 2 8 70.' It has the coronetted H. ^ The writer of the pafted paper-index fays — " Rob^ Stephano t." It feems to be' of the eleventh century, and contains- the whole New' Teftament, except the Gofpels and the Apocalypfe. MS NO. 237. - Is a quarto volume, formerly marked 607', aiid 2869, and has the coronetted H. * I It 66 A-pvi-^nlx, NO. xxxvii. It contains the A£ls, all the Epiftles, and the Apo- calypfe ; with Scholia, evidently by a more modera hand. It is written in uncials Inclined, has few contrafli- ons, and feems to be of the tenth century. N^ XXXVII. Ratio vera Theologia, per Erafmum. (Edit, Le Clerc, i 1704, vol. V. p. 74 — ii5>) (^od apud Joannem capite duodecimo Pharifim def. tinant & Lazarum interficere : typum habet, quod im- probi non folum oderunt Chrifium ipfum, fed eos quo que per quos Chrijii nomen illuftratur. Adnotandus eft apud eumdem circulus in quo fere fe volvit, ubique & focietatem & fcedus Chrifiianum commendans : prse' fertim capite duodecimo, & decimo tertio, fe declarat idem effe cum Patre : adeo ut qui Filium norit, norlt & patrem : qui Filium fpernat, fpernat h Patrem : nec feparatur ab hac communlone Spiritus Sandtus, Sic enim legis in Epiftola : Tres fiunt qui tefiimonium dant in calo. Pater, Sermo, $5° Spiritus : atque hi tres unum funt. In idem confortium trahit fuos, quos palmites appellat : obfecrans, ut quemadmodum ipfe idem erat cum Patre, ita & illi idem effent fecum. > Impertit iif dem communem Patris fuuraque Spiritum, omnia con.. qliantem. No. XXXVIII. APPENDIXj NO* XXXVHI. 6"] N" XXXVIIL \_After a fhort introdudion, and defcrlption of the MS, both here omitted, M. Zoellner thus proceeds.] Per longum temporis fpatium, multi (ne dicam om nes) Critici inter Germanos et Bqtavos, La Crozii fen- tentia freti, flocci fecere codicem noftrum ; nec Wet-^ Jienius eum dignum exiftimavit qui valeret ad confirm- andam leftionem aliquam variantem. Nec effe vlde- batur cur La Crozio diffiderent. Bibfiothecae enim Regise prseerat ; habebat igityir coplam, pro lubltu, fcrutandi ; — vir erat eruditiffimus, fidei Nicana addic- tus. Non defuere tamen qui La Crozio afTentire dubi- tarent, id potiffimum urgentes, eum nullo argumento fententiam fuam confirmaffe, nec unicum unquam in medium protullffe fphalma typographicum, quod e Po- lyglottis Compl. in codicem Ravianum irrepferit. Nec de- crant rationes quibus exornabant viri eruditiffimi contrarium. Lon- gior effem fi vel potiflimorum argumentorum mentionem facere vellem quibus nituntur Michaelis (in Enleitung &c.) /, M. Gneze, Paftor Ham- hurg (in Vertheidigting &c.) et pluribus aliis fcriptis quee contra Sem- hrum. Prof. Eaknfem edidit. Qua: fufius repetens ne tibi moleftus lim, fummam tantum eorum tibi ob oculos ponam eaque addam quae ipfe codicem diligenter volvendo inveni, Novitas externa negarl omnino non poteft, Mem- brana admodum alba eft ; et el adhuc calx, five creta, adhsret. Verum enim vero vix, ac ne vix quidem, exinde fraudem evinci poffe, exiftimo. Creta enim, * I 2 quse 68 APPENDIX, NO. XXXVIII. quae adhuc in membrana cernltur, faltem a tempore, quo Ravius exemplar vendidit, ufque ad noftram set^- tem fupereft. C)uid ni quod per fseculum unum faftuni eft, per dud aut tria, ante haec, fi^ri potuifTet ? Et dix- erit forfan codicis Raviani fautor : ante Ravium ilium non adeo multorum manibus effe verfatum, id quod fufficat ad fplendorem novitatis ei fervandam. Sunt in bibliotheca Regis alii MSS (v. c. Suetonii, 1472 fcriptl) qui majorem etiam prs fe ferunt novitatis fpeciem. Atraraehtum, quod a La Crozio albicans vocatur, jam. non nifi ienuatum eft, et vetuftatis fpeciem habet. Mag num quidem apparet difcrimen inter atramentum quod natura albicat, et quod vetuftatis vi evanuit ; fed quis noftrum hodie dignofeere poteft, utrum atramentum codicis noftri, quod nunc ferie annorum palluiffe vi detur, tempore La Crozii eandem indolem habuerit, an nunc demum contraxerit ? Literas Codicis Raviani non eongruunt MSS antlquiorlbus ; contra fimilfim^ funt typis in Polyglottis Campluienfibus. Illud ftatirat apparet : hoc vero in dubium vocari poflet. Magna omnino deprehenditur fimilltudo inter figuram litera rum Codicis Raviani, et Polyglottorum Complutenftunt (fi ab indole calanio piftarum et typis imprefforum dif- celTeris) nec tamen tanta, ut dici queat ad harum Iml- tatlonem illas effe exprefias. Quid ? quod typi, qui Alcaics a Cardinal! Ximenio parabantur, procul dubio ad exemplar MSS Gracorum (prasclpue forfitan Rhodii) fufi funt. Quod fl itaque Cod. Ravianus congruat typis Complutenfiibus, nil probaret hsec fimilltudo; cur pt I'n. xiQTx refpondeat figura literarum unius MS Graeci Uteris .APPENDIX, NO.. XXXVIII. i6g Jiteris alterius ; et cur igitur non congruat Ravianus Codex Rhodio, vel alio archetypo, ad cujus fimilitudi- nen typi Complutenfies fufi effe poffunt ? Id tamen manl feftum eft, du£lum literarum Codicis Raviani non attingere fascula ante xv ; nec id filentio prastereundum puto, primas paginas magis anxie effe delineatas. In fe- quentibus vero agiliorem, expeditioremque manum ap parere : ex quo forfan colligi poffet opus effe hominis ducendarum literarum aon adeo gnari. Quod La Crozius fimpllclter dicet, fcribam indo£tum etiam mendas typographicas expreffifle, ut omnino con ftet &fc. — id quidem nimis feftinanter ab illo didum eft. Codex Ravianus a textu Cemplutenfium innumeris lo cis dllcrepat. Non ego omnes locos qui in libris jam laudatis recenfentur evolvi propter temporis anguftias, imprimi? cum Stofchiusi qui jam cum Bieftero bi.bliothccje Regis prseeft, , a Goezio rogatus di- ligentiflime codicem noftrum p.erluftraverit. In folo Evangelio Jfdatthtsi, praiter ea qu^ abfque dubio lapfus fcribentis funt, 50 lediones variantes inveniuntur, quibus Codex Ravianus ab editione Complutenfi difcedit, quarum no- tatu dignifliraas funt: Matt, ij : 13, Editio Complutenfis legit xTtoXetTxt Ravianus contra x7rox\e-ivxt, xv. 22 Com plutenfis tx^xvyxo-ev .X'jlta Ravianus ex^x^ev oTTio-w aura xvi : 2,6 Complutenfis utpeXetrxi, Ravianus oiiptXr,h APPENDIX, NO. XXXVIII. flutenfis eXttirt Sixx^ivii[jt.evoi, Ravianus tXiy^ilt Stax^titofiA ts;, Sufficiant hasc : fatis enim fuperque demonfttant fcribam non literarum Gracarum rudem fuiffe. Nec id flocci faciendum eft^ omnes iftos variantes lediones uno vel altero MS confirmari, id quod noftris temporibus poft Milii, Wetfienii, afiorumque recenfiones textus Graci nihil probaret, fed ante centum, et quod excurrit, annos baud facile a falfario quovis perfici poterat. Attamen qui omnem lapidem movere vellet, ei omnes loci, quibus codex Ravianus a Complutenfi difcedit, dilij. genter colligendi effent, ut inde perfpiceret an Variantes lediones ex editionibus principibus,, quorum vix forte conferendi copia fuiffet falfario, hauriri potuerint. Qui fententlas La Crozii favent, id inter afia potiffimum ur gent, I. Joan. V : 4, in codici Raviani deeffe verba xxt. auln — "rov xo;^ov qUas in Polygl. Complutenfi integram, et quidem unicam lineam complent. " En (ait audor quidam in Colledionibus Halenfbus ad promovendam eru ditionem theologicam, quas Semlerus edidit) " fcriba trail- fiKit lineam ; neceffe igitur eft, ut depinxerit textum Cont- plutenfem. Qui enim alias faftum efl'et ut riec plura, neC pail- ciora omitteret, quam quas in una llneola comprehend- untur?" — Fateor mihi ipfi hoc argumentum vaUdiffi- mum vifum fuiffe. Ex quo vero curiofius textum ex- aminavi, ftatim deprehendi oi^otoltxivlx induxiffe fcribam. Bis enim in eodem commate occurrit KOfjtxoi/ et cafu fadum elfe poteft, ut quse a xo?^oi/ priori ad xof/*ov fe cundum APPENDIX, NO. XXXVIII. 71' cundum fequuntur, in editione Complutenfi llneolara. compleant. Et in epiftola Juda 15, omifit fcriba co dicis Raviani fex verba (tte^i 7txv\tav twv t^yuv x;i^eiaz xvloiv) quas In textu Complutenfi non una lineola com- prehenduntur, fed aperte homoioteleutis fedudus omifit qu£e duo ifta «k1w!/ interirent. ¦ Lediones, qua; fingulares vocantur, codici Raviana cum Polyglottis Complutenfiibus communes effe innume- ras, vix eft quod memorem. Nihil vero exinde colfi- gendum effe mihi quidem videtur, nifi quod codex nofter eidem familias fit annuraerandus, cui is, ex quo Complutenfies .editotes potiffimum textum fuum fiauferint. Majus faciunt momentum raendag typographorum, qu^e in Polyglottis Compluten/ibus leguntur, quaeque fufpican- tur ex his in codicem noftrum effe tranfcriptas. Ita videlicet in Raviano, agque ac In editione Complutetifi, exaratum eft : Matt, xxii ; 19, Tt^ovnveyxxv — Galat, iii: 19, Stoclxyettrx Ad, XXV : 19, SvartiSxtiJ.ovtxt; — I, Joan Ramatifts itvtviAOO — i. Cor, viii : 8, 7rtotQ;£VojfAiv, Fa-viamis -ttiPtQiivoiXiv—^t. Cor, 'ix: 23, Qv-' noivuv^, Ratjianus Qjyxotv,-—i, Cor, xi : 9^ — £K6({9»ij Rwuianttf ixlis^nt — &c. appendix, no, XXXVIII. 73 Omnia hsec accuratius perpendenti mihi quidem videtur, Codicem Ma'vianum adhuc non fatis certo pro apographo Polyglottorum haberi ; multo minus Ra-vium de tali fraude rite accufari pofle. Hoc an probari poffit eo magis dubito, quum, teftimoniis hiftoricis deftituti, nunquam certe fcire poflimus, deceptorne an deceptus fuerit Raiiius. Illud qui defendere vellet, diligentius, quam nunc faftum eft, non folum ambo conferre, fed et ad fontes, e quibus lediones variantes hauriri potuer int, .ftadiose attendere deberet. Quumque magnus confenfus inter co dicem Rwvianum, et Laudianutn ii. appareat, hic quoque (quamdiu fcilicet Rhodius latet) confulendus foret. Conftitueram apud animum Apocalypfim, quae a Laudiano ii non exhihetur, conferre ; eumque in finem duo priora capita (in quibus codex Ravianus omnino congruum cum Complutenfi inveni, nifi quod codex Ramianus Cap. ii : 5 legit y-tElfla/oiitraf) perfcrutatus fum : fed, occupationibus diftridus, dettiti de ccepto, ne lofTgius differretur refponfum meum. Extra omnem dubitationis aleam, i\ nihil aliud, id quidem pofi tum eft, Codicem -Ravianum, in re critica, vix ullius momenti efle, non tam quod non vana fufpicione .prematur, fed quod valde recens fit, Stafchio alijfquc judicibus certe poft annum 1453 fcriptus (ex Blan- chini evangeliar. quadrupl.) [b] Cupidlffimus fum literas Tuas ad Gibbonem legend!, et me tibi devindiffimum reddes nov^ editlonis exem plar mecum communicando, Poft Wefienium enim in Germania tot Critici, praeclpue Semlerus, Michaelis, et MosqujE Matthei (qui decem omnino codices primum examlnavit) allique yvnctolnlx ledionis i, Joann. v: 7 oppugnarunt, — ut jam ftatione deceffiffe videantur didi illius propugnatores. Vale* Scrlbo Berolini, xxv Martii, mdcclxxxv. K J. F. ZOELLNER. * (b) The arguments, to iDhlcb M. Zoellner here alludes, do not prove that tie MS ivas luritten afer the middle of the fifteenth century. It luas mofi frobahly 'wr'ttten in the beginning oJ that century. 74 . APPENDIX, NO. XXXIX. JV. B. The paffages, here printed in a different type, were omitted in the fecond edition of the Letters, the firfi, fiecond, and lafi paffages intentionally, the others by the error of the Printer. They are here added, becaufe Michaelis, in his Review of A. D. ly^S fiays, that M. Zoellner complained of the omif fion ; although their infertion fieems to produce little or no effed, beyond the enlargement of this Appendix. NO XXXIX. Geo. Theoph, Pappelbaum's defcrlption of the Ma- nufcrlpt of Berlin. It is well known to contain all the books of the N, T, In two volumes. Its fize is fmall folio or large quarto. The leaves are of thick and ftrong parchment, above I of inches long and above 7 inches broad. In the firft volume are contained the four Gofpels and the Epiftle to the Romans. In the fecond, are the remaining books of the N. T. in the fame order as in the Complutenfiian edition. The leaves are folded up in fuch a manner as to make half quaternions. But neither the fheets, nor the leaves or pages are marked with letters, figures, or in any other manner. The letters are charaders of moderate fize, which may be fuppofed even from this circumftance, that in both volumes together there are 584 leaves, which however APPENDIX, NO. XXXIX. 75 however contain only the text of the N. T. However they are not, as Saubertus afferts, properly fpeaking large, but letters of common fize, and thofe are quite fimilar to the letters of the Complutenfian edition, as is evident qn infpedion. In the beginning the letters in our MS. are fmaller, and increafe by degrees even in the firft volume ; but in the fecond their fize is ftill more increafed, as we approach' towards the end. * It is likewife remarkable that each letter of our MS. although the charader is fmall, ftands feparate, and not eonneded by ftrokes, as is the general pradice In Manufcrlpts written in fmall charaders ; which although one might have had no opportunity of feeing Greek manufcrlpts, may be learned from Montfaucon's Pala- ographia Graeca, and thofe fpecimens which Matthaei has added to his eight volumes of the N. T. from the manufcrlpts of the Moficovian Library. There is nothing in the whole MS. to be met with, but barely letters. Not only the Accents and Spirits, with the iota fubfcribed, but even the punduation and the punda diaerefieos are left out : which indeed make a fingular contraft with the fmall letters. The firft letter and the title of each book are in text; which title ferves for the whole book, there being no running title. But thefe text-letters (unciales fiterae) * K 3 are y6 APPENDIX, NO. XXXIX. are not fquare, but tall and flender, which likewife betrays their recent date. The rules, which the tranfcriber obferved in point of letters are the following : Tau is in the beginning of words long (1) as in the Complutetfian edition. Sigma as in the Complutenfian, is written with two letters (?t) Sigma is in the beginning and in the middle of words, even where for want of room the Scribe has divided a word at the end of a line, long (o-) as In the Complu^ ierfian edition ; at the end of a wordjt is fhort (?,) In this refped this MS is more accurate than the Complu tenfian edition, which frequently has a long Sigma at the end of a word, I have but once found in this MS a long Sigma at the end of a word, which v^as either in the Apocalypfe or in fome of the Catholic Epiftles, and afterwards again in the fecond o; in Matt, xii : 32, In fignificant as this obfervation may appear, It Is however ufeful in many cafes, e, gr. to a certain and accurate critic of the variant Matt, ix : 18, concerning which Michaelis has treated in his edition of his introdudion. For in that paffage our MS does not read, in one word, ii?£A9wi/, but as in the Complutenfiian edition et; tx^uv with a fhort Sigma and the ufual diftance. The books are without any divifion Into chapters, fedlons, paragraphs periods, or members. No where do we find a great diftance, or prominent large letter, pr mark of a new period, or figures or marks at the bottom. The letters are only direded by fome dif- tances. NO, XXXIJ?. 77 tances, which agree with the numeral words of the Complutenfian edition fo accurately, that the critique of La Croze, concerning our MS, acquires by this cir cumftance an additional weight. If any perfon would take the trouble to examine tfie whole N. T. he would have a plenteous gleaning in this way. In my enquiry Into more remarkable paffages I met with many inftances of this kind which I did not think worth adducing, as it abounded in more decifive evidences. All letters, even the uncials, are written with black ink, without the leaft embellifhments, and in the whole MS there is not one ftroke to be feen in any other co lour. Generally fpeaking the copyift had no view to beauty and ornament — for though he began every book with a new page, and left at the top and end thereof a tolerably large margin, yet it was no where marked ; hence even the foremoft margin, though not in the be ginning, yet generally and in the fecond volume efpe cially, is as crooked and unequal as the margin of a let ter written in a carelefs manner. Moreover the lines are not always written at the fame diftance, nor is a certain number always contained in one page. At firft generally there are twenty-four lines in one page, but in fubfequent leaves the number fo decreafes, that are generally no more than twenty-two or twenty-one lines and fometimes lefs. There are likewife contained in the firft pages more letters than in the fubfequent ones. 78 APPENDIX, NO. XXXIX. ones, owing to the letters in the latter pages being of larger fize, and at greater diftance than in the former ones. Upon the whole the nearer we approach to the end of the MS, the more we perceive the difpatch and care leffnefs of the writer by the dafhing and airinefs of the ftrokes. I dI4 not obferve any abbreviations though I reviewed, with this defign, every page even of thofe books which I have not collated. Which indeed is very extraor dinary, confidering that in MSS written in fquare and other letters, abbreviations are very frequently to be met -with. However, the Complutenfian edition has none, The number of faults proves that our MS is not care fully reviewed and correded. For what fort of a cor- redor would have fuffered them to have efcaped his ob fervation ? Certainly no man will look upon the few emendations as proofs of a later review, or done by another hand, efpecially when it is confidered, that the emendations were made with ink, that agreed in fhade with that of the page wherein they were made. The titles of the books do not always perfedly agree \vlth the Complutenfian edition. At times they are Ihorter, generally the fame words arranged in a dif ferent APPENDIX, NO, XXXIJf. 79 ferent order. The Apocalypfe Is the only book, wherein tfie fame words follow each other in the fame order. The fubfcriptions or conclufions of the books are, throughout, omitted ; a deficiency which our MS has in common with the Complutenfian edition, with this difference only — that in the Complutenfiian edition the end of each book is always marked, which in our MS is done only in the Apocalypfe, and herein again the words are placed in the fame order as in the Compluten fian edition. There is not the leaft trace in our MS concerning the place, the time, or the perfon by whom it was written and firft poffeffed. The pages in both volumes are ftiU fo clean, that, notwithftanding the palenefs of the ink, one may read the words clearly and without the leaft difficulty, two pages in the fecond volume excepted, which are a little foiled. In one of thefe pages is the famous paffage , I. John V : 7. The eighth verfe is in the oppofite page : So that when the book is (hut the two pages meet each other. However, all the letters in thefe pages may be difcerned. Might not thefe pages have been foiled, either before they were bound or afterwards, by the frequent handfing of perfons, who, in viewing the Royal Library, generally turned to thefe pages, becaufe on one of them is the notable paffage i. John v : 7 con- taified ? Or might not this volume h^ve been lying open So APPENDIX, NO, XL, open juft in thefe leaves, on which, as well as many others, the chalk being ftill vifible, duft might eafily ftick ? La Croze is right when he affirms, that the ink upon the whole is very pale. It is rather yellowifh, which indeed it was fixteen years ago, when I faw it the firft time. But who can decide whether the ink was chofen with or without defign to impofe upon man kind, or whether it was occafioned by the chalk on the parchment ? If La Croze had carefully looked over both volumes, he might have perceived that the ink in fome places (^. g. in the Epiftle to Philemon) is black in comparifon with that in the Gofpel of St, Matthew and many other books of the New Teftament. N° XL. Note, in the margin of the Complutenfian Edi tion of the New Tefiament, referring to the fifth Chapter of the firfi Epifile of St. John, verfies 7, and 8. Sandus Thomas in expofitione fecunde decretafis de fumma trinitate et fide catholica tradans iftum paffum contra abbatem Joachim viz. Tres funt qui teftimo nium dant in celo : Pater : Verbum ; Et Spiritus Sanc tus : dicit ad fitteram verba fequentia. " Et ad infinu- " andam unitatem trium perfonarum fubditur : Et hu " tres unum funt. Quod quidem dicitur propter ef- " fentie unitatem. Sed hoc Joachim perverfe trafiere *' volens ad unitatem charitatis et confenfus inducebat " confequentem APPENDIX, NO, XLI, 8 I " confequentem audoritatem. Nam fubditur ibidem : " tres funt qui teftimonium dant in terra Spiritus : " Aqua : et Sanguis, Et in quibufdam libris additur : " Et hi tres unum funt. Sed hoc In veris exemplari- " bus non habetur : fed dicitur effe appofitura ab here- " ticis Arrianis ad pervertendum intelledum fanum " audoritatis premiffe de unitate effentie trium per fonarum." Hee beatus Thomas ubi fupra. N" XLl. Vitiil per o[jt.oto!tXi\jlx Codicum Cafiareorum ad quos expreffa efi Editio Vindobonenfis F. C. A.LTER. ©EON \xxt ix^xct; tXx(iev XTtxvJx;, xxt eSo^- Lucay. 36. CiPov rov ^eov] xxt — ATTn Fa f*»i St^'ntrn «? rov atoivx' xXXx ro Joan, iv : 14. uSwp 0 Scctsoi xvlco] yivntstloit— AnESTEIAAS \^xxi tyoi ri\v So^xv nv StSu- — xvn : 22, 2^. xx; ii.ot SiSoixx xvlot;' tvx lottiv ev, xa^oi; xxt nf^-et; sv eo-i^ev. Eyoi tv xuloi; xxt (ru tv e^ot, tvx utyt reltXeiooiAtvot «j tv, xxt tvx ytvwaxn 0 xoty^^ oii o-u jlA£ fli7r£r«A«f3 xxt-— lOTAAinN Vrsiov o\)v rov rtlxov itoXXoi xny- — xix: 30, vtiiiTxv rMV loiiSxtoiv] o\t— * L 82 APPENDIX, NO, XLI. Luca v : 26. ©EON (rurfius ut in primo exemplo.) — xvii: 4. HMEPAZ \j\^x^n h; (re, xxt tTtlxxt; rn; ni*e- ^ix-;] STttfpe^n—— Matt, vii: 17. IIOIEI ^ro Se (rxirpov SevSpov xxptth; ttovnpss vot&t'] s—— XOIPflN ^Kxt et7rtv aJjoi?, \J7rxye\i' ot St e^- -- viii: 32. tX^ovIe; xirnX^ov et; rnv xyeXnv ruv ^oi^uv] x«i— i- ix: 21, ATTOY ^£A£y£ yx^ tv txvln, txv ^ovov a^"*- jM«( TS tfjtiOilts xvls] o'w^nirofji.xt'— — xii ; 47, AAAIJ^AI [^£i7r£ Se rt; ctvjco, tSov n f^nrnp rs XXI 01 xSiX(pQt ffa £0w i^r,xx s'oXnv rn; 7rt^t1ofji.n;] tvn^ynfe— Apoc, i: 19 EIAE2 \_xxt X ettrtv. xxt x fitXXet ytvetr^xi y.ilx rxvlx, ro [AVfn^tov ruv'tytlx arifWK uv eiSe;] — vn: I. tvx- FHS [x^oilsvlx; Tsj retssx^x; xve^s; rn; yn'f\ "— ix : 7. ATTflN I^MJ TT^OtTUTTX xv^puTtm, xxt ftJ^W r^f^x; u; Tfi;)^i5i? yvvxtxuv, xxt ot oSovle; xvlm] bi; Xeovluv~~ ^foc, xi : 16. ATTilN \jTnca6w? yey^xsflxt, tSa TiSjljOU tv "ZtUV AtfloK 7!t^0a-X0[JI,fJl.0tl<^] xxt — — 3ti : 6. EPrXlN [£7:r£i n %af if ovx lit ytverxi %af tf' £( St t^ £tfyWl'J ovx~~ — xiv: 6. <&PONEI [)c«i 0 jun (p^omli rnv ni^t^oiv, K,uft*» S tp^OVtt] 0 £0"Sl«V ' APPENDIX, NO, XLI. 87 IIOIEI \_Ufs xxt 0 £xyxy.t^m, xxXdi; zrotet] i. Cor. vii : 32. e St— ©EOS [Kai Stxt^etrtt; evt^yni^tAuv etirtv, 0 Se — xii: 6. itvl^ Sft 0 9£©^3 0 ivt^yuv — SriMATOS La wx^x rslo ovx ss'tv tx rs tru- . 16. f*«J(^] tl — IIANTXiN \_xvxx^tvelxi vsro -syxvluv] xxt — xiv: 24. AIAKONI A [ts 7s-vtviAx1(^ t^xi sv So^n ; 2. Cor, iii : S, El yx^ f) Stxxovta] rn;— A0HH2 [Et yx^ ro xoclx^ysi^tvov Six So^n;] n, OToAAw— ' KATEPFAZETAI [n St rs xoory.s Xvz^n 6«- — vii: 10. »fls]ov xoclepyx^elxt] tSs— nEPITOMHS [O yx^ evt^yno-x; Tlel^u it; Galat, i'l-.s, unforoXnv rn; 7z-e^iloiJ,n;] evn^yno-e — THS [_yvvxtx®-', u; xxt 0 X^tr©-' xetpxXn Ephef. v : 23. rn;] exxXntrtx; — IIAPArrEAAOMEN [_Ss vf^tv, xSi-A(pot,-evovo-z.Th.'i'n:6—i3 f/txlt rs Kvpts nfJ.'i'V Intfs Xfirs, r£AA£(r9ai VfAX; XTHO Tsxvl©' xSeXfs oilxxju; 7rt^tT:s-a1svl(^, xxt y.n xxlxmv "STXpaSoiTiv nv ttrx^eXxps -stx^ nMiv, Av- 88 lot yx^ otSoilevta; Set jM.ijU,£Kr9ai JijW.«f olt ovx nlax^ In'Txy.tv tv v^tv, OvSt Supexv xplov etpxyofAtv ZTX^a^ Tl^©J, aAA' tv xowu xxt jiAop^Ow vvxlx xxt n(/,e^xv e^yxl^oiJt,t»pt', -Bj-f (^ to f/,n e'tfft^x^nTxt rtvx v^uv. Ovx olt ovx ep^o[ji,ev e^strtxv, xXX tvx exv- rs; rvTsov Su^ev v[ji,tv tt; ro fAty,etir^Ki nf^-ot.;. Kxv yx^ tils ny-ev ts'p^ v^x;, rslo t!Sxpnyyt7.Xo^tv vjj.tv, olt tt Ttf s QeXet t^yx^ttr^xt, [jinSt ttr^telu. AxsofjLiv yxp rtvx; zre^ttsoilsvlx; ev vy.tv xjxxlu;, [AnSev e^yx^oyevs;, xX'ax' 7!Te^ie^yxl^oy.evs;. Tot; St roislot; 7ffxpxyytXXoy.ev] xxt — Heb, ii : i6, EIIIAAM^ANETAI [aAAa! in^rt^iiOil©' A|3f «- «/* eTs-iXxy^xvelxt] o^ev — — v. 12. XPEIAN L£p^£l£ TS StSxtfxttv vy,x;, rivxrx^'ot- ^etx rn; oc^^n; ruv Xoytuv rs 9es' xxt yeyovo!l& X^eixv] e-)(ovle; — I. Joan, V : 15. OIAAMEN '[_olt xxstt ny-uv, 0 xv xtluye^x, otSxyev] olt — Apocal,yM.; I, KE^AAAS \_e7slx xxt xs^oC[x Sixx' xxt ntrt 'rx; xt(fxXx;] xvls— No, XLII, APPENDIX. No. XLII. pENNADii Patriarchs Gonstantinop. Ex* poftio pro Concilia Florent. Cap, i. Accedat igitur veritatis praeco, et confeffor mag nus, Celebris Athattafius, ut mecum eadem teftifi- cetur. Hic eniin in confeffione fuse fidei, cujus principium, " Quicunque vult falvus effe, ante omnia opus eft ut teneat Catholicam fidem," fic inquit: Spiritus fanSius, a Patre et Filio, non fa£lus, nec creatus, nec genitus, fed procedens— Cum in hunc locum pervenerim, fubiit n^ihi ve- hementer flere, et in vocem prorumpere cum la» crymis et ejulatu, et eos deplorare, qui fponte fua adverfus lucem oculos occludunt et veritati oppug- nant j nec folum veritati contradicunt, verum etiam fandiQS ecclefiae dodlores afpernantur ; neque af- pernantur folum, fed etiam injuria afliciunt. Quamnam defenfionem, vel commiferationem in- venient, qui hsec faciunt ? O tuam patientiam, Christp Rex : quomodo blafphemantium ora non comburuntur IAthanasium dicere non ve- rentur ebrium fuiffe ^ & vino appletum, quando hac fcripft. APPENDIX. -' fcfipft. Vere plenus erat fpiritualis poculi, fa- picntiae, et gratiae ex Spiritus fandti fonte fcaturi- entis, non ut hi, miferabiles, dicunt. Propitius fit illis Dominus, ac nobis. Tollatur ab eis haec imprudentia j nobifque contingat fub Athanafi» pedibus confiftere I {Max. Bibl. Patr. Ed, hu^d, 1667, vol.xxvt„ .;..- /. 566,] INDEX. ALCUINUS, his MSS and CorreHorium, pages 56, 98 Alter, F, C. profeflbr at Vienna, his communications, 137, 150, 168, 170,337, 380 Anfbert, Ambrofe, 3 1 AmVoXos — what,. 62, 305, 456 Apoftles, original epiftles of, 89-98, 436 Aijuinas, ao, 394 Arian controverfy, this text cited in, 35-42? 47, 382, 452 Avians., accufed of mutilating the Scriptures, 452 Athanafius — dialogue attributed to him, 32, 142-147, 360-363 ' his Synopfis, 51, 1 48- 157, 341 > 403. Augufiine,. 45, 174, 3SS» 370 Baftl, i62f Betie, 177, 319, 344 Bengelius, 35, i43> 329» 449» ^c. Benfon (Dr.)—\as objedions confidered, 70-34S Bernard (St.) 25 Beza, Theodore, 8, 12 „ „ , „ - his connexion with K. Stephens, 185-202 his firft Greek Teftament printed by R, Stephens^ 196,. INDEX. Beza had R. Stephens^ s Greek MSS in pofleffion, 194, '2,^Q-> 260 ^ defended againft Sir Ifaac Newton, 390 Bowyer, Mr, his objeftions confidered, 422 Brafjicanus, his edition of Eucherius, 418 Britannicus Codex, collated by Erajmus himfelf, 263 ¦ — is not the Dublin MS 277 Bryennius., Jofephus, 19 Bugenhagius, 193, 267 Calecas, Emanuel, aO Calvin, his judgement on the verfe, 196 Canonical Epiftles, Jerome's title, 131 Caryoph'ilus, 314 Cafftodorus, 34, 135 Celedenfis, Marcus, 46, 177 Cerinthians, herefy of, 441 Charenfis, Hugo, 23 Complutenfian Editors, 6, 14 u- defended againft Dr; Benfan, 286-305 — . ^ — —, Sir /. Newton, 393-39^ Mr. Bowyer, 424 Confitetur, 120 I. Corinth, viii. 6. — how (probably) originally written, 160-173 Cri/5>iV.5 Greek Teftament, 12, 193 Cyprian, 52 — defended againft Dr. Benfon, 99-128 — — Sir I, Newton, 350-355 • M.T. Bowyer, 422 D Damafcenus, 33, J64 Didymus, 344 Doceta, herefy of, 441 Duns Scotus, 21 Durandus, 22, ^O E Eli- INDEX. E Mlipandus, 31 Emlyn, Mr. referred to, 104. i^ alibi paffim Epiphanius, 162, 358 Erafmus, cenfured, 9, 265-276 • — his accufation of y^rowze repelled, 372 his infinuations againft the Codex Britannicus anfwered, 265 ' admits ^(?rfl»ze's preface, 133, 180,268 quotes this difputed text, 273 had but one Greek MS when he rejefted this text, 273 . , - his tears, as to his pretended Greek MSS, 267 ¦- was in England in 1516, 263 collated the Codex Britannicus, 264 Etherius, 31 Eucherius, 42> I04'ii8, 164, 418 Facundus, 107-I18 Fulgentius, 35-9,118-122 Grammatical argument for the authenticity of the paflTage, 447 Gibbon, Mr. — ^general tendency of his publications in refpeiSb to Chriftianity, 461 Greek Church---\ts Coi\h^\on oi Faith, 61 Gregory the Great, his judgement of Jerome's tranflation, 318 Griejbach — his objedlions anfwered, 406-422 H Hody, 18, 364 ' Horfley (Dr.) 350, 384 Huneric, 35, 57, 74 J> INDEX. Jerome — ^his Tranflation from the Greek text, 43, 138, 174) 364. 369 — quotes this difputed paflage, 44, 176-179 defended againft Dr. Benfon, 129-180 ¦ — ' — Sir /. Newton, 363-380 — Erafmus, 371 Griefbach, 421 Ignatius, 162 internal fenfe of the paffage, 441 Joachim, Abbot, 55, 386 Lateran, Council, 55, 386 Linus, 161 Le Long — confuted, 205-219 Lombard, 23 Louvaine, Divines of, 407 Luther, 193, 198 Lyranus, 20 M Maffeius, 34 Marcion, 90-96' Martianay, I30, 1 80 Matthiei, 19, 28, 142, 166 Martin, his controverfy with Emlyn, 105 his application of the word xpo^s not ridiculous, 434 Marginal interlineation of this text in fome MSS. accounted for, 342 Maximus, 32, 143 Michaelis, his account of the Armenian verfion difputed, 327- Montanus, herefy of, 357, 424 MSS Greek— viz. Dublin, Fac-Simile of, 282 — defcrlbed, and defended, 277-286 " not the Cadex Britannicus oi Erafmus, 277 MSS I N D E 3£. MSS Berlin, Fac-Simile of, 304 defcrlbed by M, Pappelbaum, 291 defended, 286-305 in the Royal Library at Paris NOT thofe ufed by R. Stephens, 204-263 one, in that library (marked No, 60) 361 MS K k at Cambridge, -not the MS »y of R. Stephens, 410 MSS in general neglefled, when they had ferved to fettle the firfi edition ofthe N. Teft. 437 how many now known to have been extant at ot fince the date of the Complutenfian edition, 396. MSS in particular of R. Stephens, how probably loft, 259 compared as to the dialogue afcribed to Athanafius, 145 Latin, viz. in the Royal Library at Paris, containing the Prologue oi Jerome, 137 , in the fame Library, containing the verfe, 338 in the Libraries at Vienna, containing the Prologue of Je rome, 137 in the fame Libraries, containing the verfe, 338 in the Library at Dublin, containing the Prologue of Je rome, 138 in the fame Library, containing the verfe, 338 N Naaianzen, Gregory — 48, 157-172, 340 Newton, Sir Ifaac,— his objedions confidered, 349-405 Nice, Council of, 416 Nicetas, 166 Nicon, the Armenian, 331 O Oecumenius, 181, 344 Objeilions, the three principal ones difcuflfed, 426-460 Ordo Romanus, 61 P Pappelbaum, G. T. his coUeaion of the' Berlin MS 291-305 Perron, Cardinal, 153 Fhoebs' 1 N D E S. Phcebadius, 47 Preface to the Canonical Epiftles, written hy Jerome, 45, 129-* 180, 421 R Readings, various, of this text, pkced in one view, 399 Rupert, Abbot, 24 S Saubertus, 2 90 Sichardus, Johannes, 419 Similar endings in MSS 170, 449 Simon,M,: quoted or referred to, 28, 56, 62, 71, 136, 137, 180, contrafted with Sandius, as to the Armenian Verfion, 328 Sorbonne, Dodors of, 198, 201, 243' Stephens, Robert, 3, 6, 11 ' defended againft Dr, Benfon, 1 85-263 Sir /, Newton, 390 ; M. Griefbach, 406-416 ^ — Mr. Marfh, 409 I his MSS fhewn not to be thofe now in the Royal Li brary at Paris, 206-263 their (probably) final lofs, 259 ' his i«/z« edition of 1549 compared with his Gr^«^ of 1550. 414 Stephens, Henry, 252-260 Strabo, Walafrid, 28, 98, 422 Stunica, 5, 14, 394 7>r/«//;rt«, 53, 75-98,357 V Valla, Laurentius, 17,267-276,437 Verfions (or Tranflatlons) Old Italic, 66, 318, 436 Jerome's, 43, 66, 138, 31S Syriac, 321, 450, {note') • jVerJiont INDEX* Vnjiotis Arnienidn, -65,' 324-332^ 386 Coptic, 324, 380, 450, (note) Arabic, Ethiopic, Perfic, 323, 385, 454 Frank'tfh, French, 337 Ruffian, Sclavonic, 167, 334 ¦' All compared together, as to this difputed text, 333J 435 Viiior Vitenfis, 58, 73, 181-185, 345, 455 (note) 'Vigilius, 39, 409 Ufcan, (or Ofkan) his Armenian Bible, 326 W Wetfiein, 206, 3 II — his cenfure oi Erafmus, 276 Welfius, 5, 35 X Ximenes, Cardinal) 6, 311-315 Y Tcard (Dean) 279, 282, {note) a.83 Z Zafiriffel, Geo. Sig, de, 260 Zygabenus, Euthymius, 26, 1,40 Zo'ellner, his account of the MS. of Berlin, 291, (note) SRRATA ERRATA. Page Line For • 36 g he — 14 Holy Spirit 48 note /, xxv 74 4 pHjEbadius 92 note a, occurere 153 84 A new Bible to be copied out i6q — I. Bafil 186 note b. 196 194 note p. 1. 20. and V0f.to9nT«; 200 6 prejudices S03 6 learning 205 5 or 207 25 ?//^// definire 209 g ten 213 14 MSS 217 note X, 26 222 16 lupouo-aXnju., ov xa> anEtXoii Io Ispoq•o^U|AOiff* ov ita* wvFtXay 223 JO M5 226 3 a-vpa.'Poii/ta-a-K, 227 6 ix : 2 228 17 EVVUMV 230 7 a 234 I 2 238 6 ii 240 5 auTo« 22 AciotfixeWi 262 »o/e "a;. SS 2^4 no.'e y. editio 267 »o/? c. editionem 296 7 ETojnaai 299 9 <)mo\i 301 9 Ayocalypfe 314 note k, 1. 2. But 369 4 xvii 395 note q, 29O7305 ifO-] note d, MSS now in the Royal ' Library at Far'is 413 23 difagreq Rtad be Spirit xxvi .^a^ increafe the numerals of reference to the Appendix by units, in like manner to XXX, ^, 54, PHOEBADIUS occu'rrere I A Bible to be copied ou{-' I anew I. Linus 19s inftead of »(!JU.oOETtJ3 partialities integrity and nihil 4efin,iri eleven MS 20 lEf^(rciXt;jii.oi;' ov xa» avsiXaj lEpovo-aXti^, ov xa» MVEtXov MS i&fr^ -fphalmata 65 note D E L E N D A, "the late 225231 233 240 241 310 8 to II 10 12 4 6 19 20 12 19J 3.4- 'inclufive than he has thus done 33 207215 •2 26 216 note ADDENDA, Place a bracket before " one," and another after " Ghoft," under Wetfiein — 2871, qui Stephano quartus eft. [ii. p.724.] after 1 1 ; and conjointly in iii : 3, 20 — v ; 23, 36, — ix : 5 — xiii : 41 — xix : 34 — xx : 8 — xxi : 3 — xxii : (tivice) — xxiv: 9,20 — and xxv ; 7, r, 1, 3 XV : 26 s. 2 xvi : 3 /. I after the words, Conjointly alfo-^in Matt, ii : iii: 8 — v: 44, 47 — vi : 18 — vii: 14 — viii: 5, ix : 5, 17, 33 — x: 28 — xi : 16 — xii: 6,8,21,35 — xiii: 33, 40 — xiv: 19 — xvii: 14 — xviii: 6,19,28 — xix: 9 — xxi: 1,3 — xxii: 7 — xxiii: 36 — xxiv: 17— xxvi; 55,74 — xxvii: 35,4a — and xxviii ; 19; and 916 12- II-13- ad'D«:nda. ii6 note -tx}, I, 2 after viii ; .5^-13 4 after 35 — ^41 2ig 2 after MS--in his margin of che Apocrflypie 277 note p, after t)/«;pTov — p. 264, note a. 292 18 after 13 — the margin of 308 27 after all — ['for they all read n^nEpai) 309 4 after all — ffor they all read laJaia) 410 7 a iter ly — by 449 4 after fometimes — an .e^ Hirciiiom to ihe Binder. Place the Facfimile of the DvMin MS at page iii • ' ' ' I !¦ Berlin - 304 p^n 'it'. -•5' ^ * «>